

ill*™ 


II HI? 1 wifffltf2 1? 31 13i JJ f Vwiiril 3 fl JljlljjfJ 1IJift 

U iMlivIlIlitll Iffflj H ill) j J f)1 fijiJJn 111 ) j] 

lirfllviifJiWi.ilJ!]]] ?<! * JPW i (J V ii iw i fuij i itmlirn 

JHllHJ lUlUVltyfyMJ mi 3 uni) nmmni mmmm 


iris . i yAHMHW HIJ i JJ 11 J i J J 'JJJJJiUlil 


ill 

mim 


lj; I fvj 1^3 jff|j 33 jffillf 111 fMlmffimfM b jffffl If 

i ft Cl 3111 MlllSMl? iji i jfxfjjf 11 x? ? 7 ’J.i i jj i jwa^a 




®S“®fii i 

IJ 3 (J 3 1)33 31 JJ il l] 1 j J J i 

131 j] if JJ 1 iff m Iffi f i Hi imimi y« 


mm iwtvjlj 113113 flljjj) ll 30331 


MiStt 


Av f J i Ji J 4 » J'-*;j J14ill J 

13 Ji VIUUJ1 HI 1311111.3 ill Jiilf I 

sfiM«iMgs ifll li|ip ai«ia 

1 IJ Illlllll J inilll 1 llH j I tj|) Jlijp ) 31 U fjjljii 

unijijjijiijnijiiiijiii 
jfJJiiiijnniJiiiJiiijj 
•111333111)13J)13 31)3j jYi 


^HplilinlimilllllJli; 

militillwjroj 

(iMiiailjljmrf 



! IJ13T11101JJJI J|J5i 
I313|3fl31l3imijl31 

113 111 3133J1103 1 
; ;}4 |3I;3Jl|llll311lJ] 
, |llU 3331 ^iy„ 

JANm 
Mfcie 

u i ppMm imf i Hiji 
iJjjiiiiiiuiiiimjiliij 

* 5; |l }133|1 111 33 J131)1)1110 ] 

- mp 331313 3 3133 lj| J) f 1-JJJlll 

% ^ 1 iffl ilP1 1J IJ W1111 lli 111 H i 
iii 1 ! 1 J 4 J J ll ? 11 > 1 3 T 11511 JI ? 
Jilt Jl ? I 31131 Pi 

! iiillipiipP 1 

LJ i| 1 f Jjji 111 T 44 11 Jin 111 1 T 3 > l»l^ui: 


IJIJJIJJ 

II }Jt liililll * m }pp 3 | 73 ]>]}jj HJ 33 j|llfj 311 J Jill lljnjjlj] 

lllli Pill j mm) iji ii ill] j) iiiTOuii 

JllllJ] m JJj i'll ill! 3)711 ITllll 
IlilJ 11If tl *P10]313P 1 333331 JJ31 11133111 111J3331131 J) 11 


J Jfi 1?^ J 33 jJ.1131 JJ1 lllll) 111 111113 llHIlllnillijiiii 

i Slilf[HlHiIp Mipmimimmtmm}yiliiHiiii ii 

I IllWWMlil Ill 




1 Hi,, 

. i urn 

13)33)3)1 

,jiimm 
iinrnim 
JlMHlHll 
HU 1133)331 
Tiiiimm 

immmi 
....jiiiimm 

tmimimm 
.mm mm mi 
mmimmim 

il f 13.1)3113 3 3 3311113) 

imimmmmim 


k i i i il iil iii i ii f i ii 
ifimmmmm 

$ * " ■ ■ 


inmmnminnm 
...pimmmmmjmi 
mmmmmmmlm] 
pimmmiimmmm 
I }r iipu)Hmmmmiim m 

•! IRil J ? J 1 ^ 151 ^ t Trt umtil iiiu nwiM 

! J Jill >*} X HP 1 ’ 8 *. P 1 1 wlilllfiiltihim 

■i i !l H J ii i I VJ ? 4 i i ? ] ] i ? i p ) m J )»3 i oil h i m i 

I & I! (ill \i /! 1 P! !! 1 } Pmi nmrniimHf on \ 

1 1 nlmiii in \ H m uhoirn m nh 

fflimmHipm^jilmfH mi i mim i i mm 1133333 

JlJ t! ? DlMIIl 131 uilll 1413 UII l|l 1 

imm um 1 jnm 1 mim 3 mimmjimmmu 
i m p Uny yi mip 33 ) 3111 ) m iiimin) 3 
imm juinmii iniiioiiiiimiiimm 
^ ftf iipp 3 mp j iniiiii) miiimmiiiii 


TWIW 1 M M 1 

•minmmiimm 
^Jmmimiiii 
immiiiimm 

lim p 11 J.n j 1 

®«« T! 


HI 










































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Class. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 




















. 




































































































































































































- 
























































■ 





































' 














’ 
























Oil Refinery Specifications 



BY 


A. L. NUGEY 

Member American Society of Mechanical Engineers 


EASTON, PA. 

THE CHEMICAL PUBLISHING CO. 

1924 


LONDON. ENGLAND: 
WILLIAMS & NORGATE. 


TOKYO. JAPAN: 

MARUZEN COMPANY, LTD. 


14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN. W. C. 


11-16 NIHONBASHI TORI-SANCHOM 






TPWo 

■N% 


Copyright, 1924, by Edward Hart 



©C1AS08507 

n HT 25*24 

fiv-sn Jjj 

-w c \ 


THIS BOOK, 


Is respectfully dedicated to those whose kindness has 
enabled me to produce it. 

TO MY PARENTS, 

Who gave me the education upon which it is based. 
TO MY WIFE, 

Rose B. Nugey, 

For her loving sympathy, encouragement and assistance. 







% 

















































PREFACE. 


For several years, an urgent need has been felt for a condensed 
book of specifications on subjects pertaining to equipment used 
in refining petroleum. With this object in mind, the author has 
therefore prepared this treatise on “Oil Refinery Specifications” 
covering modern American practice in the safe design, construc¬ 
tion and renovation of petroleum refineries. 

Only a brief description of the various processes need be given 
in this volume because of the vast number of petroleum books 
which cover the various processes in lengthy detail. The author’s 
lengthy experience both in the design and construction of refin¬ 
eries enables him to safely recommend the various pieces of equip¬ 
ment necessary for refining petroleum. There are only four dis¬ 
tinct types of refineries as enumerated in the body of the book and 
where the pieces of equipment differ one from the other in par¬ 
allel plants, is due chiefly to the respective owner through his 
choice of selection. Describing specific Manufacturers’ products 
is done only to establish a standard by which to judge other 
goods, as the standards prescribed have satisfactorily endured 
the severe test of time. 

Inasmuch as this is the first work of its kind devoted exclu¬ 
sively to the proper materials to be used in the construction or 
renovation of petroleum refining plants and filling stations, no 
apology is deemed necessary for introducing it to the public, 
except, in so far, as its imperfections may demand one. In this 
respect, the author can only request the reader’s indulgence and 
ask him to make due allowance for any shortcomings he may 
detect, and to bear in mind the difficulties which are inseparable 
from a compilation of this pioneer work. 

It may be this treatise will serve the purpose of a stepping 
stone until the time arrives for the publication of a thoroughly 
comprehensive work. Nevertheless, it is the author’s belief that 
every engineer, designer or student will find something to benefit 
him in this volume. Should this be true, the author shall feel 
more than repaid for the effort involved herein. 


VI 


preface: 


Grateful acknowledgment is here made of the valuable assist¬ 
ance given the author in the compilation of this work by Messrs. 
C. O. Fehl, D. W. Sowers, E. M. Holcombe, I. C. Carpenter, 
H. P. Westcott, A. Rhodes, F. A. Bean, Donald J. Bergmann, 
James R. McComas and Colonel B. W. Dunn. 

A. L. NUGEY. 

Perth Amboy, N. J. 

November, 1923. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 


Preface . v 

Abbreviations of Symbols . I 

Types of Refining Plants. 3 

Points to be Considered in the Construction of Oil Refineries 17 

Specifications for Crude Oil Distilling Plants. 19 

The Gas Absorption System . 41 

Auxiliaries for Crude Oil Distilling Plants. 45 

Specifications for Steam Distributing Systems . 51 

Specifications for Miscellaneous Piping Sytems . 55 

Specifications for Pumps . 56 

Suggestions on the Installation of Pumps. 64 

Specifications for Run-Down Tanks . 65 

Safety Steam Connections for Oil Storage Tanks. 67 

The Cracking Plant. 68 

Specifications for Miscellaneous Tankage . 76 

Object of Agitators. 81 

Specifications for a 22' x 24' Agitator. 83 

Specifications for Steam Stilling Plants. 84 

Object of Filters . 87 

Specifications for Loading Racks. 89 

The Cold Settling Process . 90 

The Sharpies Process. 94 

Description of the Sharpies Process. 104 

The Sewage System . 109 

Oil Compounding Kettles—Type of Building Construction . 111 

Extinguishing Oil Fires . 113 

Specifications for Leather Belts. 115 

Specifications for a ioo-Ton Absorption Refrigerating Ma¬ 
chine . 119 

Wax Plant Equipment . 123 

Specifications for Drainage Piping and Fittings.128 

Specifications for Walkways . 129 

Calculations for Refinery Equipment. 131 

Method of Distributing Petroleum By-Products. 138 


































CONTENTS 


viii 

PAGE 

Specifications for Containers. 139 

Painting Data . 154 

Machine Designing Rules . 155 

Car Clearances . 156 

Acid Sludge Recovery Plant. 159 

Specifications for Wire Rope . 161 

Specifications for Filling Stations . 162 

Template for Drilling Valves and Fittings. 165 

General Dimensions of Fittings. 167 

General Dimensions of Bell and Spigot Pipe. 172 

The Elasticity of Pipe Bends . 176 

Concrete vs. Steel Tanks . 179 

Concrete Proportions . 181 

General Dimensions of Standard Tanks. 184 

General Dimensions of Standard Bolted Tanks. 194 

Capacities of Steam Traps. 194 

Notes on Railway Installations. 196 

Specifications for Swedged Nipples. 201 

Insulation for Tanks . 203 

Horsepower Chart for Gears and Pulleys . 204 






















LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 


FIG. PAGE 


1. Typical Cross-section of a Crude Oil Distilling Plant. Typical 

Cross-section of Rerun Stills. 4 

I A. A Modern 4,000-Barrel Skimming Plant. 5 

2. Typical Arrangement of Steam Still with Auxiliaries. 6 

2A. Typical Cross-section of a Topping Plant. 7 

3. Typical Layout of Dubb’s Cracking Unit. 8 

4. The Sharpies Centrifuge Process of Producing Bright Stock 

from Cylinder Stock. 9 

5. General Arrangement of Double Pipe Absorption Machine. 10 

6. Design for an 8'o" x 25V' Fullers' Earth Filter. 11 

7. Typical Layout of a Filtration Plant. 12 

7A. Plot Plans for Filling Stations. 13 

7B. Typical Ground Layout for a Large Filling Station Lot. 14 

7C. Floor Plan and Basement Layout of Fixtures and Equipment for 

a Filling Station. 15 

8. Safety Steam Connections for a 115V' x 35V' Oil Storage Tank 67 

9. Knee Braces for Trusses. 112 

10. Warren Truss. 112 

11. Foam Distributing Central Stand Pipe. 114 

12. The Amount of Oakum and Lead Chart for Drainage Pipe 

Joints. 129 

12A. Stairs, Ladders and Ramp or Incline Chart. 131 

13. Volume Measurement of Horizontal Cylindrical Tanks. 135 

13A. Flange and Plug Detail for Shipping Containers. 150 

14. Clearance Diagram for Box Cars. 156 

15. Clearance Diagram for Tank Cars. 157 

16. Specifications for a Locomotive. 158 

17. Chart Giving Cast Iron Pipe Costs. 175 

18. Chart Showing Allowable Expansion for Expansion Bends_ 177 

19. Chart Showing Force against Anchor for Various Types of 

Bends. 178 

20. Tables of Anchor Bolts and Plates for Building Columns and 

Pump Foundations. 180 

21. Standard 1,500-Barrel Tank. 184 




























X LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIG. PAGE 

22. Standard 2,000-Barrel Tank. 185 

23. Standard 3,000-Barrel Tank. 186 

24. Standard 5,000-Barrel Tank. 187 

25. Standard 7,000-Barrel Tank. 188 

26. Standard 15,000-Barrel Tank. 189 

27. Standard 20,000-Barrel Tank. 190 

28. Standard 25,000-Barrel Tank. 191 

29. Standard 30,000-Barrel Tank. 192 

30. Standard 55,000-Barrel Tank. 193 

31. Diagram to find the Angle of a Frog Required for any Turnout 198 

32. How to Find the Angle of a Frog. 199 

33. Swedged Nipples. 201 

34. Horsepower Chart for Gears and Pulleys. 204 














ABBREVIATIONS OF SYMBOLS. 


A. A. S. M. 

= 

Association of American Steel Manufacturers. 

Amer.C.I.Pipe Co. 

= 

American Cast Iron Pipe Co. 

Approx. 

= 

Approximate. 

A. S. C. E. 

= 

American Society of Civil Engineers. 

A. S. M. E. 

= 

American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 

A. S. T. M. 

= 

American Society for Testing Materials. 

A. W. W. A. 

— 

American Water Works Association. 

Bbl. 

= 

Barrels. 

Be. 

= 

Baume degrees. 

BTdg. 

= 

Building. 

B. T. U. 

= 

British Thermal Units. 

C. I. 

= 

Cast Iron. 

Col. 

= 

Column. 

C. S. 

= 

Cast Steel. 

Cu. 

= 

Cubic. 

Cyl. 

= 

Cylinder. 

° F. or deg. F. 

= 

Degrees Fahr. 

Dia. or diam. 

— 

Diameter. 

D’w'g. 

= 

Drawing. 

F. & D. 

= 

Faced and Drilled. 

F. B. P. 

= 

Final Boiling Point. 

F’ce. 

= 

Furnace. 

F'd’n. 

= 

Foundation. 

Flgd. 


Flanged. 

F. S. 

= 

Forged Steel. 

Ft. 

= 

Feet. 


= 

Feet. 

Gal. 

= 

Gallon. 

Galv. 

= 

Galvanized. 

H. P. 

= 

High Pressure. 

H. P. 

= 

Horsepower. 

Hr. 

= 

Hour. 

I. B. B. M. 

= 

Iron Body Bronze Mounted. 

I. B. I. M. 

= 

Iron Body Iron Mounted. 

I. B. P. 

= 

Initial Boiling Point. 

In. 

= 

Inches. 

// 

= 

Inches. 

Inc! 

= 

Inclusive. 

J. M. 

= 

Johns-Manville. 

Lb. 

= 

Pounds. 

Lb r 

= 

Pounds per Sq. Inch. 

L. P. 

= 

Low Pressure. 

Mai! 

= 

Malleable. 


2 


Oil, refinery specifications 


Max. 

= 

Maximum. 

Min. 

= 

Minimum. 

M. H. 

= 

Man-Head. 

No. or Nos. 


Numbers. 

O. D. 

= 

Outside Diameter. 

O. H. 

= 

Open Hearth (Steel). 

O. S. & Y. 

= 

Outside Screw and Yoke. 

Oz. 

= 

Ounces. 

P. D. 

= 

Pressure Distillate. 

Press. 

= 

Pressure. 

Rad. 

= 

Radius. 

R. H. 

= 

Receiver House (Sometimes Termed Tail House) 

R. P. M or r. p. m. 

= 

Revolutions Per Minute. 

0 

= 

Round. 

S. E. 

= 

Screw End. 

Sp. gr. 

= 

Specific Gravity. 

Sq. 

= 

Square. 

Std. 

= 

Standard. 

Temp. 

= 

Temperature. 

T. S. 

= 

Tensile Strength. 

Ult. 

= 

Ultimate. 

Vel. 

= 

Velocity. 

Vol. 

= 

Volume. 

Wk. 

= 

Work. 

Wrot. I. or W. I. 

= 

Wrought Iron. 

Wrot. S. or W. S. 

= 

Wrought Steel. 

Wt. 

= 

Weight. 

X-Hy. or X-heavy 

= 

Extra Heavy. 

Yd. 

== 

Yard. 

Yr. 

= 

Year. 


TYPES OF REFINING PLANTS. 


The Topping Plants (See Fig. 2A).—In some parts of Cali¬ 
fornia and Mexico, some of the crude oils are used straightly 
as fuel oil, while others, contain comparatively small percentages 
of light fractions, that must be distilled off in order to obtain 
fuel oils with flash points that can safely be handled. In order 
to distill off these lighter fractions, refineries termed topping 
plants are constructed, which consist of either horizontal cylin¬ 
drical stills or pipe stills made up of continuous pipe coils 
through which the crude is pumped continuously. The chief 
product of these plants is fuel oil, although the distillate or over¬ 
head stock contains varying percentages of gasoline, naphtha 
or kerosene, depending of course on the characteristics of the 
crude. This distillate is usually refined and blended with casing¬ 
head gasoline, or it may be sold to other refineries without treat¬ 
ment. Topping plants are most generally operated by producers 
or pipe line transfer corporations, to dehydrate the crude or for 
distilling off these light fractions before pumping the crude to 
tanks farms for very lengthy storage periods. Therefore, the 
main purpose of topping plants is to to dehydrate the heavy crude 
oils and to produce satisfactory fuel oil. 

The Skimming Plants (See Fig. iA).—The type of refining 
plants very common throughout the mid-continent field are 
termed skimming plants. The purpose of these plants is to dis¬ 
till off only the light fractions from the crudes, such as gasoline, 
naphtha, kerosene, gas oil and fuel oil, and are therefore not in¬ 
tended for the production of a complete line of derivatives from 
the heavy residuum. These plants are usually found near the 
producing fields, especially where the crude oils having a high 
gasoline content are found. These plants are easily convertible 
into refineries capable of producing a complete line of lubricating 
stocks, and in a majority of cases they have eventually been 
changed into complete run-down refineries, by installing the 
necessary rerun stills, and equipment for extracting the paraffin 
wax and the subsequent treatment and filtration of the heavier 
distillates. 



Typical cross-section of a crude oil distilling plant. (Typical cross-section of rerun stills is identical.) 



















































































































TYPES OP repining plants 


5 


The Complete Run-Down Refineries (See Figs, i and 2, 4 and 

7)*—Oil refineries capable of producing a complete assortment of 
lubricating oils beside the usual products manufactured by skim¬ 
ming plant are termed complete run-down refineries. Very nearly 
all of the large refineries (and also a number of small ones 
especially those in the Pennsylvania region) belong to the above 
classification. Complete run-down refineries most generally 
locate near the terminal of the trunk pipe lines, or are operated 
by corporate interests that control the production of crude oil in 
order to be assured of an abundant supply of crude at all times. 


/. CK/ZXS O/L y5rO/?/?(f£. 
g.CRVDG <3r/£l*S. 
v5. orcwrf c 5 . 

A.AtlSA/DO*/* 779/VKJ. 

6.Z/&VT O/C J/VRRfE. 


7 RctCL o/c iSro/?/9<f£. 

& &0/LS* //o<Ase. 
S.powex //ouse <£ /we#- 
/o. s~/ac*s£. 

//. 

/d 3 o^e.J. 


43 . 7?1/£--/i'OV'5Q(5or7£ T/MES TERMED RECEIVER //$£) 



The Refineries Equipped with Cracking (Units) Plants (See 
Fig. 3).—Refineries in which gasoline is produced by cracking 
the heavier hydrocarbons such as gas oil and fuel oil, under high 
temperatures and pressures are termed cracking units or cracking 
plants. In some instances cracking plants have been operated in 
connection with skimming plants, but in most cases complete 
run-down plants are always equipped with them. Hence, the re¬ 
fineries having these cracking plants not only produce and refine 
light oils and lubricating stocks, but in addition also increase the 
production of the gasoline yield from the heavier distillates. 




REFINING PETROLEUM. 


Petroleum consists of a great variety of various substances, 
mainly hydrocarbons. These hydrocarbons differ from each 
other by their gravities and their respective boiling points. 

The refining of petroleum consists chiefly in separating these 
various hydrocarbons, by heat, into groups of similar properties. 
This is accomplished by charging the crude petroleum into hori- 



Fig. 2 . 

Typical arrangement of steam still with auxiliaries. 


zontal cylindrical stills usually capable of holding eight hundred 
barrels of petroleum, which may be the intermittent—usually 
termed coking stills—or the continuous flowing type. 

In the former the crude petroleum is distilled or run down to 
coke, hence, to separate the hydrocarbons the temperature in the 
coking stills must be gradually increased until nothing but coke 







































-3JS' 


2 



2 


Fig. 2A. 

Typical cross-section of a topping plant. 



















































Typical layout of Dubbs’ cracking plant. 





























































































































































THE PRODUCTION OF BRIGHT STOCK 



bo 

ft* 


wvv, j+Y'-’t a * 









































































































































































GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DOUBLE PIPE 
ABSORPTION MACHINE 
















































































































































































































































































































































































































TYPES OF REFINING PLANTS 


II 











































12 


OIL REFINERY specifications 


remains, which, must be removed by manuel labor before the still 
can be reused. The one advantage* however, favoring the cok¬ 
ing stills is that it produces a larger yield of gasoline and kero¬ 
sene, due to the cracking effect to which the petroleum is sub¬ 
jected. With the continuous stills the petroleum is continuously 
charged into the first still and continuously overflows into every 
one coupled in the battery, (which may range from ten to twelve 
stills per battery). In each still, the temperature is maintained 
higher than the preceding one, hence, any one still that is main¬ 
taining a uniform temperature results in producing a more uni¬ 



form quality of distillate. The advantages favoring the con¬ 
tinuous stills are, greater capacities due to no shutdowns neces¬ 
sary for removal of coke, and production of more uniform dis¬ 
tillates. 

These stills are supported by brick settings, which are heated 
by fuel oil, natural or artificial gas, or coal. When the tempera¬ 
ture rises within the still, the vapors are driven off and pass 
through the vapor line to the dephlegmator tower, and thence to 












TYPES OF REFINING PLANTS 


13 






'Made /ro/72 a Jti/dy cf 2ooo o/>em/ t >/yy s/af/aft-s. 

7yf/caf ffroc/ztc/ Aayat/Af tfAotv/ny /r7/*?//ru//n j/ze of Aofc /o *v/>/cA /Aey <2^e 
cfybA/caAAp- « f/*?y£ cA-/v&vt7yj we <ze X3/£ *v/a(e <* <Au/4fo a'A/yes 

are £S/¥./vii/e. ^c//+?/> /j/a/teXs aAe 3^- XtS/cAi & &o/X<//>*y*7 /3ff. Zy 

/S/t. Jv/Moi/t Goverec/ afaveuxays. ^c//A<///vyj <zre //*&('<?c?/'e<y 
^ = ■1 > ***** A’ C "'** S <^“ 0 * 

Fig. 7A. 


±A. 























































































































14 


OIL refinery specifications 


the condenser coil, which is a continuous coil completely immersed 
in the water held by the steel compartment, termed the condenser 
box shell. Cold water from the circulating system is continuously 
supplied to the bottom of the condenser box, while the overflow, 
at the top of the condenser box, removes the warm water that 
has already served its purpose. The condensed vapor (now a 



Fig. 7B. 

liquid distillate) flows by gravity in through the tail lines to the 
receiver house, where, the still-man manipulates the various cut¬ 
off valves in the manifold and directs the flow of the various dis¬ 
tillates into the proper run-down storage tanks. 

The crude naphtha is pumped from these run-down tanks into 
the agitator in which it is treated with sulphuric acid, washed 


















































TYPES OF REFINING PLANTS 15 

with water and neutralized with caustic soda, after which it is 
fractionated in steam stills into the various marketable grades of 
gasoline and naphtha. 

Kerosene distillate is the next product obtained after the crude 
naphtha and is treated similarly to gasoline. The undesirable 
sulphur content is removed by treating the kerosene distillate 
with a solution of lead oxide and sodium hydroxide. 



or/vx/Z/jees <3c 
Fig. 7 C. 

The next product after kerosene distillate is gas oil, which is 
heavier and more viscous than the kerosene distillate. Gas oil 
may be marketed without further treatment as it may be used 
for enriching carbureted water gas, or in the operation of Diessel 
oil engines. Most refineries are now equipped with cracking 
plants, which subject the gas oil to high temperature, thereby 
crack this heavy oil into lighter products with respective lower 





























































































i6 


OIL refinery specifications 


boiling points and after redistillation, eventually increase the 
gasoline and kerosene yield. The decomposition of the heavy 
oils is influenced by numerous factors such as temperature, time, 
quality of the stock and the pressure at which the cracking is 
carried on. 

The residuum or bottoms from these cracking plants are used 
as fuel oil either by itself or mixed with other products. 

The product obtained after gas oil is known as paraffin dis¬ 
tillate, while the residue left in the still is cylinder stock and may 
be marketed as treated or untreated cylinder stock. It is the 
paraffin distillate that is the basis for the production of paraffin 
wax and other lubricating oils, the latter when compounded with 
other oils, produce a variety of products with special properties 
suitable for any desired service. 

In order to make a complete line of lubricating oils, the wax 
is removed from treated cylinder stock by the cold settling pro¬ 
cess and then filtered until a bright color is obtained. By blend¬ 
ing these bright stocks with viscous, non-viscous, together with 
animal or vegetable oils a complete line of lubricants is obtain¬ 
able. 

The process of elimination and purification of paraffin wax 
may be described briefly as: chilling the oil to cause the solidifi¬ 
cation of the wax present, filtering under high pressures, treating 
and sweating and finally melting and filtering through fullers’ 
earth filters. This oil is then ready for the market as soon as 
formed into commercial-sized cakes. 

In conclusion the above article covers briefly typical complete 
petroleum run-down plants. 


POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF 
OIL REFINERIES. 

(A) The availability of obtaining enough crude oil to operate 
the refinery at full capacity. 

(B) Where and what market is open to absorb the refined 
products? 

(C) Shipping facilities for refined products and crude oil 
should be carefully studied, in order to reduce the transportation 
rates to a minimum. 

When the above three points appear to fulfill the requirements 
satisfactorily, it is safe to consider the location of the future oil 
refinery. 

Naturally, sufficient funds to cover the cost of the refinery 
erection and maintain its operation should be available. The 
funds may be obtained by parties specializing in drafting pro¬ 
spectus and selling stock or by offering good securities as col¬ 
lateral. 

The engineer to whom the refinery layout is entrusted should 
be an experienced technical man, familiar with oil refinery prac¬ 
tice ; clients will receive more for their money when they employ 
the services of a competent engineer entirely disregarding his rate 
of remuneration. 

His duties are to compute the essential refinery equipment, such 
as proper number and size of storage tanks for water and oil, 
stills, boilers, condensers, electrical equipment, pumping machin¬ 
ery, prime movers, agitators, loading racks, wax plants, steam 
and oil lines, heat exchangers, sewage and buildings. After the 
plant is about to operate, the original estimates should not be 
changed materially. In addition the engineer should be able to 
compute the profit which will be derived by running the various 
crudes by various methods. 

When all plans are approved and construction commences, a 
detailed cost of expenses should be made and continually re¬ 
checked by the original estimate. 

There are quite a number of details that should be considered 
to reduce construction operation costs, and that will permit future 
extensions without considerable revision. 


i8 


OIL refinery specifications 


A successful refiner will establish a modern accounting system, 
that will care for fields, refinery maintenance and sales. 

A feature that is indispensable with any refinery is experi¬ 
mental stills of about ten to twelve barrels capacity. There 
should be an experimental sti'l for each of the following: Crude, 
rerun, steam and pressure stills. With these stills all guess work 
or opinions will be eliminated and running a sample through the 
experimental stills, determines exact results as to the quality and 
yield of various products from the various crudes. 

Skimming crude oil refineries should be planned not only for 
enlargements, but so that is shall be possible with a minimum 
expense to install additional equipment to run-down crudes to 
coke. 

An important item to consider is the water supply for boilers, 
and condensers (see Section 203). To reduce boiler scale, the 
water used from streams should be treated before being used. 
Condensers may be supplied by (salt water) rivers by using C. I. 
coils and mains. All cast iron pipe to conform to the American 
Water Works standard specifications. 

An insufficient water supply may be met by instating water 
cooling towers and spray ponds that will cool off the water so 
that it may be used over again in the condensers. 

All refineries before construction (see Section 169) should be 
so designed that they will meet the underwriters specifications 
which will eventually reduce the insurance rate. This in itself 
will save a considerable item. Stil 1 s, distillation tanks, etc., should 
be sectionalized. 

Portable fire apparatus, steam, and chemicals are the essentials 
in fighting refinery fires, and should be maintained for use in any 
emergency. (See Section 170). 

Care should be taken to provide for the personal safety of all 
employees, such as well ventilated buildings, the necessary walk¬ 
ways, and danger signs written in a number of languages. Proper 
lockers and lunch rooms should be provided, any contami¬ 
nated water should be distilled in small stills and working con¬ 
ditions should be as nearly perfect as possible. 


POINTS CONSIDERED IN CONSTRUCTION OF OIE REEINERIES 19 

Still settings should be designed so that the maximum B. T. 
U.’s may be utilized. (See Section 2). 

As much waste heat as possible should be saved by using vapor 
and residuum heat exchangers. (See Sections 9 and 115). 

All stills should be covered with good insulation (see Sec¬ 
tions 13 and 113). Have ample condensing area in condenser 
coils. (See Section 202). 

A counter current and free flow of the condenser water must 
be provided. 

To prevent oil pollution of streams and harbors (which is legis¬ 
lated against) with waste oil and in addition to save considerable 
money a water separator must be installed. (See Section 166). 

Separate sanitary and oil sewers; oil sewers to lead to a water 
separator should be built. (See Section 167). 

The location of oil transfer pumps should be carefully consid¬ 
ered and as many as possible should be placed in the main pump 
house, to efficiently control same. (For specifications of Mani¬ 
fold Piping see Section 54). 

All piping under the soil around the stills should be kept in 
trenches as it will rust rapidly due to the alkali that may be pres¬ 
ent in the soil. 

( 1 ) Foundations for Fire Stills.—The mixture of concrete 
should be i: 2^2:5. Material should conform to the latest 
standard specifications of A. S. T. M. 

One part of Portland cement, 

Two and one-half parts of clean, dry sand, 

Five parts of crushed limestone to pass 1^" <£ ring. 

For the ventilation between stills, an arched duct may be pro¬ 
vided, or cellu’ar partition hollow tile of the best quality to be 
vitreous or hard burned, and which should have less than 8 per 
cent absorption must be installed. 

The steel reinforcement that is necessary may be either round 
or deformed and should conform to the latest standard specifica¬ 
tions of A. S. T. M. 

At least three explosion doors should be provided in (rear of 
stills) exterior wall of the waste gas flue. 


20 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


The still supporting column bases should be provided with 
proper size steel bearing plates properly anchored in the foun¬ 
dation. The steel columns, supporting stills, should be medium 
open hearth steel and should be painted with Steel Cote Manu¬ 
facturing Company's 6oo° F. heat-resisting paint or its equal. 

( 2 ) Brick Settings for Fire Stills.—Linings are to be con¬ 
structed of first quality fire clay bricks standard size (9" x 4*4" x 
2^"). Other special shapes and damper control tile should be 
first quality clay products equal in refractoriness to the fire brick 
itself. The batter of the hearths' vertical walls should be about 
! 15 /i 6 " per each foot in height, and the lining should be bonded 
to the red brick backing at every fourth course. 

The fire clay should be a fine ground fire clay equal in refrac¬ 
toriness to the fire brick itself. 

Exterior walls are to be constructed of first quality common 
red brick standard size (8" x 2^4" x 3^4")- 

The lime, cement and sand used should conform to the latest 
standard specifications of A. S. T. M. 

Ferrules cut from standard steel pipe of proper size and num¬ 
ber necessary for either the fuel oil or gas burners must be pro¬ 
vided and C. I. peep holes (one to each still) and two 12" x 19" 
C. I. draft doors installed. 

Red Bricks are to be laid with lime and cement mortar using 1 1 /% 
barrels of lime, barrel of cement and J4 cubic yard of sand 
per 1,000 red bricks. Every fifth course is to be a header course. 
The joints are not to be over y%" in thickness and filled solidly 
with mortar. 

Lime is to be slacked one week before using. 

Fire Bricks are to be laid with fire clay (and brick dust as a 
filler) mortar made up of 75 per cent of fine ground fire clay 
and 25 per cent of brick dust. Fire clay filler to be spread and 
each fire brick to be rubbed and shoved into final place until it 
actually touches the brick below. Every fourth course is to be 
a header course. 

Expansion Joints must be provided and filled with indented 
asbestos roll fire felt J4" thick to fill a space allowed for ex- 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


21 


pansion, the fire side of expansion joints is to be pointed with 
high temperature cement equal to J. M. No. 31 high tempera¬ 
ture cement. 

As no performance guarantee of any kind is made with the 
sale of refractories, it is important that all fire brick, special 
shapes and damper control tiles should be kept in a dry place, 
as moisture, especially in cold weather will greatly injure them. 
After completion, the setting should be warmed slowly in order 
to expel all moisture. 

The steel buckstays supporting brick work that are necessary, 
should conform to the standard specifications of Class “B” steel 
of the Association of American Steel Manufacturers. 

The setting should be constructed so as to give the stills a 
minimum 3", or a maximum 4" slope (towards the rear) per 
forty feet. This is necessary to facilitate complete draining of 
still. 

( 3 ) Flues for Fire Stills (From Stills to Stack).—The size of 
the flue is to be as noted upon drawing (specify drawing No.). 
Flue is to be of reinforced concrete construction with a 4 
thickness of the fire bricks on the bottom (quality as specified be¬ 
low) while the walls and arched roof (radius of arch to equal 
width of flue) are to be lined with 9" thickness of fire bricks. The 
necessary expansion joints must be provided and fill same with 
loose fire felt packing. The flue to have a C. I. man-head with 
cover similar to the Banner Iron Works man-head No. 4781, set 
in a C. I. extension sleeve. 

The mixture of concrete is to be as follows: 

One part Portland cement, 

Two parts clean, sharp sand, 

Four parts crushed limestone to pass a Ij 4 " <f> ring. 

All reinforcing bars nearest the hot surface are to be spaced 
one-half of the spacing of outside rods. All rods must be im¬ 
mersed to a depth not less than 2" from the surface of concrete. 
The steel reinforcing is to be plain or deformed and must con¬ 
form to the latest specifications of the A. S. T. M. billet steel. 


22 


OIIv refinery specifications 


Fire bricks (used for lining) are to be of best quality of stand¬ 
ard dimensions and are to be laid with fire clay and brick dust 
as a filler, mortar mixture is to be composed of 75 per cent of 
fine ground fire clay and 25 per cent of brick dust. Fire clay 
filler is to be spread and each brick to be rubbed and shoved into 
final place until it actually touches the brick below it. Every 
fourth course is to be a header course. 

(4) Stacks for Fire Stills (Provide One Stack Per Each Battery 
of Ten Stills) (May be Reinforced Concrete or Perforated Radial 
Bricks) (For Method of Computing the Size of Stack see Section 
218).—The proper foundation will be built by the owner from 
the plans and specifications furnished by the chimney contractor, 
who must, upon completion, give a written guarantee that said 
foundation will sustain the chimney safely. The concrete used 
should be of the following mixture: 

One part of Port’and cement, 

Two and one-half parts of clean, sharp sand, 

Five parts stone or gravel to pass 1^2" <f> ring. 

The concrete should be deposited only in layers of 6 inches 
and thoroughly rammed into place. 

The wall thickness in inches of the brick wall at the bottom of 
the chimney should be at least equal to 


/ 


+ 


heieht of chimney in feet 
9 


The chimney wall thickness should gradually decrease towards 
the top to 7" for 7'o" diameter chimneys or less; 8" for chimneys 
of 7'o" to io'o" diameter, and 10" for larger chimneys. 

The lining should be equal to one-fifth of the total height of 
chimney where the gas temperature is under 8oo° F. It should 
be equal to one-half the total height where gas temperature is 
between 800 0 F. and 1,200° F. 

The batter of the chimney should be about 12" per every 25 
feet in height. All brick work should be laid in cement lime 
mortar with full joints throughout. The face brick work and 
backing are to be laid up at the same time and the mortar should 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


23 


be made of one part Portland cement, two parts fresh burnt 
lump lime mortar and five parts of clean, sharp sand. 

The common brick should have every fourth course a header 
course, while with radial brick work, it should be bonded at every 
third course. 

Also satisfactory reinforcing rings, chimney coping, cast iron 
clean out doors, ladder and suitable lightning rods should be 
provided. 

( 5 ) Still Shell.—All dimensions are to be true to and in 
accordance with the drawing. 

The still is to be of horizontal type (specify size). (To de¬ 
termine size of still, see Section 203-A). 

The shell of the still is to be fabricated as indicated upon the 
drawing. (Specify drawing No.) (To determine the thickness 
of shell see Section 199). 

Bottom sheet is to be in one piece and is to be fire box steel. 

The heads are to be bumped to the radius equal to the diameter 
of the still and must be flange steel. 

In large stills, channel buckstays must be provided to insure 
against collapsing pressures. 

The stifl is to have two cast iron manholes complete with cover, 
located as indicated upon the drawing; also one steel side hill 
man-head complete with steel plate cover bolted on, and crane (to 
facilitate removal of cover) located in front head of still. 

The still should have (specify number) cast iron lugs (equal 
number of lugs on each side) each lug to be provided with a 3 / 10 " 
caulking strip underneath and gun riveted to shell. 

Flanges are to be provided where located on drawing and as 
follows (specify size of flanges): 


Side hill flanges in rear of still 
to be tapped through for a 
long thread. 


f 1 reflux line flange. 


1 pumping out flange. 


1 2 flow line flanges. 
2 for telltale pipe. 


3 


24 


OIL refinery specifications 


Saddle flanges on top of still f i for charging line. 

tapped through for a long -j i for top steam. 

thread. [ i for spider steam. 

All flanges are to be forged steel boiler flanges. 

One saddle flange for vapor take-off in dome. 

The still should be provided with a tar draw-off plug at lowest 
point in rear of still. 

A forged steel boiler flange with standard tapered pipe threads 
(18" from bottom of still shell) for thermometer connection 
should be provided. 

The riveting depends upon the size and working pressure of 
still (but usually are from £4" to diameter) all plates are to 
be neatly and carefully bevel-sheared for inside and outside 
caulking and the corners are to be scarfed so as to insure tight 
joints at laps. Stills are to be thoroughly caulked outside and 
inside and made absolutely tight and dry. (Exceptionally large 
stills are to be shipped knock down and must be properly match- 
marked to facilitate erection). 

(6) Condenser Box Settings may be structural or reinforced 
concrete, (however, considerable advantages favor the latter, 
hence, specifications will be written concerning these). 

Concrete setting larger than 75'c/' in length should be pro¬ 
vided with an expansion joint midway. 

Concrete should be 1:2:4 mixture. 

One part Portland cement, 

Two parts clean, sharp sand, 

Four parts gravel (gravel for beams, slabs and girders are not 
to be larger than 1" and for columns and footing not larger 
than 1 y 2 "). 

Concrete should be poured continuously for beams, slabs and 
girders up to expansion joint. Each column should be poured 
continuously until completed, also beams, girders, slabs and 
columns should be executed in one pouring. 

Steel reinforcing should be (as indicated upon the drawing) 
plain round or plain square rods conforming to latest standard 
specifications of A. S. T. M. billet steel. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE Oil, DISTIIJJNG PLANTS 


25 


A 2" thickness of sand cushion (under condenser box) on top 
of setting should be provided. This sand must be of a clean, 
hard and coarse nature. 

(7) Condenser Box Shell. —Material should be in accordance 
with American Society for Testing Materials standard specifi¬ 
cations A-9-21 structural steel for buildings. 

Workmanship and details should be in accordance with manu¬ 
facturer’s standard specifications. 

All steel is to have one shop coat of approved heat-resisting 
paint. 

All field connections are to be riveted unless otherwise noted. 

All rivets and fitting up bolts should be provided with steel 
work. 

All rivets are to be diameter unless otherwise noted. 

Open holes are to be u / 16 " diameter unless otherwise noted. 

All joints are to be caulked, all edges to be beveled. 

Pipe flanges shown are to be forged steel boiler flanges, stand¬ 
ard pipe thread unless otherwise noted. 

Field painting is to be one coat of suitable heat-resisting paint. 

Shop details are to be submitted for approval. 

Condenser boxes are to be made water-tight and proven so by 
filling one compartment at a time while the adjacent boxes are 
empty. 

Pitch of rivets on all caulked joints are to be (specify pitch 
desired). 

(8) Receiver House. —For footings use 1:3:6 concrete mix¬ 
ture. 

For basement pavement use 1:1 y 2 : 3 concrete mixture. 

For beams, girders and general reinforced concrete use 1:2:4 
concrete mixture. 

For grout use 1: 3 mixture of Portland cement and clean, sharp 
sand. 

(Only Portland cement, clean, dry sand and 1^2" (f> crushed 
limestone should be used in all concrete mixtures). 

All structural steel is to be as per drawing (specify drawing 
No.) subject to approval, and must be painted with one coat of 
red lead and oil. 


26 


oil refinery specifications 


Reinforcement rods are to be as shown on drawing. 

Ventilator is to be as shown on drawing. (To determine the 
number and size of ventilators required, see Section 201). 

Steel sash, 3-ply, tinclad sliding door, Feralun saddles and 
standard 4" Holt leader connections should be used. 

Roof is to be of reinforced concrete construction and covered 
with Barrett (or equal) 5-ply tar and gravel roofing, 20-year 
bond complete with all flashings, gravel stops, etc. All lighting 
conduits are to be placed before pouring concrete. 

All necessary C. I. pipe, fittings and hangers should con¬ 
nect leader outlets to drainage system. (For specifications of 
drainage pipe and fittings see Section 198). 

Window sash manufacturer is to furnish cutting schedule to 
glass contractor, who is to furnish rough wire glass I2"xi8" 
lights and these are to be bonded in steel sash with Wm. T. Baker, 
Inc., special white steel sash putty. 

( 9 ) Specifications for Heat Exchangers (See Section 204).— 
All dimensions are to be true and in accordance with drawing, 
(specify drawing No.). 

The Association of American Steel Manufacturers standard 
specifications for plates and rivets should be used. 

All plates and heads are to be of open hearth class “A” steel, 
the tubes to be of best American steel manufacturers’ lap-welded 
soft steel. Tube holes are to be punched small and reamed to 
proper size. The sharp edges should be taken off on both sides 
of the plate. Tubes should be annealed before rolling and are to 
be prosser-expanded and beaded. All rivets are to be open hearth 
class “C” ’steel. 

Girth joints are to be single-riveted (specify size of rivets and 
pitch desired). 

Longitudinal joints are to be double-riveted (specify size of 
rivets and pitch desired). 

All rivet holes are to be punched 3 / 10 " less than full diameter 
of rivets, and then drilled or reamed to a finished diameter of 
not more than 1 / 16 " larger than the rivet with plates and heads 
bolted in position. After drilling or reaming rivet holes, the plates 
and heads should be separated and the burrs removed. Rivets 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


2 7 


should be of sufficient length to completely fill rivet holes and 
form head equal in strength to the bodies of the rivets. 

All caulking edges should be bevel-sheared or planed for caulk¬ 
ing. Caulking should be done with a round-nosed tool. The joints 
should be made oil and gas tight by caulking only, no foreign 
substance should be used in joints. The baffles should be care¬ 
fully fitted to their corresponding head, tube sheet and shell. 
Gaskets are to be J 4 " full face, jointless wire inserted asbestos. 
Shell and heads are to be tested to ioo lb. hydrostatic pressure. 
In the shop, the metal should receive one coat graphite and oil, 
and after being completed cau’ked and tested, the outside sur¬ 
face should be given another coat of graphite and oil. 

All workmanship is to be first class. No drift pins should be 
allowed. The manufacturer should furnish all facilities for in¬ 
specting and testing. 

(10) Cooling Box Shell.—Cooling box is to be in accordance 
with dimensions shown on drawing (specify drawing No.). 

Material is to be in accordance with the latest specifications 
of the A. S. T. M. structural steel for buildings. 

Workmanship and details are to be in accordance with manu¬ 
facturer’s standard specifications. 

All steel work should be given one shop coat of approved heat- 
resisting paint and after completion another coat of heat-resist¬ 
ing paint. All joints are to be caulked, all edges to be beveled. 
Pipe flanges shown are to be forged steel boiler flanges. Field 
coat is to be one coat of a suitable heat-resisting paint. 

Shop details are to be submitted for approval. 

Cooling box is to be made water-tight. 

(11) Dephlegmator Towers.—All dimensions are to be true to 
and in accordance with the drawing, (specify drawing No.). 

The plates and heads are to be open hearth Class “A” steel 
while the rivets must be open hearth Class “C” steel, conform¬ 
ing to the standard specifications of the Association of American 
Steel Manufacturers. 

The riveting should be determined by the size of the towers. 

All rivet holes should be punched 3 / 16 " less than full diameter 
and then reamed or drilled to a finished diameter of not more 


28 


on. refinery specifications 


than V 16 " larger than the rivet with plates bolted in position. 
After drilling or reaming rivet holes, the plates should be sepa¬ 
rated, and all burrs removed. Rivets should be of sufficient 
length to completely fill rivet holes and form heads equal in 
strength to the bodies of the rivets. The plates should be formed 
cold to exact requirements after punching and beveling. 

All caulking edges should be bevel-sheared or planed for caulk¬ 
ing, and all caulking should be done with a round-nosed tool. 
All joints should be made oil and gas tight by caulking only. 

Tower is to be caulked inside and outside. Drift pins must 
not deform metal about the holes. Manhole gaskets are to be 
full face jointless wire inserted asbestos. 

Complete tower is to be tested to (state desired pressure) hy¬ 
drostatic pressure. 

The metal for the tower should be cleaned and outside sur¬ 
faces are to receive a coat of graphite and oil, and after being 
completed, caulked and tested the outside surface of the tower is 
to be given another coat of graphite and oil well worked into 
every joint. 

The tower should have the necessary forged steel boiler flanges, 
for vapor lines, reflux condensation, etc. Suitable angle iron 
shelving to support insulation should be provided, also the tower 
base angle should be (of sufficient size with welded ends) 
riveted to skirt of tower. This base angle must have a sufficient 
number of anchor holes by which to anchor tower rigidly. 

(12) Dephlegmator Tower Insulation.—The insulation on 
these towers should be as outlined below: 

A 2" thickness of sponge felt should be laid against the steel 
shell using broken joints, this sponge felt is to be in sizes of 
36" x 24" and is to be held in position with girth lines of No. 14 
galvanized soft annealed steel wire spaced about 9" centers and 
tied to six or eight vertical (No. 14 galvanized soft annealed 
steel) wires. (The broken joints of sponge felt are to be filled 
with J. M. No. 302 asbestos cement or its equal. A thickness 
rough coat of J. M. No. 302 asbestos cement should next be ap¬ 
plied throughout and upon this hexagon galvanized chicken 
wire should be laid. Another J 4 " thickness of J. M. No. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE Oil, DISTIIJJNG PLANTS 29 

302 cement should be applied and finish with 34” mixture of 
one part Portland cement and two parts of J. M. No. 302 as¬ 
bestos cement. This must now be painted with J. M. Special 
Sizing and covered with a 3 / lc " coat of Asbestile Cement. 

This insulation should be applied both to the top head and 
cylindrical surface. The second 34 ” of rough coat applied to the 
head should be scratched in order to take the finished coat. 

(13) Fire Stills Insulation.—The manner of applying the insu¬ 
lation to the bare shell and heads should be as follows: 

First, a layer of Sil-o-cel bricks (9" x 4^" x 2 l / 2 ") should be 
laid up with broken joints to a thickness of 2 * 4 ". These bricks are 
to be held in place with No. 14 gage soft annealed steel wire 
spaced on 9" centers at right angles to the Sil-o-cel bricks. Then a 
34 " layer of a mixture of 70 per cent No. 302 J. M. asbestos 
cement with 30 per cent of Portland cement should be spread 
over the bricks, and upon this, lay a No. 19 gage 1" mesh of gal¬ 
vanized chicken wire throughout the complete surface and spread 
the final 34 " layer of a mixture of 70 per cent No. 302 J. M. 
asbestos cement with 30 per cent of Portland cement. 

The valley gutters between stills are to be properly flashed and 
made of No. 18 gage galvanized sheet iron. The gutter is to 
flash over brick work and to extend downward a distance of two 
brick courses, and secured with 134" flashing hooks similar to the 
“Merchant and Evans’ product or its equal. 

The space that is allowed for expansion between the still shell 
and the brick work should be provided with a 3" diameter asbes¬ 
tos fire felt jelly roll (made to suit the conditions) by rolling 1" 
diameter J. M. No. 4196 commercial asbestos twisted rope in 
34 " thick J. M. asbestos fire felt and tied with J. M. No. 285 
asbestos twisted cord on 4" centers. In order to keep this jelly 
roll in its proper place a 2" standard black merchant pipe should 
be placed behind it. 

(14) Suction Lines from Field to Still Charging Pumps Located 
Under Condenser Boxes.—Random lengths of black merchant pipe 
with line pipe couplings on one end and thread protectors on the 
other end should be used. 


1 Merchant & Evans Company. 


30 


OIL refinery specifications 


Fitting are to be medium weight C. I. screwed ends Crane 175 
lb. or equal. (See Section 225). 

Valves are to be standard flanged gate valves (use only gate 
valves) I. B. B. M. steel stems and are to be packed for oil. 
Flanges should be faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. stand¬ 
ard dimensions. (See Section 222). 

Companion flanges are to be standard C. I. companion flanges 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 
(See Section 222). 

Flanged fittings (where necessary) are to be standard C. I., 
using long radius elbows where possible, fittings are to be faced 
and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. (See 
Section 222). 

Nipples are to be standard black nipples threaded at both ends. 

Gaskets should be 1 / 16 " thick, J. M. Seigelite or equal. 

(15) Discharge Lines from Still Pumping Out Pumps to Tanks 
in Field.—Random lengths of black merchant pipe with line pipe 
couplings on one end and thread protectors on the other end 
should be used. 

Fittings are to be “Crane Oil” mailable iron screwed ends or 
equal. (See Section 223). 

Valves must be medium flanged gate valves similar to Crane 
505 or equal, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard 
dimensions. (See Section 221). 

Companion flanges shouM be X-heavy C. I. companion flanges, 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard dimensions. 
(See Section 221). 

Flanged fittings (where necessary) should be X-heavy C. I. 
flanged fittings faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard 
dimensions. (See Section 221). 

Nipples should be X-heavy black nipples threaded at both ends. 

Gaskets should be 1 / 16 " thick, J. M. Seigelite or equal. 

(16) Charging Lines from Charging Pumps to Exchangers and 
from Exchangers to Top of Stills.—Black merchant pipe and stand¬ 
ard black nipples threaded at both ends should be used. 

Fittings should be medium weight C. I. screwed, Crane 175 
lb. or equal. (See Section 225). 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


31 


Standard flanged gate valves O. S. & Y., I. B. B. M. steel 
stems equal to Crane No. 465 should be packed for hot oil and 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Flanged fittings (where necessary) are to be standard C. I. 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Companion flanges are to be standard C. I. faced and drilled 
to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Expansion joints not necessary, as jack knife swings will be 
provided by using the screwed-end fittings. 

J. M. Seigelite 1 / 16 " or equal ring-type gaskets should be used 
on all lines before entering heat exchangers, beyond exchangers 
use 7 x»" j. M. Service ring-type gaskets or its equal. 

Covering of hot oil line is to be made by applying ij 4 " J. M. 
asbestos sponge felt or equal and this is to be wrapped with i-ply 
tar paper and fastened every 6 inches with No. 22 galvanized an¬ 
nealed soft steel wire, or as an alternate cover the insulation with 
an 8-ounce canvas jacket, applied over 16 pounds asbestos paper 
sewed on, using three stitches per inch. 

A temperature recording thermometer, design as specified in 
Section 42, and a piston-type meter of an approved design to 
record volume of oil charged into stills should be provided. Ther¬ 
mometer and meter are to be located between first still and ex¬ 
changer. 

(17) By-Pass Lines at Stills (Used in Continuous Crude Distil¬ 
lation).—Black merchant pipe and standard black nipples threaded 
at both ends should be used. 

The nipples which are screwed into the stills must be X-heavy, 
one end to have standard pipe threads, the other end to have 
straight threads (specify length). 

Flanged fittings (where used) must be standard cast-steel, 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Screwed fittings should predominate and must be X-heavy 
mailable iron equal to Crane 600 lb. screwed-end fittings. (See 
Section 224). 

Valves are to be standard gate valves, cast steel body, bonnet 
and disc, with C. I. yoke, steel stem and nicaloy seats, similar to 


32 


oil refinery SPECIFICATIONS 


Crane 47 B or its equal, the flanges are to be faced and drilled 
to the A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Expansion joints should be used, at least two per each ten stills, 
and must be special cast steel expansion joints, having cast steel 
bodies and steel sleeves; the design should be similar to Crane 
No. 401. They must be packed for hot oil having a maximum 
temperature of (specify temperature degrees F.), also the stand¬ 
ard flanges should be faced and drilled to the A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Gaskets must be J. M. 1 / 16 " Service ring-type gaskets or equal. 

Covering is to be same as recommended in Section 16. 

(18) Flow-In and Flow-Out Lines Inside of Still (For Contin¬ 
uous Stills).—The flow-in line to feed stills should extend to the 
coolest end, and must be provided with an elbow turned down, 
while the flow-out line extending to the hottest part of the still 
must have a vented or open top above the liquid level. 

Black merchant pipe on both lines should be used. 

Fittings are to be X-heavy mailable iron equal to Crane 600 lb. 
S. E. fittings. (See Section 224). 

Flanged unions (must be used if necessary) should be a pair 
of standard cast steel flanges faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 
125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Both lines are to be suspended (specify distance) from buck- 
stay within still by either a loop made of standard chain or 
the adjustable pipe hangers having extension bar similar to Crane 
Company’s hanger. In case the still is small and does not require 
any buckstays to prevent collapse, weld a suitable steel hook in 
roof of still from which the flow-in and flow-out lines may be sus¬ 
pended. 

These lines are not to be covered with any insulation. 

(19) Flow Line Outside of Still.—Specifications are the same 
as by-pass line at stills (Section 17). 

(20) Residuum or Tar Line from Stills to Heat Exchangers 
(Rear of Stills).—Specifications are the same as by-pass line at 
stills (Section 17). 

In addition, provide either a 2" Pratt and Cady standard as¬ 
bestos-packed screwed cock, or a 2" (screwed end) Victory FcH 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


33 


standard cast steel straightway valve, 200 lb. working pressure. 
Either of these valves should withstand a hot oil temperature of 
700° F. as they will be used for draining purposes. 

Pipe covering should be the same as for Section 16. 

(21) Residuum or Tar Line from Heat Exchangers to Pumps. 
—Black merchant pipe and black nipples threaded at both ends 
should be used. 

Standard C. I. flanged fittings faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 
125 lb. standard dimensions should be used. 

Screwed fittings (where necessary for jack knife swings) aic 
to be medium weight cast iron equal to Crane 175 lb. (See Sec¬ 
tion 225). 

Valves are to be standard flanged gate valves O. S. and 
steel stems, I. B. brass trimmings, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 
125 lb. standard dimensions, similar to Crane No. 465 or equal 
and must be packed for hot oil. 

Companion flanges are to be standard C. I. companion flanges 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 
(See Section 222). 

Gaskets are to be J. M. Vie" Service ring-type or its equal. 

No pipe covering is necessary on this line. 

(22) Pumping Out Line to Cooler Box. —Extra heavy nipples 
should be used next to still. 

The line within the still should extend to the hottest end and 
should have an X-heavy mailable iron elbow turned down with a 
make-up piece of pipe screwed in elbow and dropped down to 
within 18 inches from the still bottom. This line should be sup¬ 
ported similarly to the flow-in and flow-out lines under Section 
18. 

All fitting (except flanged fittings) outside of still shou’d be 
X-heavy mailable iron screwed ends. (See Section 224). 

Flanged fittings and companion flanges (where necessary) 
should be standard cast steel faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 
125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Standard flanged gate valves faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 
125 lb. standard dimensions, cast steel body, bonnet and disc, 


34 


Oily REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


C. I. yoke, steel stems and nicaloy seats and dies rings, Crane 
47 B or equal should be used. 

Expansion joints at stills should be special cast steel expansion 
joints with cast steel bodies and steel sleeves, design and dimen¬ 
sions must conform as per Crane No. 401 standard flanged ex¬ 
pansion joints, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard 
dimensions and packed for hot oil, having a maximum tempera¬ 
ture of 700° F. (Expansion joints beyond stills are to be made 
by jack knife swings using screwed fittings). 

Gaskets are to 1 / 16 " J. M. Service’ring-type or equal. 

No pipe covering is necessary on this line. 

(23) Pumping Out Line from Cooler Box to Pumps Suction.— 
Specifications are similar to charging lines from charging pumps, 
to exchangers and from exchangers to top of still (see Section 
16) except no insulation is necessary for piping. 

(24) Drain Lines from Heat Exchangers.—These drains are to 
be piped to an oil sump and later collected and reclaimed. 

Black merchant pipe and standard black nipples threaded at 
both ends should be used. 

Fittings are to be equal to “Crane Oil” malleable screwed ends. 
(See Section 223). 

Unions are to be malleable iron navy unions Crane No. 98 E 
or equal. 

Bushings are to be black malleable iron shoulder bushing. 

Valves are to be screwed end, iron body, iron mounted, clamp 
type Crane No. 488 or equal and must be packed for oil. 

Exchanger is to be provided with a satisfactory pressure gage, 
2" relief valve and a 2" (check) vacuum valve. 

(25) Condenser Box Coil.—Sterling oil condensing sections 
(as manufactured by American Radiator Company or its equal) 
should be used. 

Simplex cast iron “Class A” pipe with simplex cast iron return 
bends and cast glands (as manufactured by American C. I. Pipe 
Company) should be employed for use on heavy condensing 
worm. 

Standard C. I. flanged or special cast iron flanged fittings (if 
necessary) faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimen- 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 35 

sions should be used. These may be used either above or below 
condenser water level. (See Section 231). 

Standard C. I. flanged “Class A” pipe (A. W. W. A.) (when 
under water) and standard lap-welded soft steel pipe with stand¬ 
ard C. I. companion flanges for use above water level should be 
used. (The flanges in both cases are to be faced and drilled to 
A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions). 

Pure asbestos ring gaskets for simplex pipe flange joints should 
be used. 

Manufacturer’s asbestos composition gaskets for sterling oil 
condensing sections should be used, in other cases use J. M. 1 / 16 " 
Service ring-type gasket throughout or its equal. 

(26) Gauge Column or Telltale Pipe in Rear of Stills.—This 
telltale pipe is usually ij4" in diameter. 

X-heavy nipples and pipe should be used throughout. 

Fittings are to be screwed-end X-heavy malleable iron re¬ 
cessed and having long threads, equal to Crane 600 lb. (See 
Section 224). 

Pipe plugs (if necessary) are to be for X-heavy malleable iron 
recessed S. E. fittings. 

Valves, for trial cocks, spaced on 12" centers are to be y^ rt 
rough plain Bibb-Cocks screwed ends Crane No. 800 or equal. 

Valves, for draining telltale, are to be asbestos packed cock 
screwed-end Crane No. 310 or equal. 

Valves, to cut off telltale with still, are to be Victory FcH 
standard cast steel, screwed ends straightway valves, 200 lb. work¬ 
ing pressure to be used for hot oil having a maximum tempera¬ 
ture of 700° F. 

Unions are to be ground joint unions screwed ends Crane navy 
No. 98 E or equal. 

(27) Vacuum and Safety Valves on Stills.—Nipples are to be 
standard soft steel lap welded pipe nipples. 

Fittings are to be X-heavy malleable iron screwed Crane 600 
lb. or equal. (See Section 224). 

Vacuum valve is to be equal in quality to National 1 B-1143. 

Safety valve is to be equal in quality to National 1 B-1142. 


1 National Supply Companies. 


36 


OIL, REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


(28) Dephlegmator Tower Wash Lines and Manifold. —Black 
merchant pipe and standard black nipples, standard threads at 
both ends should be used. 

Fittings should be medium weight cast iron Crane 175 lb. or 
equal. (See Section 225). 

Union ground joint lip unions should be used. 

Screwed-end clamp gate valves, iron body, brass mounted 
Crane No. 490 or equal should be used. 

A temperature recording thermometer, design as specified in 
Section 42, and a meter of an approved design should be pro¬ 
vided. These are to be located in each individual tower wash 
line. 

(29) Vapor Lines from Stills to Dephlegmator Towers and 
from Towers to Condenser Coil Inlet. —Standard soft steel lap 
welded pipe should be used. 

Standard black nipples should be used except in dome of still, 
for which use standard soft steel lap welded nipples. 

Fittings (screwed fittings should predominate to facilitate 
swinging due to expansion of pipe) are to be X-heavy malleable 
iron Crane 600 lb. or equal. (See Section 224). 

Flanged fittings and companion flanges (where necessary) are 
to be standard cast steel faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

A temperature recording thermometer, design as specified in 
Section 42, should be provided in each of the vapor lines leaving 
each tower. 

(30) Run Back (or Reflux) Line from Dephlegmator Towers to 
Stills. —Black merchant pipe should be used. 

Standard black nipples should be used, except those entering 
into towers or still, these must be X-heavy nipples. 

Fittings (screwed fitting must predominate) should be “Crane 
Oil” (Section 223) malleable S. E. fittings at towers and X-heavy 
malleable iron (Section 224) equal to Crane 600 lb. around the 
still. 

Unions are to be standard ferro-steel companion flanges faced 
and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


37 


Flanged fittings and companion flanges (where necessary) are 
to be standard cast steel faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Valves (at stills) are to be standard flange gate valves cast steel 
body, bonnet and disc. C. I. yokes, steel stems and nicaloy seats 
and disc rings faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard 
dimensions. 

Valves (at towers) are to be screwed gate valves, iron body, 
brass mounted, clamp type packed for oil Crane No. 490 or equal. 

Gaskets are to be J. M. Service V.e" ring-type or equal. 

Expansion joints (in main header in rear of stills) are to be 
special cast steel expansion joints with cast steel bodies, steel 
sleeves, design and dimensions equal to Crane No. 401 standard 
flange expansion joint, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions and packed for oil having a maximum tem¬ 
perature of 700° F. 

(31) Water Lines to Condenser Box and Residuum Cooler 
(Using Fresh Water Only). —Black merchant pipe and standard 
black nipples threaded at both ends should be used. 

Fittings (leads to each compartment) are to be medium weight 
screwed ends cast iron Crane 175 lb. or equal. (See Section 225). 

Standard screwed-end gate valves, iron body, brass mounted 
with renewable hard metal seats and disc should be used. 

(When salt water is used for cooling purposes use cast iron 
pipe). 

(32) Overflow from Condenser Box and Residuum Cooler to 
Circulating Water Sewer. —Black merchant pipe should be used. 

Fittings are to be medium weight cast iron screwed Crane 175 
lb. or equal. (See Section 225). 

Unions are to be C. I. companion flanges faced and drilled to 
A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Gaskets should be Vie" thick, J- M - Seigelite ring-type or equal. 

(33) Tail Lines from Condenser Boxes to Receiving House.— 
Pipe is to be standard black merchant. 

Nipples are to be standard black nipples threaded at both ends. 

Fittings are to be Crane “Oil Mall.” iron screwed ends or equal. 


38 


OIL refinery specifications 


Flanged fittings and companion flanges (if necessary) are to 
be standard C. I. faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. stand¬ 
ard dimensions. 

These tail lines are usually enclosed (boxed up) in a wooden 
or a frost proof box to prevent freezing during winter months. 

(34) Asbestos Specifications for Heat Exchangers. —In cover¬ 
ing the heat exchangers with 2i"x36"x2" thick sheets, these 
sheets will be laid up against the heat exchangers, with the 36" 
dimension parallel to the center line horizontal of the equipment. 
These slabs will be wired on tightly with galvanized wire with 
about four wires per each 36" in order to hold the asbestos 
directly in contact with the shell of the equipment. 

Next the joints formed by the junction of these sheets will be 
filled in with an asbestos putty, and the heavy duck canvas will 
be pasted over the sheets with a flour and water paste, and also 
wired in place in the same way as the asbestos sheets underneath. 

The heavy duck canvas will then be given two coats of red 
lead paint and a finish coat of a good quality of black paint. 

(35) Asbestos Specifications for Vapor Lines. —Vapor lines 
to dephlegmators, and between dephlegmators should have a 1" 
covering. 

The covering will be installed over the pipe and the junction 
canvas pasted in place with a flour and water paste. This cover¬ 
ing will be tightly wired to the pipe by three galvanized wire 
loops per each joint of covering. 

Next the asbestos covering will be covered by one thickness of 
standard 2-ply roofing paper, this paper will be cut in pieces of 
about 3' long and wide enough to cover the circumference of the 
pipe covering, that is, the roll of roofing paper will be cut off in 
such widths that this width will encircle the circumference of the 
asbestos covering on the pipe with about a 3" allowance for lap. 
The clamps will then be put over the roofing paper. The lap on 
the roofing paper must be always on the side of the pipe. This 
paper will also be lapped from section end to section end, allow¬ 
ing about a 2"-lap and covering this lap with a tightly clinched 
clamp. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


39 


Finally the roofing paper will be given two coats of a good 
quality of black paint. 

(36) Receiving House Manifold. —Black merchant pipe and 
standard black nipples threaded at both ends should be used. 

Fittings are to be standard cast iron, flanged, faced and drilled 
to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Companion flanges are to be standard cast iron companion 
flanged, faced and drilled to 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Screwed fittings (where necessary) should be medium weight 
C. I. Crane 175 lb. or equal. (See Section 225). 

Valves (for making distillate cuts) are to be standard cross 
C. I. flanged O. S. & Y. iron body with steel stems and renewable 
nicaloy seats and fibre discs to withstand gasoline and kerosene 
reactions (similar to Crane No. 363). The flanges are to be faced 
and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Angle valves (for making distillate cuts and used at end of 
manifold) are to be of same specifications as above O. S. & Y. 
valves (similar to Crane No. 353). 

Sampling valves (in manifold trap) are to be cocks equal 
to Crane No. 800. 

1 Eook boxes are to be cast iron having 4" inlets and outlets 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions to 
be equal in quality to the boxes as manufactured by Joseph Reid 
Gas Engine Company, as per their latest design drawing No. 
2186. 

Gaskets are to be Vie" J- Seigelite or equal. 

(36-A) Dehydrator (to be of the Vertical Type).—A dehy¬ 
drator is used to separate the fixed gases and water from the 
distillates and is always located (between the condensers and the 
look boxes) within the receiving house. Shell is to be (12" I. 
diameter x 5' 4" overall) made of 12" O. D. standard steel pipe. 
Both ends are to have (%" steel) flat heads welded on. 

The following (one-half of full length) recessed line pipe 
couplings are to be welded on the shell in the following locations: 

1 In setting the glass window in look boxes (do not use any rubber gaskets) 
simply use a litharge paste. If the litharge paste is in the powder form, thin it down 
with glycerine. 

4 


40 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


One 2" coupling; 4" above bottom (for water draw off adjust¬ 
ing swing pipe). 

x Two 3" couplings; 12" below top (opposite each other) for 
inlet and outlet of distillates. 

One 2" coupling; in center of top head for gas take-off. 

(37) Water Drain from Dehydrator (in Receiving House).— 
All pipe is to be black merchant pipe. 

Nipples are to be standard black nipples threaded at both ends. 

Fittings are to be medium weight C. I. screwed ends, equal to 
Crane 175 lb. (Section 225). 

Funnels may be made of C. I. or No. 18 gage galvanized sheet 
iron with soldered joints. 

(38) Gas Line in Receiving House (from Dehydrator and Look 
Boxes).—Black merchant pipe and standard black nipples threaded 
at both ends should be used. 

Fittings are to be medium weight C. I. screwed ends equal to 
Crane 175 lb. (Section 225). 

Ground joint unions equal to Crane navy should be used. 

Screwed-end gate valves, all iron clamp type Crane No. 488 
or equal to be packed for oil vapors should be used. 

C. I. square head plugs (where necessary) should be used. 

(39) Auxiliary Gas Relief at Condenser Coil.—Black merchant 
pipe and standard black nipples threaded at both ends should be 
used. 

Companion flanges are to be standard C. I. faced and drilled 
A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Screwed-end gate valves I. B. I. M. equal to Crane No. 488 
are to be used. 

Gaskets are to be 1 / 16 " J. M. Service ring-type or equal. 

(40) Steam Line to Fuel Oil Burners (For Oil Atomization).— 
Are to be similar to either Section 59 or Section 60, depending 
upon the steam working pressure. 

1 The distillate inlet only must be baffled, by providing a 3" black nipple and 
3" standard malleable iron tee screwed on, extending to the center axis of shell. The 
top outlet of tee is left open, while a 3" black nipple 18" long is screwed in bottom 
outlet of tee, (to discharge the distillates towards bottom of dehydrator). 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 41 

(41) Fuel Gas Lines (in Front of Stills) at Still Burners.— 

Pipe is to be standard black merchant having welded outlets 
(specify size) for burner connections. All other pipe is to be 
black merchant. 

Valves (for main gas cut-off) are to be standard flange I. B. B. 
M. faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions, 
Crane No. 461 or equal. 

Individual cut-off valves to each burner are to be screwed gate 
valves, iron body, brass mounted (packed for gas) Crane No. 
490 or equal. 

Needle valves at gas burner are to be screwed needle valves, 
bronze rough body, finished trimmings, bronze stem ( 7 / 16 " diame¬ 
ter seat opening) are to be equal in quality to Lunkenheimer Fig. 
906 (packed for gas). 

Valves at gage are to be standard brass globe valves equal to 
Crane No. i. 

Fittings are to be medium weight, cast iron screwed-end equal 
to Crane 175 lb. 

Flanged fittings and companion flanges (if necessary) are to 
be standard C. I. faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard 
dimensions. 

Ashton 1 Improved single air brake gage, Case No. 51 B with 
5" dial, and to register o to 15 lb. pressures (to be graduated in 
y 2 lb. registrations) is to be used. 

Syphons are only necessary when there is water present in the 
gas then fill the syphon with an anti-freezing solution. 

Unions from to 2" should be forged steel (brass to iron 
seats) threaded connection as manufactured by Walworth Com¬ 
pany. Above 2" use Dart 2 flanged unions. 

Gaskets are to be Vis" J- Seigelite or equal. 

Gas regulators, as manufactured by the Fulton Regulator 
Company or equal should be used. 

(41-A) The Gas Absorption System.—In fractionating petro¬ 
leum oils considerable gas is produced, the major portion of this 


1 Ashton Valve Company. 

2 Dart Manufacturing Company. 


42 


OIL REFINERY specifications 


gas is generated by what is known as the pressure or cracking 
stills. 

The amount varies with the following conditions; viz., char¬ 
acteristics of crude petroleum, the temperature in the still, the 
size of condenser and the atmospheric temperature. 

This gas may be used as a refinery fuel, for gas engines, or 
gas burners, etc., although some refining plants recover gasoline 
from the excess gas by means of an absorption system. The ab¬ 
sorption system is a process of forcing the gas (with the aid of an 
exhauster) through an absorbent oil, which absorbs condensable 
vapors from the fixed gases. This absorbent oil is then pumped 
into a steam still from which the gasoline content is stripped and 
the absorbent oil is then used over and over again. Inasmuch 
as there are two general classes of absorption plants; namely, the 
plant using horizontal absorbers or the one using the vertical ab¬ 
sorbers, a brief description of each will not go amiss. In the 
horizontal absorption system, a series of large size steel tubes 
equipped with gage glasses and oil traps are coupled as a unit 
and each large tube is provided with a perforated pipe coil within 
(Vie" <f> perforations). These large tubes are half filled with the 
absorbent oil and always maintained at a constant level, the gas 
forced into the perforated pipe coil percolates through the body 
of absorbent oil and intimately mixes with it. Here is where the 
absorption of condensable vapor occurs. 

The absorbent oil admixed with these condensable vapors is 
trapped off and finally fractionated by steam in a steam still with 
the usual refinery steam still equipment. The vertical tower 
absorption system consists of a series of vertically installed steel 
tubes about 36" <j> and minimum height thirty-five feet. The gas 
enters the bottom of towers and is discharged at the top, while 
the absorbent oil enters the top of the towers and forms a spray 
caused by interceding baffie plates or the filling of crushed 
2^2" x 5" limestone, trickles gradually to the bottom of the towers 
where it is trapped off by an oil trap (each tower is equipped with 
gage glass and oil trap) and finally pumped into a steam, still 
similar to the one described for the horizontal absorbers above. 


THE GAS ABSORPTION SYSTEM 


43 


The receiver house and its equipment such as look boxes, pipe 
manifold, etc., are practically the same as used for refining 
straight run gasoline or kerosene and are to be constructed in 
accordance with Section 120. 

The steam still is identical to the one used in usual refinery 
practice for steam stilling straight run gasoline or kerosene and 
it consists of a horizontal cylindrical steel tank (see Section ill) 
having a dephlegmator or scrubbing tower (see Section 114) 
rigidly anchored on top of still (see Fig. 2). The still is sup¬ 
ported by steel, masonry or concrete settings (see Section 112). 
The entire still is to be covered with an insulation composed of 
2*4" asbestos blocks and asbestos cement as per Section 113. 
The steam pipe coils within still are usually made of 1 y 2 " or 2" 
black merchant pipe with standard banded screwed malleable iron 
fittings (see Section 129). (Materials for pipe coils usually de¬ 
pend upon the steam pressure used). For pressures above 125 
lb., use X-Hy, malleable iron fittings. It is well to provide an 
independent coil for low and high pressure steam. 1 The perfora¬ 
tions in the pipe are usually from %" to 3 / 16 " holes spaced on 
1" centers and staggered for the purpose of uniformly admitting 
the steam into the body of oil within the still. 

The condenser (coil) may be composed of several worms con¬ 
nected in parallel and made of cast iron pipe and fittings. This 
condenser (coil) may be made similar to Section 118. The steel 
compartment housing this coil and through which the cold water 
circulates continuously may be constructed in accordance with 
Section 118. 

Oil traps are to be provided on each absorber, to continually 
draw off the saturated oil from the bottom of the vertical ab¬ 
sorbers and maintain a constant level in horizontal absorbers 
without allowing the gas to escape. The traps may either be of 
the float or bucket type and must be designed for the pressure 
under which they must operate. Traps suitable for this service 
is made by the Strong, Carlisle and Hammond Company. 

The capacity of the absorbent oil pump is dependent upon the 
rate of oil circulation. 


1 To determine the actual number of perforations see Section 49 . 


44 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


It is recommended to use outside packed plunger pumps for 
high pressure work and packed piston type for low pressure work. 

Oil end is to have C. I. cylinders lined with brass tubes forced 
into the cylinders. All valves, seats, stems and springs are to be 
of brass, piston rods of steel. Steam end is to be standard duplex 
design (state steam working pressure desired). All gaskets on 
oil end are suitable for oil service. It is advisable to duplicate 
the pumps in order to avoid shutdowns, and to purchase over¬ 
sized units in order to secure a longer life. 

The oil cooler (if it is used in place of a heat exchanger) is 
to be made of 2" standard merchant pipe and connected to 2" 
medium weight screwed cast iron return bends to produce a con¬ 
tinuous coil through which the absorbent oil enters the bottom 
(of the coil) and leaves at the top. The uppermost tier of pipes 
support a galvanized iron trough which evenly distributes (by 
overflowing) the cooling water throughout the exterior surface 
of the entire coil. 


Specifications for Absorbent Oils. 


Be. gravity 
I. B. P. 

F. B. P. 

Fire-test 
Saybolt viscosity 


oil # 1. _ Oil § 2 . oil #3, 


40.7 
5oo° F. 
666° F. 
312.8° F. 
40 @ ioo° F. 


356 
136° F. 
>98° F. 

T2 8° F 


36.9 

523° F. 
68o° F. 


Capacities for Vertical Absorbers. 

Q = 314-16 Xd’X -J-Z 

' Cj 

d = .526 X yj Q X 


In which:— 

P = Absolute gas pressure (Gauge plus 14.7). 

G = Specific gravity of gas. 

Q — Capacity cubic feet of free gas per 24 hours, 
d = Diameter of absorber in inches. 






the: gas absorption syste;m 


45 


Capacities for Horizontal Absorbers. 

Q = LxdxPx 1.43. 

In which:— 

L = Length of absorber in inches. 

d = Diameter of absorber in inches. 

P — Absolute gas pressure (Gauge plus 14.7). 

Q = Capacity cubic feet of free gas per 24 hours. 

(42) Thermometers for Stills (Fullers’ Earth Filter and Clay 
Regenerative Kiln).—Still thermometers are to have separable 
socket connection and are to be of the angle type. 

Scales are to be of brass, black oxidized (9" high) with range 
of temperature (specify temperature range) numbers and gradu¬ 
ations must be cut in the scale and filled with a permanent white 
pigment. 

Scale cases are to be V-shaped cast of high grade bronze, 
ground, polished and to have a heavy glass front protection. 

For quick registration up to 500° F. specify mercury con¬ 
ducting bath, above 500° F. specify metallic powder. All steel 
parts of the thermometer are to be heavily copper p’ated to pre¬ 
vent corrosion. The socket connection which screws into the still 
should have standard tapered pipe threads. 

A temperature recording thermometer should be provided on 
all oil lines entering fullers’ earth filter, design to be as specified 
above. 

A temperature recording thermometer should be provided on 
the clay regenerative kiln, design is to be as specified above. 

(43) Run-Down Lines from Receiving House to Tanks.—Black 
merchant pipe and standard black nipples threaded at both ends 
should be used. 

The nipples entering tank must be extra heavy. 

Fittings are to be “Crane Oil” malleable iron or equal. 

Valves are to be flange gate valves, iron body Crane No. 461 
or equal packed for oil. 

Gaskets are to be 7 10 " J. M. Seigelite ring-type or equal. 


46 


OIL refinery specifications 


(44) Pumping Out Lines from Run-Down Tanks.—Pipe is to 
be black merchant and standard black nipples threaded at both 
ends. 

The nipples into the tank are to be “Lucas” electric welded 
one-piece flanged nipple-faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 250 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Fittings are to be medium weight cast iron Crane 175 lb. or 
equal. 

Valves are to be medium-flanged ferro-steel body faced and 
drilled A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard dimensions packed for oil 
and equal to Crane No. 505. 

Gaskets are to be 1 / 16 " thick, J. M. Seigelite or equal. 

(45) Gas Line from Run-Down Tanks.—Black merchant pipe 
should be used. 

Black nipples with standard threads at both ends should be 
used. 

Fittings should be standard screwed cast iron. 

Union ground joint equal to Crane navy unions 98 E should 
be used. 

(46) Drains from Bottom of Run-Down Tanks.—Extra heavy 
nipples from tank to drain valve should be used. 

Extra heavy malleable iron screwed elbow should be used 
under tank. 

Valves (for draining tank) are to be medium screwed end gate 
valves equal to Crane No. 500. 

Pipe beyond drain valve buried in the ground is to be vitrified 
salt glazed standard No. 1, first quality sewer pipe with the neces¬ 
sary fittings. Pipe is to be laid as specified in Section 57. 

(47) Safety Steam Lines (Where Steam Pressure Does Not Ex¬ 
ceed 150 Lbs.) from Live Steam Header to Run-Down Tanks.— 
Main blocks and bleed valves at header main are to be iron 
body, brass mounted, screwed-end globe valves equal to Crane 
No. 350J4. 

Fittings for dead lines from blocks to tanks are to be medium 
weight screwed C. I. fittings. 

(Each block enters tank at extreme top, provide at this point 
a 12" loop seal formed of standard pipe). (See Section 79). 


AUXILIARIES EOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


47 


All pipe is to be standard black merchant, use all standard black 
pipe nipples with standard threads at both ends. 

Trap on main header (no traps on leads to tanks) is to be H. 
P. Strong trap or equal. 

(For method to determine the size of safety steam lines, see 
Section 79). 

(48) Cooling Box Coils.—Coils are to be made of standard 
steel pipe with standard steel flanges attached. (For method of 
determining the necessary square feet of cooling surface see Sec¬ 
tion 207). 

Flanges are to be faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Fittings and return bends (composing coil) are to be standard 
cast steel faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimen¬ 
sions. 

Gaskets are to be 1 / 16 " J. M. Service ring-type or equal. 

Pipe is to be supported by suitable supports within cooling box. 

(49) Perforated Steam Spray Coil Within Still. 1 —Fittings are 
to be standard banded, screwed, malleable iron. 

Black merchant pipe should be used. 

Unions are to be Crane navy 98 E or equal. 

Closed coils are to be of same construction as perforated coils. 

(50) Heating Coil Within Tanks Where Steam Pressure Does 
Not Exceed 150 Lbs. (to Reduce Consistency of Oil).—Steel line 
pipe is to be used. 

Fittings are to be malleable iron or medium weight cast iron 
Crane 175 lb. (See Section 225). 

Return bends are to be malleable iron or medium weight cast 
iron Crane No. 175 (open pattern). 

Unions are to be ground joint screwed Crane navy No. 98 E or 
equal. 

Screwed-end, iron body globe valves Crane No. 350^2 or equal 
are to be used. 

Traps are to be (specify size and pressure) Sarco 2 steam traps. 

1 The total areas of all perforations are usually calculated as 80 per cent of the 
pipe area from which the coil is made. (See Section 41-A.) 

2 Sarco Company, Inc. 


48 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


(51) Caustic Pipe Lines.—Standard black merchant pipe 
should be used. 

Standard black nipples with standard pipe threads at both ends 
should be used. 

Valves should be iron body, iron mounted, screwed-end gate 
valves Crane No. 488 or equal. 

Fittings should be medium weight, cast iron, screwed ends 
Crane 175 lb. or equal. 

Standard black female malleable iron unions should be used. 

(52) Acid Lines.—Standard black merchant pipe should be 
used. 

Standard black nipples with standard threads at both ends 
should be used. 

All iron clamp type gate valves Crane 488 or equal should be 
used. 

Fittings should be medium weight, cast iron screwed-ends 
Crane 175 lb. or equal. 

Unions should be malleable iron Crane navy No. 98 E. 

(53) Distillate Lines Continuous Light Oil Treating Plant.— 
Standard black merchant pipe should be used. 

Valves should be flanged, rising stem Crane 465 or equal, faced 
and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard. 

Fittings (flanged where necessary) should be standard C. I. 
faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard, otherwise use 
medium weight cast iron screwed-ends Crane 175 lb. 

Gaskets should be 1 / 16 " J. M. Service ring-type or equal. 

(54) Pump Manifold Transfer and Loading System.—(For 
pump specifications see Section 73-A). 

Valves should be standard flanged gate valves I. B. steel stems 
O. S. & Y. packed for oil equal to Crane No. 465, faced and 
drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard. 

Fittings should be standard flanged C. I. faced and drilled to 
A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Companion flanges should be standard C. I. faced and drilled 
to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Standard black merchant pipe should be used. 

Gaskets should be 1 / 16 " J. M. Seigelite ring-type or equal. 


AUXILIARIES FOR CRUDE OIL DISTILLING PLANTS 


49 


(54-A) Flow of Various Oils in the Proper Lines (For Transfer 
and Loading System.—In designing or estimating it is necessary 
to know the various oils that may be pumped through the same 
pipe line intermittently without destroying original properties of 
the oils. 


12 Deg. crude oil 
20 Deg. crude 
22 Deg. crude 


^ May use the same pipe line for 
the three products. 



Naphtha 
Gas naphtha 
Heavy naphtha 


May use the same pipe line for 
j the three products. 


Refined oil—use independent pipe line. 

Finished gasoline—use independent pipe line. 

Water white (kerosene)—use independent pipe line. 

Gas oil—use independent pipe line. 

Rerun distillate—use independent pipe line. 

Slop lines—use independent pipe line. 

(55) Cold Circulating Water System.—Valves from 3 " to 8" 
should be standard flanged gate valves, I. B. brass trimmings, 
non-rising stem, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. stand¬ 
ard dimensions, packed for water and similar to Crane No. 461 
or equal. 

Valves below 3" should be standard gate valves I. B. brass 
trimmings equal to Crane No. 460. 

Fittings and flanges above 8" should be standard flanged, cast 
iron faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard. 

Screwed fittings below 8" should be medium weight cast iron, 
screwed Crane 175 lb. or equal. 

Pipe should be black merchant and standard black nipples 
should be used. 

Gaskets should be Garlock special duck insertion sheet packing 
for flanged connections (order in square feet and cut in the field 
to suit pipe). 

(56) Main Circulating Water Pump-House.—Same specifica¬ 
tions should be used as in cold circulating water system. ( Section 


55 )- 


50 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


(57) Cooling Water System for Returning Water to Reservoir. 

—Pipe should be standard No. I quality vitrified salt glazed pipe. 

Fittings should be standard No. i quality vitrified salt glazed 
sewer pipe fittings (to suit above pipe). 

Pipe should be laid as follows and buried below frost line. 

First spun dry oakum is inserted around joint to fill one-half 
of hub space, then a i: 2 mixture of Portland cement and sharp 
clean sand seal, is used to completely fill the balance of space be¬ 
tween pipe and the socket of the hub. The inside of pipe must be 
swabbed out in order to remove any cement that perchance may 
have been forced through the joint. 

(58) Distilling Plant Tail and Run-Down Gas Receiver Specifi¬ 
cation.—Fulton 1 duplex sensitive vacuum regulators or equal 
should be used. 

Black merchant pipe should be used. 

Standard black nipples should be used with standard threads 
at both ends. 

Valves at regulator by-pass above 2J/2" should be standard 
flanged gate valves I. B. B. M. non-rising stem Crane No. 461 
or equal faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimen¬ 
sions. Valves under 2^2" should be Crane No. 490 or equal. 

Flange fittings and companion flanges should be standard 
flanged C. I. faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard 
dimensions. 

Screw fittings should be medium weight C. I. similar to Crane 
175 lb. or equal. 

Unions should be Crane navy No. 98 E or equal. 

Gaskets should be 1 / 16 " J. M. Seigelite ring-type or equal. 

(59) Specifications for Low Pressure Steam Lines (For Pres¬ 
sures from 16 to 100 Lbs.).—Temperatures range from 216 to 
327° F. respectively. 

Gate valves above 2" O. S. & Y. are to have C. I. body bonnet 
and disc. Brass mounted and steel stem valves should be de¬ 
signed so that they may be packed while under pressure when 
open. Under 2" use a non-rising stem equal to Crane No. 438. 

1 The Chaplin-Fulton Manufacturing Company. 


specifications for steam distributing systems 51 

Globe valves above 2" are to have C. I. body with yoke. Brass 
mounted and steel stems, under 2" are to be of the regrinding 
type equal to Crane No. 70. 

When necessary the main header should be provided with a 
standard C. I. flanged drip pockets of proper size. 

Separators (when necessary) are to be installed as close as 
possible to points of use. They should be made entirely of cast 
iron and equipped with water gage glass, and the flanges to be 
faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Traps should be a standard pressure Strong trap or equal. 

Fittings below 2^4" are to be standard weight screwed end cast 
iron or standard malleable iron. Fittings 2 * 4 " and above are to 
be standard flanged C. I. faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard. 

Pipe under 4" should be standard merchant, above 4" and up 
to 12" should be full weight steel pipe, above 12" it should be 
O. D. sizes, and (thickness is dependent upon diameter) lap- 
welded steel pipe. 

Gaskets are to be 1 / 16 " J. M. Service ring-type or equal. 

Expansion joint is to be standard flanged C. I. body, brass 
sleeve, expansion joint is to be packed for steam (state pressure) 
working pressure and faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Unions Ij4" and under are to be malleable iron, above ij 4 " 
use ground joint brass to iron seat cast iron flanged unions. 

Drips and drains are to be according to same specifications as 
the respective lines they drain. 

Pipe over 4" should be covered with ij 4 " thickness of 85 per 
cent magnesia. Pipe under 4" should be covered with standard 
thickness of 85 per cent magnesia. Fittings, valves and flanges 
should be covered with block and cement of same material 
and thickness as their respective leads. Insulation should be 
covered with an 8-ounce canvas (sewed on) jacket over rozin- 
sized paper. It should be painted with two coats of lead and 
oil over one coat of glue sizing. 

Pipe supports may be made of wrot-iron or steel and should 
be spaced on 10 to 12 feet centers (supports for smaller pipes 


52 


OIIv refinery specifications 


should be spaced more frequently). The pipes should be properly 
suspended in order to permit free expansion and contraction. 
Bracing may be necessary in some cases to eliminate vibrations. 

(60) Specifications for High Pressure Superheated Steam Lines. 
—(For working pressure of 250 lbs. plus 300° F., superheat). 

Gate valves above i%” are t0 be O. S. & Y. X-heavy flanged 
cast steel body, bonnet and disc, monel seat and disc rings and 
monel metal stem, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 250 lb. stand¬ 
ard dimensions. 

All valves 6" and larger should have a by-pass valve of same 
construction, as main valve, under 1J4" valves should be screwed- 
end X-heavy gate valve O. S. & Y. equal to Crane No. 68 E. 

Globe valves 2" to 10" inc., are to be X-heavy flanged cast 
steel body, bonnet, and disc and monel metal stem, seat and disc 
rings, faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard dimensions. 

Two-inch and smaller are to be screwed-end X-heavy globe 
valves equal to Crane No. 228 H. 

Fittings 2 ,y 2 " and larger are to be X-heavy cast steel flanged 
fittings, conforming to A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard dimensions. 

Fittings under 2^2" are to be X-heavy C. I. screwed ends. 

When necessary standard C. S. flanged drip pockets equipped 
with a water g’ass should be installed. 

Separators (when necessary) are to be installed as close as 
possible to point of use, and should be made entirely of cast steel 
having a water glass, and the flanges to be faced and drilled to 
A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard dimensions. 

Traps are to have malleable iron tanks, cast iron inlet supports 
and valve, bodies, hard metal trunnions and sleeves with monel 
metal seats, disc and stems. Traps are to be No. 30 Crane tilt 
non-return or equal. (Always specify the pressure when order¬ 
ing any traps). 

Pipe 2^2" and larger should be lap welded wrot steel. 

Two-inch and smaller should be butt welded wrot steel. 

All pipe should be full weight except, those as noted otherwise 
below. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEAM DISTRIBUTING SYSTEMS 53 

Eight-inch pipe should weigh 28.55 lbs. per lineal foot. 

Ten-inch pipe should weigh 40.48 lbs. per lineal foot. 

Twelve-inch pipe should weigh 49.56 lbs. per lineal foot. 

O. D. pipe weights depend upon the size of the pipe. 

Expansion should be taken care of by using expansion bends 
made of the same size pipe as the main header. The bends must 
be free from buckles and creases. Flanges should be faced at 
right angles to the center line of header. 

Gaskets should be V 16 " J. M. Service or equal. 

Unions i) 4 " and smaller, should be Crane No. 98 E or equal, 
above i)4" use cast steel flanged unions. 

Drips and drains should be according to same specifications as 
the respective lines they drain. 

Pipe 4" and over should be covered with 3" thickness (broken 
joints) of 85 per cent magnesia. Pipe 4" and under, should be 
covered with double standard thickness (broken joints) of 85 
per cent magnesia. 

Fittings, valves and flanges, block and cement insulation should 
be of same thickness and material as their respective leads. 

All sections should be applied without canvas jackets, joints 
sealed with asbestos cement. 

Pipe supports should be similar to specifications for low pres¬ 
sure steam lines under Section 59. 

(61) Exhaust Steam Piping.—Gate valves 2" up to 12" should 
be O. S. & Y., having C. I. body bonnet and disc and brass seat 
and disc rings. Valves should be designed so they may be packed 
under pressure, faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard 
dimensions. Small valves are to be all brass. 

Back pressure valves (state type, vertical or horizontal) should 
be equipped with a water seal and cushioning device. Valves 
should be set for a pressure of 5 lbs. and are to be iron body, 
brass mounted, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard. 

Flanges and fittings 2 > 4 " and above should be standard flanged 
C. I. conforming to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard, under 2 ) 4 " 
use standard screwed malleable iron or cast iron. 


54 


Oil, refinery specifications 


Exhaust pipe head should be galvanized sheet metal flanged 
as per Crane page 543, faced and drilled A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Traps should be L. P. Strong traps or their equal. 

Black merchant pipe should be used. 

Gaskets should be 1 / 16 " J. M. Service ring-type or equal. 

Unions and smaller should be ground joint and made of 
brass, above ij 4 " use standard flanged C. I. union. 

Discretion should be exercised whether or not the service de¬ 
mands any insulation. 

Pipe supports are similar to specifications for low pressure 
steam lines under Section 59. 

(62) Boiler Feed Piping (for Pressures from 200 to 300 Lbs. 

W. P.)—Companion flange and fittings 2J/2" and above are to be 
ferro-steel flanged fittings, conforming to A. S. M. E. 250 lb. 
standard dimensions. Fittings under 2^2" are to be X-heavy 
malleable iron or cast iron with screwed ends. 

Pipe 2^/2" and above is to be X-heavy lap welded pipe. 

Pipe under 2^2" is to be X-heavy butt welded. 

Where conditions demand it, use X-heavy drawn brass pipe 
(iron pipe sizes). 

Bends are to be made of X-heavy wrot steel pipe and must be 
free from buckles. 

Gaskets are to be 1 / 16 " cranite or its equal. 

Gate valves ij 4 " and above are to be O. S. & Y. to have ferro- 
steel body bonnet and disc with hard metal seats and disc rings. 

Valves are to have rolled bronze stems. Valves designed so 
as to be packed under pressure, equal to Crane No. 7 E. Valves 
above 6" are to have a by-pass valve similar in construction to 
main valve. 

Swing check valves 2" and above are to have ferro-steel body, 
bonnet and disc, and are to have hard metal seats and disc rings. 

(63) Boiler Blow-Off Lines.—The pipe and bends are to be 
full weight lap welded steel pipe similar in specifications for 
steam lines. 

Blow-off lines are to have one heavy asbestos packed cock and 
one valve of the Y-type ferro-steel body and bonnet, C. I. seat 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SYSTEMS 55 

and disc and manganese bronze stem, similar to Crane No. 393*4 
or equal. 

Fittings are to be flanged ferro-steel and should conform to 
A. S. M. E. 250 lb. standard dimensions. 

Gaskets are to be Vic" Garlock or equal. 

(64) Air Compressor Air Piping (All Fitting Used on Air Lines 
Should be Ordered “For Air Lines”).—Fittings should be standard 
weight C. I. with screwed ends. (All elbows are to be long 
radius pattern). A special graphite paint should be used on 
all joints. 

Pipe is to be standard black merchant. 

Unions under 2 .y 2 ,f are to be standard weight brass with 
ground joints. 

Unions above 2^2" are to be standard weight C. I. flanged 
unions. 

Brass disc and seat valves will not remain permanently tight on 
air lines, use valves only purposely designed for air service with 
soft discs equal to Pratt & Cady. 

All air suction or discharge pipe should be free from all rough¬ 
ness, scale or foreign substance and must be thoroughly cleansed 
of dirt, etc., before being erected. 

(65) Fuel Oil Piping.—To compute the required amount of 
fuel oil for boilers see Section 237). 

Oil heater shell is to be wrot steel and welded to C. I. flanges. 

Heads are to be C. I. Tube sheets are to be rolled steel. Tubes 
(state size and thickness wanted) are to be seamless drawn steel. 

Heater is to withstand a working pressure of 250 lbs. per 
square inch. 

Pumps are to be equipped with an all-bronze Mason No. 160 
piston-type steam fuel oil pump pressure regulator. An approved 
temperature thermometer should be provided in the oil line. 20° 
Be oil is to be heated to 200° F.; 16 0 Be oil is to be heated to 
250° F., and 12 0 Be oil is to be heated to 300° F. 

Fittings are to be screwed-end medium weight C. I.; for pres¬ 
sures above 175 lbs. use X-Hy fittings. 

Pipe is to be standard black merchant; for pressures above 
125 lbs. use X-Hy pipe. 


Oily refinery specifications 


56 


Unions are to be malleable iron equal to Crane 98 E. 

Plugs are to be standard C. I. square head plugs. 

Bushings are to be C. I. shoulder bushings. 

Minimum size of suction advisable is 3" in diameter. A suit¬ 
able relief valve and strainer should be provided, and any dead 
ends in the discharge header should be avoided. 

Valves are to be screwed-end, clamp brass mounted gate valves 
equal to Crane No. 490. 

Covering of fuel oil line is to be 1" thick 85 per cent magnesia 
sectional pipe insulation and necessary 8-ounce canvas, rosin¬ 
sized paper, and sewing twine. 

(66) Specifications for Pump Fluid Ends.—The proper compo¬ 
sition for the fluid ends of pumps. 

It is recommended that the fluid ends of pumps, for pumping 
various materials should be as follows: 


Material to be pumped 

Ammonia . 

Brine . 

Caustic soda . 

Hydrochloric acid . 

Hot water . 

Asphaltic base residue (Tar) 

Weak sulphuric acid . 

Strong sulphuric acid . 

Salt water . 

Petroleum . 


Fluid end of pump 

Cast iron. 

Brass fitted or other composition 
Cast iron. 

Lead lined. 

Brass or cast iron. 

Cast iron. 

Lead lined, or bronze. 

Cast iron. 

Brass fitted or other composition 
Brass fitted. 


(67) Specifications for Fuel Oil Pumps.—(Specify size as 
6" x 4" x 6") Horizontal, duplex, double-acting piston-pattern 
steam pump. Steam end is to be standard duplex design and de¬ 
signed for a W. P. of 150 lbs. per square inch. 

Fuel oil end working pressure is to be 200 lbs. per square 
inch and is to be fitted to handle oil at a maximum tempera- 














SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPS 


57 


ture of 250° F. Oil end is to be C. I. cylinders with brass tubes 
forced in. All valves, seats, stems, and springs are to be of brass. 
Piston rods of bronze, pump piston of C. I. with white metal 
packing rings. All gaskets on oil end are suitable for hot oil. 

(68) Specifications for Distillate Pumps.—(Specify size as 
required I2"x6"xi2") Horizontal, duplex, double-acting 
piston-pattern steam pump. Steam end W. P. is to be 150 
lbs. per square inch, steam end to be standard duplex design. Oil 
end W. P. is to be 150 lbs. per square inch. Fluid end should be 
oil fitted. 

Oil end is to be C. I. cylinders, lined with brass tubes forced 
into cylinders. All valves, seats, stems and springs are to be of 
brass. Piston rods are to be of steel. Pump piston C. I. with 
C. I. piston rings. All gaskets on oil end are suitable for cold 
distillates such as naphtha, benzine, gasoline and kerosene. 

(69) Specifications for Caustic Solution Pumps.—(Specify size 
as 4" x 3" x 4"—as required) Horizontal, double-acting piston- 
pattern steam pumps. Steam end is to be standard duplex de¬ 
sign. Fluid end W. P. is to be 200 lbs. per square inch. Fluid 
end is to be all iron end as it must handle a caustic solution. 

(70) Specifications for Diluted Sulphuric Acid Pumps.— 
(Specify size as 4" x 3" x 4"—as required) Horizontal, duplex, 
double-acting piston-pattern steam pump. Steam end W. P. is 
to be 150 lbs. per square inch. Steam end is to be standard duplex 
design. Fluid end W. P. is to be 200 lbs. per square inch. Fluid 
end is to be all bronze end, as it must handle diluted sulphuric 
acid. 

(71) Specifications for Hot Water Pumps.—(Specify size as 
12" x 6" xi2"—as required) Horizontal, double-acting piston- 
pattern steam pumps. Steam end W. P. is to be 150 lbs. per 
square inch. Steam end is to be standard duplex design. Water 
end W. P. is to be 150 lbs. per square inch. Fluid end is water 
fitted and made of C. I.; the cylinders should be lined with brass 
sleeves forced in. All valves, seats, stems and springs are to be 


58 


Oil, refinery specifications 


made of brass. Piston rods are to be of steel, pump piston cast 
iron with fibrous packing for hot water (specify temperature). 

(72) Specifications for Pumps’ Charging and Pumping Out 
Stills.—Specify size as 12" x 6" x 12"—as required) Hori¬ 
zontal, duplex, double-acting piston-pattern, steam pumps. Steam 
end is to be standard duplex design for a working pressure (state 
pressure per square inch). Oil end is fitted to handle oil at a 
maximum temperature of 300° F. and having a W. P. (state 
pressure per square inch). Oil end is to be C. I. cylinders lined 
with brass tubes forced in. All valves, seats, stems and springs 
are to be of brass. Piston rods of steel, pump piston C. I. with 
C. I. piston rings. All gaskets on oil end are to be suitable for 
hot oil. Pumps are to be packed for oil. 

(73) Specifications for Circulating Water Pumps (for Entire 
Refinery Use).—It is recommended to use motor driven centri¬ 
fugal pumps. The pumps and motor are to be fixed on one 
common base and connected with a flexible coupling. Pump is 
to be horizontal split-casing, double-suction, bronze impeller, 
brass covered shaft, and should discharge (specify the number 
of G. P. M.) against (specify head in feet) the desired head and 
whatever line pressure there may be. Pump is to handle clear 
water. Suction ranges from 4' flooded suction to 4-foot lift. 
The suitable motor to drive these pumps may be purchased from 
the General Electric Company. 

(73-A) Specifications for Transfer and Loading Pumps.—The 

pumps may be either reciprocating or rotary pumps, hence these 
specifications will cover both types. 

Reciprocating Pumps .—(Specify size as 12" x 8" x 12") Hori¬ 
zontal, duplex, double-acting piston-pattern steam pumps. Steam 
end W. P. pressure is to be 150 lbs. per square inch and is to be 
standard duplex design. Fluid end W. P. is to be 150 lbs. per 
square inch and is to be oil fitted. Its cast iron cylinders should 
be lined with brass tubes forced in. All valves, seats, stems and 
springs are to be of brass. Piston rods should be of steel. Pump 
piston should be of cast iron with cast iron snap rings. All 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPS 


59 


gaskets on oil end are suitable for oil service. The pump must 
be packed for oil. 

Rotary Pumps .—The pump is to be of the high lift type 
(specify head in feet) having a displacement of (specify gallons 
per minute desired). The pump is to be guaranteed to deliver 
(specify g. p. m.) light petroleum distillates against (specify in 
feet) the head desired. Pump is to be motor gear driven, the 
gear to be semi-steel and enclosed in oil tight housings, adjustable 
self-oiling bearings, and improved lantern ring stuffing boxes. 
The motor is to be a squirrel cage induction motor (specify H. 
P.; voltage, and R. P. M.) complete with hand starting compen¬ 
sator having overload and low voltage coils, disconnecting switch, 
and provided with a rawhide pinion, brass shrouded. 

Type of Motors for Rotary or Centrifugal Pump Service .—To 
determine size of motors for centrifugal pumps see Section 
206-A). 

Squirrel cage motors may be employed up to 500 H. P. (when 
the line disturbance is not objectionable caused by the starting 
full load pumping torque). 

Synchronous motors are not usually employed below 75 H. P. 
and are for constant speed duty only. (They must be relieved 
of their load in starting until they pull into step.) 

Wound-rotor motors for a-c. current and comnound wound 
motors for d-c. current are the best for the service as they 
possess strong starting characteristics and thereby start with less 
line disturbance. 

Brush shifting commutator a-c. current motors are equally 
as good as wound-rotor or compound motors where adjustible 
speed operation is wanted. 

(74) Lubricators for Steam Pumps Should Be as Follows.— 

Finished bronze lubricators, double connection (state capacity in 
pints) with sight feed and indicator glasses, similar to Lunken- 
heimer 1 “Senior” Lubricator. (As an alternate use Lunken- 
heimer “Marvel” mechanical lubricator Type-912). 

1 Uunkenheimer Company. 


<u 

a 

a 

o. 

x 


o 

jS 

K 

i 


qiPJAV 


mSual 


i i i t » h t i 

On On j-< jro us O' O' O' j-« jO O 

<—i i—(i—i>—ii—ii—i>— hC^OI 


i i i t h 5 i i t i 

cm y> O' *■« no jh o j- 1 jn cm \o 
'cm cm 'cm Vs Vs Vs Vs Vs 'no Vs Vs 


cu 


03 

•J 

8 

CM 

OS 

O 

u* 


IS) 

OS /—s 
cn w X 

&, z r 9 
35 3 u 

D ^ H 

P-l CQ V) 

^ D 5 

o H « 
w w H 

*-i N 

P* fc ^ 
X « is 
« ffl 2 

D ^ < 

Q 

Ph 'w' 
>• 

H 

w 

u 

HH 

> 

OS 

w 

in 

< 

os 

w 

fc 

w 

O 


SOtpUt 

‘oSampsiQ 


i. souont ‘notions 
v • * 

H 


HH HH t-t CM f*s CO fo <*s M 1 't 


*-> M CM CM n M 1 M- M- M 1 iO US 


a 


I \JI \rf N^f X? \T* NT* 

S9U0UI ^ ^ >-i\ h\ m\ 

‘IsnBqial ~~~~~N*CM 


sotput ‘uibojs 


(’IBS zfr) 

•atj aod spajBg 


•nitu aod ‘SJBQ 


3 SIOJ 1 S 

aod -sibq 


•unu aod -}j 
‘poods uoistj 


•nitu aod 
opts l{DBO 
sospais 'xuk 




tNOCMOOOOOOOOO 

■^OOMOOh^-- 


W CO 


On N m 

M M cm CM CM CO n 


roi-i O O rt CM O er> rn *T Q 

»h cm c*s us oo (s m O o o on 

h h CM CM CM ft 


't'OOOfSMONin^CMN 

q o h cm, to In'S On a cm, Nf 
odddddddd 4 »* 


OO O 00 us in O Q O O O 
t m in mo io a o\ oi On O 


o o o oo o co oo oo oo g 

io m m Nf to to O O O O O 


sotput 

‘ospais tiiSad'i 


to t t mo O o o o cm 


SOipm ‘-Sl^O 

piny muxa 


CM CM CM COM’iOTj-iOiO'O'O 


sotput ‘"s^Xo 
iuboi's -uinta 


to <0 t mio 




N N N CN 


O O 
















Duplex Piston Pumps 
(Turret Top Type) for ioo Li 
(National Transit Co.) 


f 

V 

u 

Ct 

a 

in 

u 

8 

£ 

l 


inp!A\ 


LO LO IT) IT) 1_0 IT) >_0 LO 
*0X OX “OX "<N "<N >X 'ox "ox 


mSua'l 


t- s- s s- *■ 


JN JN 01 OX 01 OX OX OX 

Vs Vs n N “K Vs Vs >n. 


saipui 

‘aSjBqos'iQ 


00000000 


Oh" 

£ 


^saqonx ‘noipns 


oooooooooooooooo 


w 

ft 

£ 


saqoiu 

‘isnuqx^ 


OXOXOXOXcocococo 


saqonx ‘luna^s 

l 



oi 


OX 01 ox 


(qB£ zfr) 
uq j*d siqg 


oooooooo 

►1 K ^ rt- W rr tT 

'OioNa^ioNO' 


•mux jad ‘sibo 


8 v 8 8 vg 

ox m o 


o 

Ov 

01 


8 8 & 

Tj- »o O 


aqo 4 }s 
aad "SJBL) 


q i -4 
t|- O O 
•h ox oi 


O N O H o 

ro Tf q vq ro 

co i-J oi oi co 


•iixux x*d *xj 
‘paads uo}si<j 


88888888 

• •—t »—i »—i • *—• • *—i 


•uixn .iad 
apis qaBa 
saqoj;s - xbh 


88888888 


saqani 

*aqoj}s qxSna'i 


ox ox ox oi ox ox oi oi 


saqani *'Si^o 
piny mnia 


VO 


tx 00 


Ov VO Ox 00 


Ov 


saqani ‘‘siXa 
mnax’s -uibiq 


00 00 00 00 


o o o o 


















Duplex Piston Pumps 

(Eagle Works Type) Bronze and C. I. Removable Liners. 

(National Transit Co.) 

,-Pipe sizes-% Floor space—> 


aanssajd 

SuispiOAV 

mpjA\ 

inSas'i 

saipui 

‘aSLiuipsja 


saipnx ‘uoipns 


saxpux 

‘;sn«uxa 


saipnx ‘iubois 


(T «0 zt) 
uq jad spajua 


•ixixu jad sivo 


aqo-ijs 
jad *spjo 


•uuu aad ’ij 
‘paads nojsij 


•nira aad 
apis xpua 
saqoijs ’xupi 


saxpux 

‘aqojjs in^ua^i 


saxpux ‘"s^iCa 
ping 'uiuiq 


saxpux ‘‘siAa 
xueajs *UIBTa 


o 

O 

Q 

o 

o 

o 

to 

to 

to 

O 

O 

to 

to 

O 

Q 

Q 

O 

Q 

o 

o 

O 

5 

o 

o 

CM 

CM 

CM 

o 

O 

CM 

CM 

O 

CM 

O 

o 

o 

o 

CM 

CM 

<N 

01 

01 

CM 

CM 

HH 

HH 

HH 

CM 

CM 

HH 

HH 

CM 





o 

V 

o 

o 

5 

O 

* 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

X 

HH 

V 

HH 

5: 

V 



i 

to 

to 

HH 

HH 

Hh 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

i-( 

hh 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

'cm 

'cm 

'cm 

'cm 

'cm 

5: 


V 


V 

V 


V 

V 

* 


i 

V 


V 


K 

V 

VO 

vO 

HH 

1—1 

HH 

HH 

CM 

_CM 

JN 

HH 

HH 

_CM 

_CM 

JO 

JTO 

JO 

00 

CO 

V 5 

"co 

VO 

"to 

V) 

'to 

"to 

'to 

to 

'to 

'to 

'to 

'to 

'to 

'to 

to 

'to 

to 

CM 

cm 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

Tf 

Tf 

Tf 

CO 

CO 

Tf 

Ti¬ 

Ti¬ 

Ti¬ 

Ti¬ 

Tf 

Tf 

CO 

CO 

Tf 

Tf 

Tf 

Tf 

to 

to 

to 

Tf 

Tf 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

VO 

to 

















HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 





Nf 

M\ 

vt 

Hi *s 

H\ 

N? 




KS *-h\ 


HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

8 

o 

00 

o 

tO 

a 

to 

O 

o 

to 

a 

to 

O 

to 

O 

o 

to 

o 



1—< 

vO 

fx 

1 

HH 

VO 


HH 


Tf 

HH 

HH 



HH 

HH 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CO 

tO 

CM 

CM 

CO 

tO 

CO 

Tf 

to 


to 

co vo 

TfOO M 

00 

Tf 

Tf 

00 

CO 

O 

Tf 

VO 

O 

HH 

VO 

Tf 

00 

CO 

O 

Tf 

VO 

3 

v£ 

O 

HH 

vS 

a 8 



HH 

HH 

HH 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CO 

HH 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CM 

CO 

CO 

CM 

Tf 

oo 

HH 

CO 

CO 

Tf 

to 

s 

VO 

00 

CO 

Ov 

CM 

CM 

CO 

Tf 

VO 

o 

to 

00 

CO 

Ov 

<N 

CM 

8 

CM 

CM 

CO 

Tf 

s 

VO 

Tf 


o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

HH 

HH 

HH 

o 

o 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

10 

VO 

VO 

vO 

o 

Ov 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a a 

8 8 















HH 

HH 

o 

CO 

O 

CO 

00 

o 

8 

8 

00 

o 

oo 

o 

*8 

8 


=8 


888 

8 

8 8 

HH 

►i 

1—1 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

VO 

vO 

o 

o 

O 

o 

O 

o 

o 

O 

O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

<N 

CM 



1—I 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 

HH 



















CO 

Tf 

Tf 

o- 

to 

to 

V0 

VO 


to 

to 

VO 


vO 

vO 

tN. vO 

t-s 

VO 

VO 







H\ 












rx 


fN. 



ov 

Cv 

Ov 

Ov 

O 

O 

O 

O 

o 



















p 

u 

C5 

CX 

« 

i-i 

o 

o 


mptAv 


m3aal 


* 0 0 0 5: 5: O 
*0 »-i i-i ih vo i~> 

PC co ro Vj ^ 'rf 'tJ- 


O ^ rf ^ o O ro 
CO CO CO b\ “o "o 'o 


tn 

<u 

X 

o 

c 


aSampsiQ 


notions 


'O VO VO vO K N oo 


t/3 CO C/3 t/1 C/3 CO Cfl 

>o \o O O 00 

I I 1 I I 1 I 

W N 01 01 N D M 


cn 

ex 


D 

/-s 

to 

d 

•v 

•s 

a 

Oh g 

Jh ty) 

0 


to 

< 

(J « 


a h 

5? 


0 

H 
c n 

H-t 

< <* 
£ | 

to 

< g 

^ frH 

X 

< 

w 

55 

(X 

0 

>—✓ 


V 

a 

'£ 


1SUU({X& 


IUB31S 


oanssoad 

SiijjpioAV 


(•jn-S zt>) 

Mil S[0MML’a 


turn aod *siuo 


05 tO fO CO to t >0 


01 M 0| 01 01 to ^ 


OOO 088 

M 01 M 01 N 01 Cl 


Tt K N 01 O O 10 

t-H 10 if) tf N N N 

(O if) 10 N h >-1 \Q 


OOOOOOO 
Ol Os ©\ CM M PI On. 
01 (O tO ^ CO 00 *-• 


•uim .tad - ij 
‘paads no}s; t ] 


10 »o 10 

tN. 


8 8 


•uim .tad 
apis ipua 
S3 DOJIS' *xui\ ! 


if) if) if) O )Q o 


W o 


SO VO 


saipm 

‘3^0418 HlJSua'l 


PI M 01 CO 00 00 00 


Sdipill ‘-SIA0 

ptn’p •muja 


VO CO CO CO O O 


P'1 


S3ipiU ‘'S[A0 

tuuais -Uinta 


O PI Tf- <N VO CO O 

I—I 1—I l-< l-» >-H M Pt 


















64 


OIL refinery specifications 


How to Determine Actual Capacity of Pumps. 

It is recommended to operate the pump at 80 per cent of the rated 
piston speed, also an additional 5 per cent reduction of the gallons 
per minute due to the slippage of rods. 

Example: 

The maximum capacity of a 7 J 4 " x 6" x 10" pump is 264 G. P. M., 
running at 90 feet per minute. The proper piston speed of this pump 
should only be 72 feet. 

Solution : 

Running the pump at 72 feet per minute = 20 per cent reduction. 

Additional for slippage of rods.= +5 per cent reduction. 

Total.= 25 per cent reduction. 

Then: 

264 GPM — (264 GPM x 25 per cent) = 198 GPM, correct capacity of 
pump. 

Suggestions on the Installation of Pumps .—Place the pump as 
near the supply of fluid to be pumped, as possible as the atmos¬ 
pheric pressure alone forces the fluid into the pump and the 
shorter the suction lift the greater the volumetric efficiency of 
the pump. 

When the fluid to be pumped is hot it should flow to the pump 
under a head of from five to ten feet. 

See that the pump is properly leveled on the foundation and all 
pipe connections properly made; also see that proper lubrication 
is provided. 

The pipe openings on the pump should be blown out and 
cleaned properly before making permanent pipe connections. 

Pipe sizes used should not be smaller than those specified, and 
should be increased where the lines are long or contain excessive 
turns or bends. The suction pipe especially should be amply 
large in order to maintain as low a velocity as possible. 

Be sure that the suction piping is absolutely air tight in order 
that the pump chambers will properly fill. 

See that an ample supply of fluid, free from entrained air or 
foreign matter is always within the proper suction limit—never 
exceeding 20 to 25 feet—in better practice 18 feet is not ex¬ 
ceeded. 

Draining the whole machine is very necessary in freezing 
weather when it is not in constant use; tapped openings are pro- 



SPECIFICATIONS FOR RUN-DOWN TANKS 65 

vided in both the steam and fluid cylinders—see that proper 
draining facilities are connected thereto. 

A foot valve is always recommended especially with long suc¬ 
tion lines or high lifts. 

A strainer should be provided when the fluid to be pumped 
contains foreign matter. 

(75) Relief Valves for Pumps. —Valves should be brass cylin¬ 
der relief valves with male base equal to Crane No. 1134. 

(76) 1 Specifications for a 30' x 10' Run-Down Tank .— Dimen¬ 
sions —Tank is to be 30' diameter x 10' high in the shell, with 
cone roof. (Slope of cone roof to be 1 y 2 " per foot.) 

Material —Bottom and shell are to be made of open hearth 
tank steel plate. 

Bottom plates are to be of 3 / 16 " plate weighing 7.65 lbs. per 
square foot. 

First ring of shell to be 3 / 16 " plate weighing 7.65 lbs. per 
square foot. 

Second ring of shell to be 3 / 16 " plate weighing 7.65 lbs. per 
square foot. 

Angles —Bottom angle should be 2^2" x 2^" x 5 / 1B ", top angle 
x 2j^" x J4". 

Roof —Roof is to be constructed of 3 / 16 " steel plate weighing 
7.65 lbs. per square foot built of rectangular plates and have a rise 
of approximately 2'6". Roof is to be supported with a central 
8" pipe column with 18-6" x 8.2 lbs. channel rafters, riveted 
to crown plate in center and to shell of tank with angle clips. 

Man-Heads —One 20" shell man-head with bolted cover is to 
be placed in the first ring, and one 20" diameter roof man-head 
with bolted cover in roof. 

Openings —Tanks are to be furnished with the following 
pressed steel flanges—three 6", five 2" and two 4". Also one 4" 
flange in roof is to be equipped with a 4" brass plug to facilitate 
gaging contents of tank. 

Swing-Pipe —One 8" swing pipe complete with double-threaded 
nipple riveted to double hub flange—complete with swing joint 
and windlass, cable sheaves, etc. 


1 See pages 184-193. 


66 


OIL, REFINERY specifications 


Stairway —Tank is to be provided with one steel stairway of 
standard construction. 

Painting —Upon completion of the bottom before lowering, it 
should be given one coat of black carbon paint. 

Riveting —Rings one and two are to be riveted with 7 / 10 " 
diameter rivets ij4" pitch. Girth seams single riveted, vertical 
seams single riveted, 7 / 16 " rivets i y 2 " pitch. 

Caulking —All seams in the bottom are to be caulked in the 
inside. All seams in shell and roof are to be caulked on the out¬ 
side. 

Testing —Tank is to be tested when full of water. Purchaser 
is to furnish water and to fill tank without delay or expense to 
seller when same is ready for the test. 

In General —Customer is to furnish and prepare a level grade 
which shall be not less than 35' in diameter. Tank is to be riveted 
in the usual manner, caulked, tested and made tight when full 
of water. 

(77) Fire Dikes (Around Run-Down Tanks or Stills). —Fire 
dikes may be constructed of earth filling or made of reinforced 
concrete. If made of concrete, the mixture should be: 

One part Portland cement, 

Three parts clean, sharp sand, 

Five parts crushed limestone to pass ij4" diameter ring. 

After concrete is set, a brush coat of cement plaster should be 
applied on exposed part of wall. 

Reinforcement that is necessary is to be plain or deformed 
round bars, conforming to latest standard specifications of A. S. 
T. M. 

The soil under base is to be well dampened just before pouring 
the concrete. 

(78) Reinforced Concrete Pipe Trenches. —Trenches are to be 
constructed in accordance with drawing. (Specify drawing 
number). Concrete mixture should be 1: 2*4 : 5 or 

One part Portland cement, 

Two and one-half parts clean, dry sand, 


SAFETY STEAM CONNECTIONS FOR OIE STORAGE TANKS 67 

Five parts crushed limestone to pass i y 2 ,f diameter ring or 
clean washed gravel. 

The walls and floor of trench should not be less than 6" thick 
and the reinforcement that is necessary is to be plain or deformed 
round bars, conforming to latest standard specifications of A. S. 
T. M. 

The trench should be covered with firm tread plates of proper 
thickness and should set flush with top of trench walls. Provide 
C. I. Bell traps for draining the trenches and connect these traps 
into the sewage system. 

(79) Safety Steam Fire Lines for Oil Storage Tanks. —It is 
essential that all oil storage tanks be equipped with steam fire 
lines for use in case of fire. (See Fig. 8.) 


loof=> tSeczL 


//S'* 3>$*' 7VW*. 
2£xs£x3 u 7r, 


24 'LST&9/* 


-ft 




//jure ///</j/A*7fcs 'ffea/n fr/'C C+*/A/ec//**j 

far a. //S*? X 0/4 sSYoraje 7a/*Ac. 

Fig. 8 . 


The proper size of steam lines for various size tanks is as fol¬ 
lows : 

One 2" steam connection for tanks up to 25 feet diameter. 
Two 2" steam connection for tanks 30 feet to 60 feet diameter. 
Two 2^2" steam connection for tanks over 60 feet diameter. 
All run-down storage tank steam fire lines must be controlled 
from the receiving (tail) house. 












CRACKING PLANT. 

(See Fig. 3). 

Because of the frequent and at times violent changes in market 
conditions and prices, it would seem essential for the refiner to 
select cracking equipment which is capable of cracking any and 
every type of crude oil as well as any distillate or residue there¬ 
from. For this reason the author will describe the Dubbs Pro¬ 
cess which appears to meet these conditions to the fullest ex¬ 
tent in commercial operation. 

A single-unit Dubbs cracking still has a rated capacity of five 
hundred barrels of charging stock per twenty-four hours. The 
units are usually built in pairs, called a double unit, and operated 
by one crew of three men per shift, from a control or receiver 
house which contains the pumps and recording temperature in¬ 
struments serving both units. 

The heating element consists of a coil of fifty 4" seamless 
drawn steel tubes located in the heated compartment of a side 
fired furnace (No. 80). The tubes are connected in series by 
forged steel return bends, having aluminum bronze plugs, which 
are easily removable at the end of a run for inspection and 
cleaning of the tubes. 

The material to be cracked whether kerosene, gas oil, fuel oil, 
still bottoms or topped crude, is pumped from the storage tank 
to the heating coil, either direct to the tubes or overhead through 
the dephlegmator and then by gravity to the inlet connection 
into the tubes. 

The flow of the oil in the coil is counter current to the travel 
of the hot gases in the furnace. The oil emerges from the coil, 
at its cracking temperature, passes through the transfer line 
(No. 81) and enters the top of the so-called expansion or re¬ 
action chamber (No. 82) which is located alongside but several 
feet distant from the furnace and entirely outside the fire zone. 

The reaction chamber (No. 82) is of 10 feet in diameter by 15 
feet high. It is of seamless hammer-welded construction. 
Flanged manway openings are at the top and the bottom. The 
entire chamber is covered externally with a steel housing, heavily 
insulated to prevent heat from being lost by radiation. 


CRACKING PLANT 


69 


The oil within the reaction chamber occupies a very small 
space, usually less than 2 feet in height. In this chamber the re¬ 
action or cracking occurs with the consequential separation of 
the carbon or coke from the liquid oil. The vapors leave the 
chamber through the vapor line (No. 83). The unvaporized oil 
is continuously drawn off from, or near the bottom of the cham¬ 
ber and passes through the residuum line (No. 95) to the resi¬ 
duum cooler (No. 98 and coil No. 99) and it is then discharged 
into the residuum storage tank (No. 100-A). It is impossible for 
the unvaporized oil, or the residuum, to syphon back to the coil. 
The chamber serves as the holder for the coke, with a capacity 
of 25 to 35 tons of coke per run. 

Oils vary greatly in their carbon content so that the length of 
the run depends upon the length of time required to fill the 
chamber with coke. A very simple and easy method is used to 
break up the mass of coke so that the time for cleaning is only 
a few hours. 

The coke itself is commercially dry and of excellent quality. 
A thin layer of carbon is intentionally left upon the inside walls 
of the chamber to act as additional insulation for retaining heat 
within the chamber and further, as a protection against corro¬ 
sion from oils which may contain a large percentage of sulphur. 

The unvaporized oil, or residuum, is a commercial fuel oil, 
having the advantage of zero cold test and low viscosity. The 
B. t. u. value per gallon is higher than that of straight run fuel 
oil. 

The cracked vapors leaving the chamber through the vapor 
line (No. 83) pass to the dephlegmator (No. 84) where the 
heavier portions are separated and drop by gravity down the leg 
of the dephlegmator (No. 85) and join the raw oil in the feed 
line (No. 96) and thus recirculate back to the coil for further 
treatment. The light cracked vapor (pressure distillate vapor) 
passes from the top of the dephlegmator through the vapor line 
(No. 87) to a water condenser (No. 88) and then into the pres¬ 
sure distillate receiving tank (No. 89). The tank is adjacent 
to the control house (No. 92). It is 3 feet in diameter by 6 
feet high and may be either carefully riveted or hammer-welded. 


70 


OIL refinery specifications 


From this tank the pressure distillate is sent to storage (No. 90) 
through a pressure reducing valve without the aid of a pump. 

A uniform predetermined pressure of 120 to 150 pounds is 
maintained throughout the system, through the coil, the reaction 
chamber, the dephlegmator, the condenser and the distillate re¬ 
ceiving tank. The excess pressure produced by the gas gener¬ 
ate# in the system is released at the outlet side of the receiving 
tanl^. The release of this excess gas is regulated by the operator 
in tfyfe control house. Because condensation has taken place under 
pressure, the gas is comparatively dry. The gas may be de¬ 
livered to a small scrubber, to remove any gasoline or benzine 
content, or it may be piped direct to the furnace to be burned 
as fuel. The amount of gas produced is, alone, not sufficient to 
supply all the necessary fuel so that a limited amount of oil is 
required. The cracking action in each passage of the oil through 
thkcbil is very mild and the large ultimate yields in each through- 
piftts accomplished by the successive passages of the oil through 
the ipoil after it has dropped its carbon in its passage through 
the reaction chamber and the uncracked vapors are condensed 
and automatically returned by gravity to the coil for successive 
cracking. 

Part of the pressure distillate from the receiving tank may 
be pumped back (No. 86) to the top of the dephlegmator to act 
as a cooling medium to aid in precipitating the heavy vapors for 
retftrn to the heating coil. The greater part of the pressure dis¬ 
tillate so pumped will be vaporized immediately in the dephleg- 
ma|tor and then be recondensed in the pressure distillate conden¬ 
ser. There are several alternative means for cooling and sepa¬ 
rating the vapors within the dephlegmator, such as feeding part 
or all, of the raw oil (No. 101 and No. 102) direct to the dephleg¬ 
mator. This method is frequently used and shows economy in 
fuel. In many cases, a combination of raw oil and pressure dis¬ 
tillate is fed to the top of the dephlegmator. 

A very steady and uniform operation of the plant is secured 
as all the variables are definitely and easily controlled, namely: 
Uniform feed of raw oil, a constant amount of cooling medium 
to^ffie dephlegmator and a uniform temperature of hot oil leav- 


CRACKING PLANT 


7 1 

ing the coil through a regulated amount of fuel to the burners 
in the furnace. 

The presence of water in the raw oil, even up to 2 or 3 per cent, 
is neither troublesome nor dangerous in this process. When 
feeding the raw oil into the dephlegmator the water content is 
immediately vaporized and passes off with the hydrocarbon 
vapors, through the vapor line to the pressure distillate condenser 
and then into the receiving tank. Water at this point is drawn 
off at the lower level and the pressure distillate is drawn off at 
the higher level. 

In the operation of the process the charging stock requires 
neither predistillation nor pretreatment nor careful selection. 
Crude oil having a large natural gasoline content should first be 
skimmed or topped of its natural gasoline in any efficient topping 
still. If the gasoline content in the crude is 10 per cent of less, 
then separate topping may be avoided, as it will occur automatic¬ 
ally by feeding the crude oil direct to the dephlegmator in the 
process. For example, Healdton, Oklahoma crude oil has a 
natural gasoline content averaging about 8 to 12 per cent. 
Tarakan crude oil from Borneo 18 Be. has no natural gasoline. 
The flash point is such that it does not require topping for direct 
use as fuel oil. Panuco Mexican crude has about 3^ per cent 
natural gasoline but to distill this out necessitates usually a 5 
per cent or 6 per cent cut of the crude. Smackover 20 gravity 
crude has little, if any, natural gasoline. All these oils are 
handled in the crude state by the Dubbs still, and topping and 
cracking taking place in one operation. 

The pressure distillate, which is the product of the process, 
is continuously withdrawn from the pressure distillate receiver 
tank and run to storage. It represents from 60 to 85 per cent 
of the total charging stock fed to the system. This pressure dis¬ 
tillate requires acid treatment the same as benzine or gasoline 
from ordinary topping or skimming of crude oils, and should then 
be steam distilled to separate the gasoline from the heavier ends, 
consisting of kerosene and gas oil. The color after this treat¬ 
ment and steam distillation is clear white, and is without offen- 

6 


72 


Oil, refinery specifications 


sive odor. It is practically undistinguishable from straight run 
topped gasoline. It will blend with any straight run stock. 

The heavy ends of this pressure distillate (kerosene and gas 
oil or the gas oil fraction alone) may be again run to the pro¬ 
cess and be cracked, if desired, either separately or by mixing 
with the virgin charging stock, whatever it may be. The resi¬ 
duum is constantly withdrawn from the reaction chamber. 

The residuum, as drawn from the reaction chamber, may be 
distilled to dry coke and the distillates therefrom may be rerun 
to the process for further cracking. The results of cracking this 
stock will be almost identical with the results of cracking virgin 
stock of gas oil gravity. 

The coke is a porous, hard formation, usually containing less 
than one-half of i per cent of ash and is a most excellent fuel 
for use under boilers, for domestic purposes and for certain 
metallurgical applications. The residuum will have generally a 
zero or lower cold test and very low viscosity and is a fuel oil of 
high calorific value. 

Pumps .—The pump equipment is very simple. One pump, the 
raw oil pump, delivers the cracking stock either direct to the 
heating coil, or by valve regulation, may send part or all of the 
raw oil to the top of the dephlegmator to supply the proper cool¬ 
ing medium for dephlegmation. A second small pump is used, 
should it be desired to recirculate pressure distillate to the top of 
the dephlegmator for cooling purposes. 

The pyrometer equipment may be either one or two types 
namely: 

a Leeds & Northrup Potentiometer Pyrometer. 
b Brown Instrument Company. 

One double recording temperature chart and two single charts 
are retained as a permanent record. A fourth instrument is of 
the multi-point contact type to obtain instantaneous readings at 
eleven locations and to check the recording instruments. 

Temperatures are noted at the following points: 

i, Furnace; 2, above the heating tubes; 3, below the heating 
tubes; 4, front end of tube chamber above the tubes; 5, rear end 
of tube chamber above the tubes; 6, combined feed line; 7, re- 


CRACKING PLANT 


73 


flux line; 8, transfer line; 9, residuum line; io, vapor line to 
dephlegmator; n, vapor line to condenser. 

Wires from the thermo-couple, at the point for temperature 
reading, to the instrument are encased in lead and rubber and 
are protected by galvanized conduit with weatherproof outlets. 
All instruments are mounted, upon a panel board, within the 
control house and are located directly in front of the operator. 

The Universal Oil Products Company of Chicago, Ill., is the 
owner of the Dubbs Process. It licenses the process upon a 
royalty basis per barrel of throughput. The company guarantees 
the throughput, the yield and the correct performance of the 
plant, built in accordance with specifications furnished by it and 
constructed under its supervision. 

Additional equipment necessary for the operations of the 
cracking plant not furnished by the lesser is covered by the fol¬ 
lowing specifications. 

(92-A) Charging Tanks. —Materials of construction for 30' x 
10' tanks are to be the same as Section 76. 

(92-B) Raw Oil Line Suction to Cracking Plant. —Same as P. 
D. pump out line, see Section 103-B. 

(92-C) Recirculating Line at Charging Tank 92-A. —Pipe is to 
be black merchant pipe. 

Screwed fitting should predominate and be medium weight C. I. 
screwed. All flanged fittings that are necessary should be stand¬ 
ard weight C. I., faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. stand¬ 
ard dimensions. 

Valves are to be standard S. E., O. S. & Y. gate valves hav¬ 
ing iron body and steel stems equal to Crane No. 464. 

(93) Stack. —Materials of construction are to be the same 
as Section 4. 

(93-A) Flue to Stack. —Materials of construction are to be 
the same as Section 3, except concrete mixture which is to be 
1: 2]/ 2 : 5. The necessary C. I. flue damper operated by a suit¬ 
able worm gear should be provided. 

(94) Coke Car (for Coke Removal at 82). —Each car is to 
have 1 cubic yard capacity and is to be of the side dump type. 


74 


oil refinery specifications 


Frame is to be made entirely of flat steel bars securely riveted 
at corners and thoroughly braced throughout. The hopper is to 
be made of steel plates and reinforced with structural steel angles. 
Loaded cars are to be held in an upright position by a suitable 
lock bar hinged to the rocker track. A suitable steel chain is to 
be provided to prevent the car from rocking too far when being 
dumped. The bearings are to be babbited with a superior metal 
composed of the following composition, tin—15 parts, lead—70 
parts and antimony—15 parts. 

The wheels are to be of a heavy pattern chilled cast iron, 
bored true and pressed on the cold rolled steel (turned true for 
bearings) axle. 

Car is not to be equipped with brakes. 

The coupling device at each end of the car is to consist of a 
bolt passing through the angle braces, so that the traction strain 
is evenly distributed. 

In general the car is to conform to the following dimensions: 

Capacity—1 cubic yard, length—6' 4", width—4' 10", height— 
3' 9", wheel base—3' 6", diameter of axle—2", diameter of wheels 
—14", track gage—24", car frame flat bars—6" x thickness 
of hopper plate— s / 16 ", weight of car—1,500 pounds each. 

(94-A) Track for Coke Car.—Track is to be 24" gauge. 

Rails are to conform to A. S. C. E. standard, 25 lbs. per yard, 
rails. 

Rails are to be laid on 6" x 8" prime cross ties properly spaced 
and made of southern pine. Ties are to be treated by the full 
cell process with a final retention of 12 lbs. of Grade No. 1 creo¬ 
sote oil per cubic foot. 

(97-A) Sump for Emergency Drain Line No. 97.—Tank, which 
is to be cylindrical, size noted upon drawing (specify No.), must 
be set below grade (only roof projecting above grade), walls are 
to be of reinforced concrete of the following mixture: 

One part Portland cement, 

Two and one-half parts clean, sharp sand, 

Five parts crushed limestone, maximum size—1 y 2 " diameter. 

Reinforcing rods are to be as specified in Section 1. 


CRACKING PLANT 


75 


The necessary ferrules in tank wall for entrance of drains 
should be provided. 

Roof is to be conical and air tight (provided with manhole 
and cover) made of v»' tank steel and supported with a central 
pipe column and structural steel rafters (conforming to standard 
specifications of Class “B” steel of the A. A. S. M.) riveted to 
a crown plate in the center above pipe column and anchored in 
the concrete walls of tank. 

(97-B) Water Drain Lines (buried below frost line).—All 

drains are to be collected into one common sewer and connected 
to the main refinery sewer. Materials of construction are to be 
same as specified in Section 57. 

(100) Residuum Line from No. 98 to No. 100-A.—Steam heat¬ 
ing coil in residuum (100-A) storage tank is to be provided. 

Black merchant pipe is to be used. 

Fittings are to be medium weight C. I. screwed. 

Valves are to be medium weight flanged O. S. & Y. gate valves 
—ferro-st-eel body, equal to Crane No. 505. F. & D. to A. S. M. 
E. 250 lb. standard dimensions—use 1 / 10 " J. M. Seigelite ring- 
type gaskets or their equal. 

(100-A) Residuum Storage Tanks.—Materials of construction 
for 30' x 10' tanks are to be the same as Section 76. 

(103) P. D. Storage Tanks.—Materials of construction for 
30' x 10' tanks are to be the same as Section 76. 

(103-A) P. D. from Condensers.—Black merchant pipe is to 
be used. 

Screwed fittings should predominate and are to be medium 
weight C. I. screw end. 

Valves are to be standard flanged gate valves, O. S. & Y. iron 
body, steel stems, Crane No. 465 or equal. F. & D. to A. S. M. E. 
125 lb. standard dimensions. 

(103-B) Pump Out to Transfer Pump House from Tank No. 103. 

—Swing pipe in tank should be provided. 

Black merchant pipe is to be used. 

Fittings are to be medium weight C. I. screwed. 


76 


Oily refinery specifications 


Valves are to be medium weight flanged O. S. & Y. gate valves, 
ferro-steel body equal to Crane No. 505. F. & D. to A. S. M. E. 
250 lb. standard dimensions. 

(104) Fire-Dikes Around All Storage Tanks. —Materials of 
construction are to be the same as Section 77. 

(104-A) Fire Extinguishing Foam for All Tanks. —Same as 
Section 170. 

(105-A) 2" Steam Heating Coil for Residuum and Charging 

Tanks Only. —Same as Section 50. 

(105-B) Smothering Steam Lines on All Tanks. —Same as Sec¬ 
tion 47. 

(105-C) Gas Take-Off Line (on P. D. Tanks Only). —Same as 
Section 45. 

(105-D) Drain Lines Under All Storage Tanks. —Same as Sec¬ 
tion 46. 

(106) Standard Specifications for Circular Tanks. —The con¬ 
tractor for this material should furnish and erect in position, 

. .. tanks, with . . . gallons capacity below the overflow, diameter 
to be ... feet, and .. . inches, and depth ... feet . . . inches. 
This allows 12" from center of overflow to top of tank. 

Each tank should be made of mild steel plates l /\." thick and 
weighing 10.2 pounds per square foot and of the quality known 
to the trade as Tank Steel. The cover (if required), should be 
No. 10 Steel, U. S. gauge weighing 5.67 lbs. per square foot, 
and of the quality known as Blue Annealed Steel. If the tank 
is 12' or less in diameter, the bottom should be joined to the 
shell by means of flanging, if over 12', a 3" x 3" x 5 /i 6 " angle 
may be substituted at the option of the contractor. The upper 
edge of the tank is to be reinforced by a 3" x 3" x 5 / 10 " angle 
placed either on the inside or the outside of the tank, as may 
be decided. 

All seams below the liquid line are to be single-riveted with 
54" rivets 2^4" c/c., (c/c—center to center) rivets in stiffener 
angle are to be 8" c/c. Cover is to be flat and entirely bolted 
with bolts 6" c/c., and is to be stiffened every 4' by a 
2j4"x2j4"x ^4" angle, if tank is 12' and under in diameter; if 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TANKAGE 


77 


over 12' cover should be conical ( l / 2 " per 12"). (In the cover 
provide a hinged trap door 20" square). Usual flanges are to be 
provided and are to be forged steel properly riveted in position. 
Size and location of flanges are to be determined by owner. 

All field rivets are to be driven flat inside allowing a length 
equal to the diameter of the rivet for driving. The entire bottom 
is to be caulked inside, but the shell is. to be caulked outside. All 
edges are to be properly bevel sheared and planed. Split caulk¬ 
ing will not be permitted. All caulking must be done with a 
round-nosed tool. 

After the work is entirely completed all debris and foreign 
material is to be removed and the inside of the tanks coated with 
suitable protective coating. The exteriors are to be properly 
painted with one shop coat of paint satisfactory to the owner. 

After the tanks are completed, they should be filled with water 
(by the owner) and any leaks that may appear should be taken 
up by caulking. 

Notes on Circular Storage Tanks .—Circular tanks are the more 
economical as the diameter and the depth approach each other. 

Circular storage tanks for buildings are seldom large enough 
to warrant using plate over 1 /\ n thick if strength only is to be 
considered. For the sake of longevity, greater thickness is some¬ 
times used. 

Double riveting the girth seams on circular storage tanks is 
unnecessary, it merely increases the expense without adding any 
useful strength. 

Thick plates are not necessary if the interior is treated with 
Bitumastic Enamel, which is guaranteed to maintain the tanks 
which it coats rust-proof and leak-proof for a period of ten years. 
(The pressure per square inch is found by multiplying the height 
of the liquid in feet by the pressure exerted at the base of a 
column of a similar liquid (@ 62° F.) 1 foot high). 

Large storage tanks usually have an outside ladder, and a 
conical or umbrella roof. Roofs are usually No. 10. (The slope 
of conical roofs is usually Ij 4 " per 12", while the radius of um¬ 
brella roof is always equal to the tank’s diameter). 


78 


OIL REFINERY specifications 


Roofs of either shape are self-supporting up to 25' in diameter 
and up to 30' if 3 / 16 " plate is used. 

Bottom Ls are usually heavier than bottom course. The 
bottom plate approximate two-thirds the thickness of the lower 
course. 

Formula: T = ^ 

In which: 

T = Thickness of cylindrical shell plate in inches, 
r = radius of cylindrical tank in inches, 
f = factor of safety (5 is recommended). 

S = Ultimate tensile strength of steel (55,000 lbs. per 
square inch is recommended). 

P — Safe working pressure in lbs. per square inch. 

— Efficiency of longitudinal seam. 

(107) Standard Specifications for Rectangular Tanks. —The 
contractor for this material should furnish and erect in position 
tanks, with .... gallons capacity below the overflow. The length 
should be ... feet and .. . inches, width ... feet ... inches, the 
depth .. . feet .. . inches. This allows 12" from the center of 
the overflow to the top of the tank. 

Each tank should be made of mild steel plates of the quality 
known to the trade as Tank Steel. Plates should be .... inches 
thick. (For method of specifying plates and weights see Section 
76). 

Tank is to be properly braced to prevent bulging or distortion. 
Braces must be bolted in position, no hook braces will be per¬ 
mitted. 

Pan (if a pan is required for above tank) is to be 3 /is" thick, 
weighing 7.65 lbs. per square foot. It should extend 6" beyond 
the tank all around and be 4" deep. 

Cover (if required) should be made of No. 10 U. S. Gauge 
Steel, weighing 5.67 lbs. per square foot, and of the quality known 
as Blue Annealed Steel. The bottom or ends of the tank are 
to be flanged to rivet to the shell (angles are not to be used for 
this purpose). The comers are to be flanged hot to a radius of 3". 


1 $ = 0.70 the usual strength of a double lap riveted joint. (See Section 108.) 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TANKAGE 


79 


The top edge is to be reinforced by a 3" x 3" angle of the same 
thickness as the shell. The cover is to be entirely bolted with 
bolts, 6" center to center and stiffened with . .. .x.... angles, 
every 4 feet. In the cover there is to be a hinged trap door 20" 
square, with a catch and hasp. Usual flanges are to be provided. 
Size and location of flanges determined by owner. 

All field rivets are to be driven flat inside, allowing a length 
equal to the diameter of the rivet for driving. 

The entire bottom is to be caulked inside but the shell is to be 
caulked outside. All caulking edges are to be properly bevel 
sheared or planed. Split caulking will not be permitted. All 
caulking must be done with a round-nosed tool. 

After the work is completed, all debris and foreign material 
is to be removed, and the inside of the tank coated with a suit¬ 
able protective coating. 

The exterior is to be properly painted with one shop coat of 
paint, satisfactory to the owner. 

After the tanks are completed they should be filled with water 
(by the owner) and any leaks that may appear shall be taken up 
by caulking. 

Practical Points .—Rectangular tanks are more economical as 
the shape approaches a cube. They should, however, be kept 
reasonably shallow as shallow tanks are much stronger. 

If the height is 6' or under, the plates should be J 4 " thick, 
weighing 10.2 lbs. per square foot if the height is between 6' 
and 8' the plates should be 5 / 16 " thick, weighing 12.75 lbs. per 
square foot, if the height is over 8' the plates should be 
thick, weighing 15.3 lbs. per square foot. 

The strain on the walls of a rectangular tank are similar to 
those in a dam, reaching maximum at the bottom. Braces should 
be nearer together at the lower part of the tank than at the top. 

Roughly speaking, braces are spaced about 4' center, horizon¬ 
tally and varying vertically. For instance, a tank 5' deep would 
be braced at the top only; one 6' deep would have braces 3' from 
the bottom and also at the top; one 7' deep, braces 2' from the 
bottom, 4J/2' from the bottom, and also at the top; one 8' deep, 
braces 2' from bottom, 5' from bottom, also one at top, etc. 


8o 


OIL refinery specifications 


Braces should preferably be made of 2 j 4 " x 24 ” flats, set on 
edge and blotted to a clip angle. Vertical braces are illogical as 
they are equally strong but not equally stressed at all heights. 

Hook braces are dangerous and should be avoided. 

If plates are J 4 ” or Vie” thick, 24 ” rivets 234 ” center to center, 
should be used; if plates are 24 ” thick 24 ” rivets 2^4" center to 
center should be used; rivets on top angle should be 8" center 
to center. 

Covers should be stiffened every 4' by a 2 * 4 " x 2 j 4 " x 34 ” 
angle. If stiffener angle are over 10' long, 3" x 3" x 5 /e” angle 
should be used. 


Pans are usually made of 3 /ie” steel, extending 6" each side 
of tank, 4" is the usual depth. An angle stiffener on the top edge 
is unnecessary on such shallow pans. 

Double riveting of the seams on rectangular tanks is unneces¬ 
sary, it merely increases the expense without adding any useful 
strength. 

(108) Standard Specifications for Pressure Tanks. —The con¬ 
tractor for this material should furnish and erect in position 
... tanks, ... feet and .. . inches in diameter by ... feet .. . 
inches in length, on the shell. The tanks are to be used for a 
working pressure of ... pounds per square inch. The shell is 
to be ... inches in thickness and made of mild steel of the quality 
known to the trade as Tank Steel. The heads should be. . .inches 
thick and made of mild steel, flange quality and dished to a radius 
equal to the diameter of the tank. 

The longitudinal seams on the shell, should be (specify type 
of riveting) with a seam of approximately .... per cent of 
the efficiency of the solid plate. (A detailed calculation for 
pressure tanks is illustrated in Section 131). 


The following represents the joint efficiencies of various types 
of riveted joints: 

Single-riveted lap-joint efficiency — about 60 per cent. 

Double-riveted lap-joint efficiency — about 70 per cent. 

Triple-riveted lap-joint efficiency — about 80 per cent. 

Double-riveted butt-joint efficiency = about 83 per cent. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TANKAGE 


8l 


Triple-riveted butt-joint efficiency — about 88 per cent. 

Quadruple-riveted butt-joint efficiency = about 94 per cent. 

Girth seams are to be all single-riveted, efficiency of seam is 
to be not less than 60 per cent. 

Provide tank with a 11" x 15" pressed steel manhole, and also 
the usual flanges. Size and location are to be decided later. 

All rivets are to be driven by hydraulic pressure with the ex¬ 
ception of one girth seam and any C. I. flanges that it may be 
necessary to use, should be gun riveted. 

All caulking edges are to be bevel-sheared or planed in the 
proper manner, and the tank tested with water at the works of 
the manufacturer to a . . . pounds (one and one-half times the 
working pressure) and made tight at that pressure. 

After the work is completed, all debris and foreign material 
is to be removed and the inside of the tanks coated with suitable 
protective coating. The exteriors are to be properly painted with 
one shop coat of paint, satisfactory to the owner. 

Practical Points .—Heads should be Vie" thicker than shell in 
36" in diameter and under; y," thicker than shell between 36" 
and 96"; and *4" thicker over that diameter. 

If one head is reversed, as is sometimes necessary, or desirable, 
make the reversed head thicker than the normal head in sizes 
up to 72", yy' thicker between 72" and 96", and avoid reversing 
the head in diameters greater than 96" (as heads dished out¬ 
wardly are 40 per cent stronger than those dished inwardly). 
Avoid screwed flanges for diameters over 6', use nozzles instead. 

The most satisfactory method of supporting pressure tanks is 
to set them on steel beams with C. I. saddle blocks, to furnish 
additional bearing and prevent them from rolling. 

(109) Agitators. —The treatment of petroleum distillates with 
alkali and sulphuric acid is done by agitators, the agitation is 
effected either with compressed air or with circulating (centri¬ 
fugal) pumps. 

The agitators are vertical cylindrical tanks, having conical bot¬ 
toms and are supported in various manners, viz.; brick, or rein¬ 
forced concrete settings or structural steel supports. 


82 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


The agitators when located in the open should be provided with 
steel roofs. 

Agitators are fabricated of steel plates, and should be lined 
with antimonial lead when they are subjected to acid agitation. 
Antimony lead is preferred and 8-pound lead is generally used 
for the shell lining while io-pound lead is used for the lining of 
the cone bottom. 


Thickness and Weight oe Sheet Lead. 


i lb. 
i/ 2 lb. 


per square foot 


2 lb. 

44 

44 

“ - y* 

2/ 2 lb. “ 

u 

a 

“ - 7,4 

3 lb. “ 

a 

u 

“ — 7* 

4 lb. 

44 

4 * 

“ - 7 » 

6 lb. 

u 

<4 

«« 3 / 

- / 32 

8 lb. 

44 

44 

“ - X 

16 lb. “ 

44 

<4 

“ - X 

30 lb. 

<4 

44 

“ - X 


equals — 7« inch. 

7 < 










SPECIFICATIONS FOR A 22'x24' AGITATOR. 


Size .—The agitator is to be 22' diameter x 24' high. 

Type .—The agitator is to be (cylindrical) vertical style. 

Fabrication .—The shell of the agitator is to be made in three 
courses, (four plates to a course). The cone bottom is to be 
riveted to the shell and to have a 30 degree slope. 

Setting .—The agitator is to be supported with a brick setting 
in which are located four doorways on 90-degree centers. 

Steel plates .—The agitator plates are to be of the following 
thickness: 


Cone bottom . T /i«" thick. 

First ring . y%" “ 

Second ring . 6 /ie" “ 

Third ring . y “ 

Roof . yy “ 

All plates are to conform to the specifications adopted by the 
Association of American Steel Manufacturers. 

Only the best quality of tank steel should be used in construct¬ 
ing the shell of the agitator, and in the cone bottom use only the 
best quality of flange steel. 

Riveting .—The agitator is to be single-riveted throughout, ex¬ 
cept the cone bottom which must be double-riveted. 

Five-eighth inch rivets should be used in roof and shell. 

Three-fourth inch rivets should be used in cone bottom. 

Roof .—The roof of the agitator is to be of the globe type, and 
provided with a ventilator and four explosion doors 18" square. 

Walkway .—The agitator is to be provided with a walkway 
running completely around the shell, also a ladder to connect this 
walkway with the ground. 

Caulking .—The roof is to be caulked on outside. The shell of 
the agitator (i. e., the height of 24') is to be caulked acid tight 
both inside and outside. The cone bottom is to be caulked on 
inside. 

Fittings .—The agitator is to be provided with fittings of such 
size and location as desired by the owner. 

Painting .—Agitator is to be given one outside coat of graphite 
paint. 







8 4 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


(110) Specifications for an Acid Storage Tank. — (Acid tanks are 
used in connection with the treatment of light oils). 

Size. —The tank is 8' diameter x 25' long. 

Type. —The tank should be a cylindrical horizontal tank. 

Shell. —The tank shell is to be fabricated in three courses. 
Two plates to each course. 

Heads. —The heads are to be of 7 / 16 " flanged and dished to a 
radius equal to the tank diameter. 

Material. —The steel plate and rivets used in fabricating this 
tank must conform to the specifications adopted by the Associa¬ 
tion of American Steel Plate Manufacturers. The shell is to be 
Vic" tank steel throughout; the heads are to be 7 / 16 " flange steel. 

Rweting. —The longitudinal seams are to be double-riveted, 
and all girth seams are to be single-riveted. The rivets are to 
be y%” diameter, 2^4" pitch. 

Caulking and Testing. —The tank is to be caulked both inside 
and outside. The tank is to be tested with water one and one-half 
times the safe working pressure desired and made tight at that 
pressure. All caulking must be done with a round-nosed tool. 

Fittings. —Tank is to have a 20" man-head, (with cover) lo¬ 
cated on top, also any other flanges that the owner may desire. 
All flanges are to have tapered threads. 

Painting. —Tank is to be given one outside coat of graphite 
paint. 

(Ill) Model Specifications for a 10' x 40' Steam Still. — Size .— 
The steam still is to be 10' in diameter x 40' long. 

Type. —The steam still is to be of a horizontal type. 

Fabrication. —The shell is to be made in four courses, two 
plates to a course. The heads are to be hemispherical, flanged 
in and riveted to the shell. This still will not have any support¬ 
ing lugs, but will be supported by five brick walls. 

Plates. —The shell of the still is to be made of 24 " tank steel, 
the heads of 24 " flange steel both conforming to the speci¬ 
fications adopted by the Association of American Steel Manu¬ 
facturers. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEAM STILLING PLANTS 85 

Riveting. —The girth seams are to be single-riveted. Longi¬ 
tudinal seams must be double-riveted, use ^4" diameter rivets 
throughout. 

Caulking and Testing. —All plates are to be sheared for caulk¬ 
ing throughout on the outside. After completion the still is to 
be tested with water and made absolutely tight. 

Fittings. —The still is to be provided with a 20" man-head 
where shown upon the drawing, also any other pipe flanges that 
the owner may desire should be forged steel boiler flanges, hav¬ 
ing standard pipe threads. 

Painting. —After completion, the still should be given one out¬ 
side coat of a good quality of heat-resisting paint. 

(112) Steam Still Settings. —The three alternates given below 
have been used extensively. 

(a) When Made of Brick. —(See Fig. 2). The brick used 
should be a good quality, hard, and well burned red brick. The 
sand should be a clean, sharp, grit sand, and free from loam or 
dirt. The cement mortar should be made of one part of Port¬ 
land cement and not more than four parts of sand, and should 
be used immediately after being mixed. 

( b) When Made of Reinforced Concrete. —Steel reinforcing 
rods should be plain or deformed round bars, conforming to latest 
specifications of A. S. T. M. billet steel construction reinforce¬ 
ment structural grade. Concrete should be made of at least one 
part of Portland cement, two parts of sand, and five parts of 
clean, broken stone, of such size as to pass in any way through 
a two-inch ring, or good, clean gravel may be used in the same 
proportion as broken stone. The cement, sand and stone or 
gravel should be measured and immediately used after being 
mixed. All concrete when in place should be properly rammed 
and allowed to set without being disturbed. 

(c) When Made of Structural Steel. —Steel work is to be in 
accordance with American Society for testing materials specifi¬ 
cations A-9-21 structural steel for buildings. Workmanship and 
details are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications, 
subject to approval. All steel work sohuld be given one shop 


86 


OIL refinery specifications 


coat of approved red lead paint, also one field coat of same ma¬ 
terial is to be applied at least four days before erection. 

( d) Note :—The footing courses for above three cases are to 
be made of stepped up brick or reinforced concrete proportioned 
to safely carry the load of the still and in proper relation to the 
bearing capacity of the soil upon which they rest. 

( 113 ) Insulation for Steam Stills.—A 2 y 2 ” thickness of as¬ 
bestos blocks with broken joints should be laid against the steel 
shell. Upon this apply a J 4 " rough coat of asbestos cement filling 
in all joints of asbestos blocks. Next apply 1" hexagon galvanized 
chicken wire and over this apply a *4" scratch coat of asbestos 
cement, and finish with a coat made of 30 per cent of Port¬ 
land cement and 70 per cent of asbestos cement, similar to J. M. 
No. 302. The insulation is to be supported similar to the method 
used in Section 13. 

( 114 ) Vertical Towers for Steam Stills.—Materials of con¬ 
struction are to be same as Section 11. 

When towers are used as scrubbers, they should be filled with 
stones or tile, which are usually supported with a C. I. grid held 
in position by a steel angle riveted to shell. 

When towers are used as dephlegmators, the necessary baffles 
should be provided. 

The towers should be provided with a suitable steel ladder, 
that will extend to the full height of the towers. 

( 115 ) Heat Exchanger for Steam Stills.—Materials of con¬ 
struction are to be same as Section 9, except that the heat ex¬ 
changer should be of the vertical type. 

( 116 ) Vapor Lines.—Materials of construction are to be same 
as Section 29. 

( 117 ) Telltale Column.—Materials of construction are to be 
same as Section 26, except space test cock on 6" centers. 

( 118 ) Condenser Coil for Steam Stills and Condenser Box Shell. 
—Materials of construction are to be same as Section 25, and 7 
respectively. 

( 119 ) Tail Lines for Steam Stills.—Materials of construction 
are to be same as Section 33. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEAM STILLING PLANTS 87 

( 120 ) Receiver House for Steam Still—Same as Section 8. 

( 121 ) Vacuum and Relief Valves for Steam Stills.—Same as 
Section 27. 

(122) Cold Distillate Line.—Materials of construction are to 
be same as Section 14. 

( 123 ) Hot Distillate Line.—Materials of construction are to 
be same as Section 16. 

( 124 ) Bleed Line .—Materials of construction are to be same 
as Section 30. 

( 125 ) Cooling Box Shell.—Materials of construction are to be 
same as Section 10. 

( 126 ) Cooling Coils.—Materials of construction are to be 
same as Section 48. 

( 127 ) Low Pressure Steam Line.—Materials of construction 
are to be same as Section 59. 

( 128 ) Exhaust Steam Line.—Materials of construction are to 
be same as Section 61. 

( 129 ) Open and Closed Coils.—Materials of construction are 
to be same as Section 49. 

( 130 ) Residuum Line from Still to Cooler Box.—Black mer¬ 
chant pipe and standard black nipples threaded at both ends 
should be used. 

The nipples screwed into the stills must be X-heavy. 

Flanged fittings (where used) must be cast steel faced and 
drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Screwed fittings should predominate and must be X-heavy 
malleable iron equal to Crane 600 lbs. screwed-end fittings. 

Valves are to be standard gate valves cast steel body, bonnet 
and disc, with C. I. yoke steel stem and nicaloy seats, similar to 
Crane 47B or its equal, the flanges are to be faced and drilled to 
the A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. 

Gaskets must be J. M. Vic" Service ring-type or its equal. 
Covering is to be same as recommended in Section 16. 

( 131 ) Fullers’ Earth Filters.—Fullers’ earth filters are used 
to remove impurities, from illuminating oil, cylinder oil, and 
lubricating oil. (See Fig. 7.) 

7 


88 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


The filters are usually 8 feet in diameter x 25 feet high and 
completely filled with fullers’ earth, through a manhole located 
in the upper head of the filter, which is bolted down before the 
oil to be treated, is allowed to enter. (For detail see Fig. 6.) 
Some refineries use the same fullers’ earth ten times over, in one 
instance the same earth was used sixteen times, and the only 
treatment that the earth receives after each service is to regen¬ 
erate it in a kiln especially designed for the purpose. 

There are two types of regenerators, viz : the horizontal rotary 
type and the vertical type. The horizontal rotary type is the one 
most commonly used. 

The air pressure usually applied in the filters to percolate the 
oil through, is about 5 to 15 pounds per square inch, depending 
upon the gravity of the oil, however, the filters should be de¬ 
signed for a working pressure of about 50 pounds per square 
inch. 


Calculations for an 8-Foot x 25-F00T Filter. 

Designed for a Safe Working Pressure of 50 lbs. per sq. in. 

_Pdf _ as 

iiT 6 ptT 

In which: 

t = Plate thickness, in inches. 

P = Safe working pressure, lbs. per sq. in. 
d = Diameter of filter, in inches, 
f = Factor of safety (safe to use 4). 
e = Riveted joint efficiency. 

T = Ult. tensile strength of steel lbs. per sq. in. (safe to 
use 55,000 lbs. per sq. in.). 

S = Ult. shearing resistance of rivet lbs. per sq. in. (safe 
to use 45,000 lbs. per sq. in.), 
p = Pitch of rivets in inches, 
a = Area of rivet hole in sq. in. 

In substituting the above values then, 
assuming t = Vie"; p = 2"; a = 0.37"; P = 50 lbs. per sq. in. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR LOADING RACKS 


89 


e _ Q-37 X 45,ooo 
2 X 5 / 16 "X55,ooo 


— very nearly 0.49 


t = 50 X 96 X 4 
2 x 0.49X55,000 



( 132 ) Loading- Racks.—Loading racks for loading tank cars 
should be constructed of wood, steel or reinforced concrete. 

The loading rack tracks should always be laid level, otherwise 
proper measurement of oil will be difficult. 

For Wood Constructed Loading Racks. —They are usually 
made of 4" x 4" spruce posts, io'o" centers and 2" x 4" spruce 
cross and longitudinal bracings and hand rail. 

The walkway is made of 2" spruce planks, and the 4" x 6" sill 
is to be properly anchored (with satisfactory anchor bolts) in 
the concrete footings. Footings should be similar to Section 
112-d. 

For Steel Construction. —They are to be similar to structural 
steel steam still settings, Section 112-c. 

For Reinforced Concrete Construction. —They are to be made 
similar to reinforced concrete steam still settings, Section 112-b. 

( 133 ) Run-Down Tanks for Fullers’ Earth Filters.—To be 
constructed as per Section 107. 




THE COLD SETTLING PROCESS. 


The cold settling process and subsequent filtering for making 
bright stocks from cylinder stocks, consists briefly as follows: 

Special naphtha is pumped from a tile-jacketed storage tank, 
into a mixing tank where the cylinder stock is mixed with the 
naphtha, (cylinder stock tanks are to be provided with a heating 
coil.) From this tank the mixture is pumped to a storage mix¬ 
ture tank and thence to the filters and is filtered to the desired 
color. From the color tanks, it is pumped to the cold settling 
tank which is insulated with cork boards or hair felt and encased 
in a tile jacket and equipped with a refrigerating coil. 

After the proper temperature has been reached the mixture 
separates in two layers during the settling period, the refriger¬ 
ation is stopped and the upper portion is drawn off through the 
adjustable swing pipe suction and is heated in steam stills in 
order to reclaim the naphtha which may be recycled. The resi¬ 
duum in the steam still is the low cold test bright cylinder stocks, 
which is compounded into various grades of automobile and 
cylinder oils. The lower portion, known as petroleum grease, 
also known as petrolatum is drawn off through the petrolatum 
suction and is also steam-stilled in order to reclaim the naphtha. 
It is then filtered to produce the different colored petrolatums. 
Sections from 134 to 140 inch, cover specifications for the cold 
settling process. 

Many refineries are adopting the centrifuge process in prefer¬ 
ence to the slow cold settling process, due to the better yield of 
lower cold test bright stocks and producing a much better quality 
of petrolatum. 

Fig. 4 illustrates the Sharpies centrifuge process for manu¬ 
facturing bright stocks. Sections from 140 to 164 inch, cover 
specifications for the centrifuge process. 

( 134 ) Cold Settling Tank.—The tank is to be a vertical cylin¬ 
drical tank, 20 feet in diameter x 20 feet high. Capacity is to 
be 45,000 gallons or 1,000 42-gallon barrels. 

All plates are to be grade “A” open hearth tank steel conform¬ 
ing to the standard specifications of the Association of American 
Steel Manufacturers. 


THE COED SETTLING PROCESS 


91 


The tank is to be made in four rings each of equal height. 

First ring to be No. 6 gauge, weighing 8.28 pounds per square 
foot. 

Second ring to be No. 7 gauge, weighing 7.65 pounds per 
square foot. 

Third ring to be No. 8 gauge, weighing 7.01 pounds per square 
foot. 

Fourth ring to be No. 8 gauge, weighing 7.01 pounds per 
square foot. 

The bottom is to be No. 7 gauge, weighing 7.65 pounds per 
square foot. 

The roof is to be No. 12 gauge, weighing 4.46 pounds per 
square foot. 

The bottom angle ring is to be 2*4" x 2^2" x 5 / 16 ". 

The top angle ring is to be 2" x 2" xx J 4 ". 

All horizontal girth seams are to be single-riveted. 

All vertical seams are to be double-riveted. 

All seams are to be caulked with a round-nosed tool. 

Manhole is to be 20" in diameter and located in center of first 
ring. 

Flanges are to be forged steel boiler flanges with standard 
tapered pipe threads, location of flanges are to be approved. 

Ten sample trial cocks spaced on 12" centers (projecting 12" 
beyond tank shell) commencing from the tank bottom should be 
provided. 

Tank is to be furnished with a suitable size swing pipe, com¬ 
plete with a wire rope and windlass. 

Roof is to be supported by a series of radial structural rafters 
of proper size and supported by one central pipe column of 
proper size. 

Tank should be painted with one coat of a good quality of red 
metallic paint and after completion the exterior surface should 
be given two additional coats of red metallic paint. 

Upon completion the tank is to be tested when full of water 
and caulked tight and dry. 

( 135 ) Insulation for a One Thousand-Barrel Cold Settling Tank. 

A 2" layer of nonpareil cork board is to be laid against tank shell 


92 


OIIv REFINERY specifications 


after which the cork board surface is to be given a coat of asphalt 
cement. (Some refineries use a layer of hair felt in place of the 
cork board). Then completely incase, the entire tank (except 
roof) with an 8" thickness of standard size hard-burned com¬ 
mon red brick or with 12" x 12" x 8" good quality hard-burned 
hollow tile, (use smooth faced hollow tile). 

The cement used should be made of one part of Portland 
cement and not more than four parts of clean, sharp sand. The 
cement is to be used immediately after being mixed. The roof 
(exterior area) surface is to be insulated with two 2" thickness 
of nonpareil cork board laid against the tank roof shell with a 
coat of asphalt cement between the two layers, and also applied 
to the outer surface over which is to be laid an approved weather 
proofing. 

( 136 ) Brine Circulating Coils (to be Set in Roof of Cold Set¬ 
tling Tanks).—The coils are to be made of extra heavy i 1 /^" 
wrot-iron pipe (require 3 lineal feet of pipe per each 40 gallons 
of the tank’s contents). 

Fittings are to be screwed-end standard malleable iron fittings. 

Unions are to be standard flanged malleable iron. 

Flanged joints should always be used in preference to screwed 
joints wherever possible. 

Gaskets are to be 1 / 16 " thick Garlock No. 122 (made of red 
rubber sheets) or equal. 

Valves and cocks are to be all brass and when installed in the 
line, should be provided with short nipples (with malleable iron 
flanged unions) on either side, so that it will be unnecessary to 
restore the entire line which corrodes when brass is coupled with 
wrot-iron. 

To insure a perfectly tight joint, a thin paste of litharge and 
glycerine should be applied on all pipe threads. 

( 137 ) Structural Supports for Suspending Brine Circulating 
Coils.—The steel work should be in accordance with American 
Society for Testing Materials specification A-9-21 structural steel 
for buildings. Workmanship and details should be in accordance 
with manufacturers’ specifications, subject to approval. 


THE) COIvD SETTLING PROCE)SS 


93 


The structural steel composing these supports should be given 
one shop coat of red lead and oil and one field coat of bitumastic 
paint. 

( 138 ) Cold Settling Tank Foundation.—The concrete mixture 
should be: 

One part of Portland cement, 

Three parts of clean, sharp sand, 

Six parts gravel maximum size 2 inches. 

The reinforcing rods that are necessary should be plain or de¬ 
formed round rods, conforming to specifications of A. S. T. M. 
billet steel construction, reinforcement structural grade. A coat 
of asphalt cement should be applied upon the concrete founda¬ 
tion, then lay two 2" layers of nonpareil cork board throughout 
the area to be occupied by the tank with asphalt cement between 
each layer and upon top surface before tank is set in place. 

( 139 ) Petrolatum Suction Pipe.—To guarantee an evenly dis¬ 
tributed suction, the suction pipe is to be made in the form of a 
cross, having pipe caps on extreme ends and perforations stag¬ 
gered on the underside throughout each fork. 

Pipe is to be standard black merchant pipe. 

Medium weight cast iron screwed fittings should be used. 

Flanged fittings and companion flanges (where necessary) are 
to be standard cast iron, faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Cut-off valves are to be standard flanged gate valves, I. B. B. 
M. with steel stems faced and drilled to A. S. M. E. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions and are to be packed for oil. 

Gaskets are to be Vie" J- M. Seigelite ring-type or equal. 

( 140 ) Brine Pumps.—Brine pumps are to be horizontal duplex 
double-acting piston-pattern steam pumps with steam end stand¬ 
ard duplex design, while fluid ends are to be brass fitted. 

Specifications for a 300-barrel Sharpies centrifugal plant for 
manufacturing bright stocks from cylinder stocks. ( Fig . 4). 

The type of building and general layout of equipment should 
suit local conditions. 


94 


OIL REFINERY specifications 


The centrifugal equipment necessary is fifteen individually 
motor belt driven super centrifuges. 

REFRIGERATION. 

(a) One 120-ton refrigeration plant. 

The temperature of the brine is not to exceed minus 20° F. on 
the outlet side of the brine cooler. 

( b ) The minimum quantity of minus 20° F. brine required is 
180 gallons per minute. 

( c ) The work to be done consists of chilling 104,700 gallons 
of oil (a mixture of 35 per cent lubricating stock and 65 per cent 
naphtha) from ioo° F. to minus io° F. through a period of 48 
hours. 

( d ) Specific gravity of oil mixture—0.80. 

Specific heat of oil 0.5. 


TANKS. 

(All capacities in 50-gallon barrels.) 

( 141 ) Blending and Heating Tank.—(a) One tank is to hold 

at least 1,254 barrels, gross capacity. Tank is to be of steel. 

( b ) This tank is to be equipped with heating coils to raise the 
temperature of the oil to 115 0 F. over a period of five hours, and 
a mechanical agitator to insure perfect solution without loss of 
naphtha. Roof supports and agitator are to be of same design 
as for chilling tanks. 

( c ) Tank is to be provided with a thermometer well located 
4" from the bottom for angle thermometer. 

( d ) A 6" flange should be located in bottom ring of tank to 
receive charging line for stock and naphtha. A 6" flange should 
be located at bottom of tank for pump-off line. Four 2" flanges 
should be located in bottom ring of tank 1' from tank bottom for 
double steam coil connections. 

( 142 ) Chilling Tanks T- 2 , T- 3 , and T- 4 .—(a) Three tanks, 
1,254 barrels, gross capacity, in addition to cone bottom. Net 
capacity required 1,047 barrels. 

Size is to be 22' diameter x 22' high with 12" cone bottom. 
Tank is to be of 5 / 16 " steel. 


THE SHARPIES PROCESS 


95 


( b ) These tanks are to be insulated on bottom and sides with 
6" of 3-ply 2" cork lagging and on roofs with 4" 2-ply cork 
lagging or 6" of ground cork. Cork is to be applied after 
the tanks have been tested for leaks and the exterior surfaces 
have been painted or coated with asphalt. All insulated tanks 
should be given the same treatment. 

(c) Eack tank is to be provided with a thermometer well 
located three feet from the bottom for installation of angle ther¬ 
mometer, the thermometer bulb is to extent not less than 2 
feet inside of tank. Recording thermometers while not essential 
will assist in securing uniform results. 

( d ) The discharge connection should be 4" and should be 
made at the bottom. The discharge line must drain from the tank 
to Pump P-9 and must be free from pockets and traps. 

( e ) The charging line to the chilling tanks should be 6" 
and should enter through the bottom ring of the tank and have 
two block valves with a bleeder between. 

(/) Each tank should be provided with 5,643 feet of 2" 
steel coil for chilling brine. The chilling brine connections at 
the inlet and outlet of the tank should be 3". 

( g ) Each chilling tank is to be equipped with an agitator. The 
agitator should be operated about one hour immediately before 
the tank is charged with warm oil and thereafter about ten min¬ 
utes each hour at regular periods for 48 hours to insure uniform 
temperature and prevent stratification in chilling. 

( h ) Each chilling tank should be vented to the outside of 
the building and the vent line protected with two sections of fine 
wire gauze. 

(i) Each chilling tank should be grounded with one strand of 
No. 3 copper wire. 

( 143 ) Wax-Free Oil Run-Down Tank T-6.— (a) One tank 22' 
diameter x 10' high, five hundred and seventy barrels gross 
capacity. This tank has no agitator. Tank is to be of * 4 " steel. 

(b) This tank should be insulated on bottom and sides with 
4" 2-ply 2" cork lagging and on the roof with 2" i-ply cork 
lagging. 


96 


OIL refinery specifications 


(c) The inlet should be located on the roof and should be 4" 
in diameter and should be drained from the centrifuges to the 
tank with as uniform a grade as possible leaving no traps or 
pockets in the line. This line should be insulated with cork 
standard brine covering. 

( d ) There should be two 2" flanges located on the front side 
in the bottom ring for the recovery coil connections. 

( e ) The outlet should be connected in the center of the bot¬ 
tom and should be 3" in diameter. It is not necessary to insulate 
the discharging line. The discharging line is to be carried to 
pump P-7 three inches and thence to storage tanks. Place 3" 
gate valve on discharge line at the tank connection. 

(/) In the bottom of this tank install 1,500 feet of 2" pipe 
recovery coil. 

( 144 ) Carrier Liquid Tank T -9 (Hot Water).—( a ) One tank 
8' wide x 8' long x 7' high, sixty-seven barrels capacity. Tank 
is to be of steel. 

( b ) Bottom and sides next to wall should be insulated with 
4" hair felt, on exposed sides with 2" hair felt. Exposed sides 
should be protected with 6" hollow smooth-faced tile. 

(c) Two 2" flanges should be located 6" from the bottom for 
steam coil connections. One 2" flange for fresh water supply 
on roof. One 3" flange for carrier liquid outlet 6" from bottom 
next to pipe tunnel for pump connection. One 6" flange 3' from 
bottom on side next to separator tank T-8 for water inlet. Flange 
should be provided on end of tank 2' from bottom for angle 
thermometer. One 2" flange should be located 2' from bottom 
of tank for installation of thermostatic regulator (“Sarco” rec¬ 
ommended). One 2" flange should be located on side of tank 
for skimming line connection. 

( d ) The roof of tank is to have an opening at the end to be 
the full width of tank by 3 feet. This opening is to be closed 
with a removable wooden cover. Tank is to be vented. 

( e ) One hundred and twenty-five feet of 2" steam coil should 
be installed in bottom of tank. A Sarco temperature regulator 
should be installed for controlling inlet to the steam coil. The 
temperature of the water is to be maintained at 135 0 F. A 


THE SHARPIES PROCESS 


97 


strainer of 50-mesh should be placed in the steam line ahead of 
the temperature regulator. This strainer should have at least 15 
square inches of surface and should be installed with a heavy sup¬ 
porting screen behind it. The outlet of the coil is to be arranged 
to discharge condensed water either to sewer or to tank to add 
distilled water to system when necessary. 

( 145 ) Separator Tank T-8 (Hot Water and Wax).— (a) One 
tank 8' x 8' x 7' high, sixty-seven barrels capacity. Tank is to be 
of 34" steel. 

( b ) Bottom and sides next to wall should be insulated with 
4" hair felt, on exposed sides with 2" hair felt. Exposed sides 
should be protected with 6" hollow smooth-faced tile. 

(c) Two 2" flanges should be located 6" from bottom for 
steam coil connections, one 4" flange for wax-water inlet on roof, 
one 6" flange 6" from bottom on side next to water tank 
T-9, one 4" flange 6" from top of center of side next to T-7 for 
wax overflow. Flange should be located 2' from bottom of tank 
for angle thermometer. 

( d ) The roof of tank is to have an opening at the end to be 
the full width of tank by 3 feet. This opening is to be closed 
with a removable wooden cover. Tank is to be vented. 

(e) One hundred and twenty-five feet of 1" steam coil should 
be installed 6" from bottom of tank. 

( 146 ) Wax Tank T- 7 .—(a) One tank 8'x 8'x 7'high, sixty- 
seven barrels capacity. Tank is to be of 34 " steel. 

( b ) Bottom and sides next to wall should be insulated with 
4" hair felt, on exposed sides with 2" hair felt. Exposed sides 
should be protected with 6" hollow smooth-faced tile. 

( c ) Two 2" flanges should be located 6" from bottom for 
steam coil connections, one 4" flange 6" from top next to sepa¬ 
rator tank T-8 for wax inlet, one 3" flange on bottom next to 
pipe tunnel for wax pump-off line, one 2" flange on side of tank 
2' from bottom for angle thermometer. 

(d) The roof of tank is to have an opening at the end to be 
the full width of tank by 3 feet. This opening is to be closed 
with a removable wooden cover. Tank is to be vented. 


98 


Oily REFINERY specifications 


( e ) One hundred and twenty-five feet of i" steam coil should 
be installed 6" from bottom of tank. 

( 147 ) Elevated Oil Supply Tank T- 12 .—(For ground-level 
chilling tank installation) (a) One tank 7' x 7' x 5' high, thirty- 
seven barrels capacity, is to be of Y steel. 

( b ) Sides, bottom and roof should be insulated with 6" 3-ply 
2" cork lagging. 

(c) One 20" manhole should be located on roof. 

(d) One 1 y 2 " flange should be located on roof for vent and 
switch control rod. 

( e ) One 4" flange should be located on side of tank 12" from 
bottom for inlet. 

(/) One 4" flange should be located in center of bottom for 
discharge. 

(g) This tank is to be equipped with a float operated electric 
switch which controls the starting and stopping of supply pump 
P-9, Cutler Hammer float and switch recommended. 

( h ) Thermometer well should be located in line between tank 
T-12 and centrifuges, in an easily accessible position. 

( 148 ) Constant Level Tank T- 5 .—(To be used when chilling 
tanks are installed one floor above centrifuges.) 

(a) Round tank 2' diameter x 2' high (above cone). 

(b) Top, bottom and sides should be insulated with 6" of 
cork. Top of tank is to be easily removable with insulation. 

(c) A 4" float valve should be installed to control line from 
chilling tanks to Tee in bottom of tank T-5. Float in tank T-5 
should be round ball 12" in diameter. 

( d ) A 4" flange should be located at point of cone bottom for 
inlet and outlet. 

( e ) A thermometer well should be provided in an accessible 
position between tank T-5 and centrifuge. 

( 149 ) Slop Tank T-ll.—(a) One tank 8' o" x 8' o" x 7' o" 
high, sixty-seven barrels capacity, is to be of Yi" steel. 

( b ) Roof of tank is to be fitted with 20" manhole and 2" vent. 
Locate 2" flange in bottom of tank for water draw-off. Locate 
3" flange in side of tank 6" from bottom for oil pump-off. 

(c) It is not necessary to insulate this tank. 


THE SHARPIES PROCESS 


99 


( 150 ) Agitators.—(a) Each chilling tank is to be equipped 
with an agitator. 

( b ) Jack and line shaft 2 3 / 16 " in diameter should be provided 
as shown on plans. Shaft is to extend past blending and heating 
tank and chilling tank. Locate adjustable wall brackets opposite 
each pulley and at intermediate points. Use chain sprocket on 
line shaft for drive to pinion shaft. This sprocket is to be fitted 
with a jaw clutch and operating levers so that any one tank may 
be agitated independently of any other. 

(c) A 6" belting to line shaft should be used. 

PUMPS. 

( 151 ) P -1 Raw Dilute Oil Pump.—Capacity 375 gallons per 
minute, 100' head. 

This pump may be either double-acting steam-driven duplex 
or motor-driven rotary. (See Section 68). 

The suction from the mixing tank T-i is to be 6", the dis¬ 
charge to the chilling tanks 6". The discharge line enters through 
the bottom ring of the chilling tanks as heretofore specified. 
Place two valves in the line at the chilling tank connection with 
a bleeder between. It is not ordinarily necessary to cover this 
line. 

( 152 ) P-la Stock and Naphtha Pump.—This pump is to be 
used in charging the heating and blending tank with filtered stock 
and naphtha. 

This pump is to be of same specifications as P-i and is to be 
manifolded at the pump on both suction and discharge so that 
P-i and P-ia may be used interchangeably for either job. 

( 153 ) P -2 Refrigerator Brine Pump.—This pump is a part of 
the regular refrigeration equipment and can be supplied by the 
manufacturer of refrigeration equipment. (See Section 140). The 
capacity should not be less than 180 gallons per minute. 

The discharge from this pump should not be less than 4" 
diameter on the discharge side of the brine cooler, the line is to 
be run 4" past pumps P-3, P-4, and P-5 and then is to be equipped 
with one 4" relief valve set for 40 pounds pressure and relieving 
into the cold brine storage tank T-10. Three 4" x 4" x 3" T’s 
should be located in the line past the relief valve to receive the 


IOO 


Oil, REFINERY specifications 


brine overflow from the chilling tank coils. A thermometer well 
should be located on the line at some accessible location. 

( 154 ) P- 3 , P- 4 , and P -5 Brine Circulating and Mixing Pumps. 
—Capacity 120 gallons per minute. Head 100'. 

Brine triplex pumps—Silent chain or gear motor driven, 3" 
suction, 3" discharge. 

Discharge from these pumps to bottom of chilling tank coils 
is to be 3". Valve should be located close to the pump discharge. 
At the discharge from the top of the coil place a T. From the 
bottom of this T, the line returns to the pump suction 3". The 
overflow of spent brine from the coil is to be taken off at the top 
of the T, which is to be the highest point in the line, and is to 
be divided into two lines, one 3" returning directly to the main 
brine return line, the other 2" passing to a header leading to 
either the pipe recovery coil in the bottom of the wax free oil 
run-down tank T-6, or to a heat exchanger. 

Cold brine will be supplied to each tank circulation system 
through 3" lines leading to the suction of P-3, P-4, and P-5. 
Three-inch valves should be placed in these lines close to the 
pumps. A 1" by-pass should be arranged past the 3" valve for 
delicate adjustment of flow. In this 1" by-pass line, locate a 1" 
valve. All lines are to be insulated with special, thick, brine 
covering. 

A thermometer is to be placed in discharge of pump and in 
return line from tank coil. 

( 155 ) P-6 Carrier Liquid Hot Water Pump.—Capacity 50 gal¬ 
lons per minute, head 100'. 

Triplex or double-acting steam duplex—silent chain or gear- 
driven triplex recommended. Three-inch suction line from tank 
T-9, 3" discharge from pump carried along ceiling over lines 
of centrifuges and well secured to I-beams. Suction line should 
have a 30-mesh strainer of at least 1 square foot area. There 
is to be a 3" x Tee 2 feet to the right of center line of each 
centrifuge for individual feed. After passing centrifuges, the 
line is to be run vertically for 20' and there provided with 6' of 
4" open end stand pipe and 4" overflow back to tank T-9. Con¬ 
nections from this header to centrifuges are to be J4", to extend 


THE) SHARPIES PROCESS 


IOI 


down to 15" above level of water connections on centrifuges. 
The y 2 " line is to be equipped with a valve 3" from end of line. 
Connections from y 2 r line to union on centrifuge are to be made 
with flexible hose with union attachment at centrifuge. 

( 156 ) P -7 Wax-Free Oil Pump.—Capacity 60 gallons per min¬ 
ute, 200' head. (This head should be checked against the dis¬ 
tance to and elevation of storage tanks for wax-free oil.) Steam 
pump or motor driven rotary. Three-inch suction from run¬ 
down tank T-6 to pump. This suction should drain to pump and 
be free from traps and pockets. Three-inch discharge from 
pump to storage tanks. 

It is not necessary to cover these lines. 

( 157 ) P-8 Wax Pump.—Capacity 40 gallons per minute. Head 
200'. (This head should be checked against the distance to and 
elevation of storage tanks.) Steam pump or motor driven 
rotary. Three-inch suction from tank T-7, and 3" discharge to 
storage. Suction and discharge are to be equipped with steam 
core or means of blowing clean. It is not ordinarily necessary 
to insulate these lines. 

The overflow lines from tank T-8 to tank T-9 should be 6", 
and to tank T-7 should be 4". The water overflow should 
run from the flange 6" from the bottom of tank T-8 through the 
flange 3' from the bottom of tank T-9 and up to within 1" of the 
level of the wax overflow from tank T-8. The wax overflow 
should be connected directly across from 6" below the top of tank 
T-8 to tank T-7 at the same level or with a slight grade to tank 

T-7. 

( 158 ) P -9 Chilled Oil Supply Pump.—Kinney Pump, electric 
motor driven, chain transmissions, working pressure 50 pounds. 
Size 6x4x6. Standard capacity at 200 r. p. m., 84 gallons per 
minute. It is to be geared down to operate at 180 r. p. m., to 
pump 75 gallons per minute. 

Four-inch suction from chilling tanks T-3, T-4, and T-5. This 
suction line must not be manifolded at the pumps. The operat¬ 
ing valves for the three chilling tanks must be placed as close to 
the tank connections as practicable and the suction line run as 


102 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


one header for the three tanks, draining from the farthest tank 
to the pump, and must be free from traps and pockets. 

A block valve should be placed at the suction header on each 
tank connection so that before a fresh tank is cut in, the line may 
be drained and blocked off to prevent wax settling in the dead 
portion of line. 

Four-inch discharge to supply tank T-12 to enter T-12 in side 
12" from bottom. Place 4" swing check valve in line between 
P-9 and T-12. From tank T-12 the feed header to the centri¬ 
fuges should be 4" and should be run back of the centrifuges 15" 
above the level of the centrifuge base with a 4" x 4" x £4" T 
located 18" to the left of the center line of each machine. The 
centrifuge connections for this header are to be Y\" and must be 
taken off at bottom of header so as to drain header into machines 
to prevent accumulation of wax. Locate £ 4 " valve near union on 
feed pipe. Tank T-12 should be equipped with 4" emergency 
overflow installed on a grade to raw dilute stock tank. 

A double strainer is to be placed on discharge line between 
T-12 and centrifuges. This strainer is to have gate block valves 
to control flow through either strainer. 

Suction and discharge to the pump, also feed lines to centri¬ 
fuges should be insulated with special, thick, cork brine covering. 

Pump P-9 is operated by an electric float control switch located 
in tank T-12. Cutler Hammer recommended. 

( 159 ) Slop Tank Pump.—Capacity 50 gallons per minute. 
Head 100'. 

Steam duplex or rotary. Three-inch suction from slop tank 
T-11, 3" discharge to blending and heating tank T-i. 

In case P-ia is conveniently located, the suction from slop tank 
T-11 may be manifolded into suction of pump P-ia and this 
pump used. 

( 159 -A) Standard W. I. pipe and fittings should be used with 
brass valves and double strainers equal to the product of the 
Elliot Manufacturing Company. 

( 160 ) All Valves and Cocks on Brine Lines Should be Iron.— 


the: sharpies process 


103 


RUN-DOWN HEADERS. 

( 161 ) Wax-Free Oil Header.—A 4" header should be run un¬ 
derneath centrifuges with 2" risers to oil spouts on machines. 
This header must be run with a uniform grade, free from pockets 
and traps, to the run-down tank T-6. Cover with cork brine 
covering. Standard W. I. pipe and fittings with brass valves 
should be used. 

( 162 ) Wax-Water Header.—A 4" header should be run under¬ 
neath centrifuges with 2" risers to the wax spouts on the ma¬ 
chines. This header must be run with a uniform grade to tank 
T-8. The pipe is to extend 3" below level of the wax overflow to 
seal the line. Baffle plate 1' square should be provided 2" below 
end of line to arrest the force of the flow. Galvanized iron pipe 
and fittings with brass valves should be used. 

( 163 ) Electrical Equipment.— (a) Motor for chilling tank 
agitators. One 10 H. P. slow-speed squirrel cage motor with 
starter. Switch should be installed near pumps P-3, P-4, and P-5. 

( b ) Specifications covering the electrical equipment and wir¬ 
ing in connection with the centrifuges accompany the machine. 

(c) We recommend as a matter of safety that all panels con¬ 
taining fuse plugs be placed outside of building and that all 
open switches inside of building be of the oil type. 

(d) All lamps inside of building should be gas proof and 
should be equipped with wire guards. All wiring should be in 
conduit. 

( 164 ) Refinery Equipment.— (a) In addition to the forego¬ 
ing process equipment, sufficient storage facilities must be pro¬ 
vided for the filtered stock, naphtha, dilute wax-free oil, and 
dilute wax. Also the reduced wax-free oil and petrolatum. 

(b) Sufficient filter capacity must be provided to filter the 
diluted stock. If the crude is of asphaltic or mixed base, ade¬ 
quate facilities for acid treating must be provided. 

(c) Sufficient still capacity must be provided to reduce the 
wax-free oil and the wax to recover the naphtha. 

8 


104 


OIIv REFINERY specifications 


DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS. 

The following is a brief description of the manner in which 
The Sharpies Process is operated, both for the manufacture of 
bright stock and for the dewaxing of long residuums. 

Pretreatment of Oil.—No matter whether the stock is a cylinder 
stock or a long residuum, it is necessary that it be brought to 
color before dewaxing. If the stock is from a mixed base crude 
it should be acid treated and filtered. If it is from a straight 
paraffin base crude it should be filtered to color. 

Before chilling the stock is diluted with naphtha. Where 
bright stock is manufactured the dilution is from 50 per cent to 
60 per cent naphtha and from 40 per cent to 50 per cent stock. 
Where long residuums are dewaxed the dilution is on the basis 
of from 60 per cent to 65 per cent naphtha and from 35 per cent 
to 40 per cent stock. The gravity of the naphtha should be ap¬ 
proximately 57° Be. at 6o° F. or lighter. It should be straight cut 
with an end point not higher than 420° F. The material so pre¬ 
pared is then passed to The Sharpies Process. 

Operation of Process.—Refer to process diagram (see Fig. 4). 
The dilute stock is heated in tank T-i and agitated to insure 
complete solution. In heating it is necessary that it be brought 
up to a temperature at which it appears to be brilliant. 
The temperature to which the stock is heated will vary from 
100 to no, depending upon the nature of the crude from which 
the stock is made. The dilute stock is then chilled alternately in 
tanks T-2, T-3 and T-4. The chilling is carried on gradually 
through a period of 48 hours until the oil has been reduced in 
temperature to -io° F. The chilled oil is then passed continu¬ 
ously through a battery of Sharpies Super Centrifuges. The 
centrifuges separate the wax from the oil. The wax-free oil 
is continuously discharged from one point while the wax is dis¬ 
charged from another. 

The Chilling System.—Brine is used as a chilling medium. The 
main circulation of brine is pumped from tank T-10 by pump 
P-2, thence through the brine cooler. The brine is discharged 
from the brine cooler at a temperature of -20°. 


THE) SHARPIES PROCESS 


105 


As has been previously said, the oil is chilled alternately 
through a period of 48 hours from mixing temperature to -10 
in tanks T-2, T-3 and T-4. At the same time it has been found 
advisable to reduce the temperature of the brine in the chilling 
coils of each chilling tank at the same rate at which the tempera¬ 
ture of the oil is reduced, never allowing the temperature of the 
brine to become more than io° lower in temperature than the 
required temperature of the oil at any given time in the chilling 
period. 

From the above it is seen that it is necessary that the tempera¬ 
ture of the brine in the chilling coils of the various tanks will 
vary considerably and will require separate control. 

Chilling Control.—The temperature of the chilling brine in each 
chilling tank is controlled as follows: Individual pumps such as 
pumps P-3, P-4 and P-5 are connected with the brine coils in 
each chilling tank. The suction side of each of these pumps is 
connected with the main circulation of -20 brine by means of 
a needle valve as well as with one end of the pipe leading to the 
coil of the tank with which the pump is connected. The dis¬ 
charge of the pump leads to the other end of the chilling coil. 
The pump increases the velocity of the brine circulation. The 
needle valve is adjusted so as to allow just enough cold brine to 
enter the chilling coils so as to bring the temperature of the 
brine down at the desired rate. The excess brine in the chilling 
coils is given off at the relief valves. The warm brine thus dis¬ 
charged is passed through the wax-free oil recovery coil C-i in 
tank T-6, where the refrigeration from the wax-free oil is re¬ 
claimed. Once the needle valve has been adjusted the operation 
is practically automatic. For a given quantity of oil an equal 
volume of cold brine would be required in each repetition of the 
operation. The chilling is thus completed at the rate of 2 ^ 4 ° 
per hour. 

The Chilling Tanks.—Each chilling tank is sufficient in capacity 
to supply the centrifugals installed with dilute oil for a period 
of 24 hours. Each tank is equipped with an agitator to prevent 
settling. The sequence of their operation may be illustrated as 
follows. 


106 OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 

Assume that the oil in chilling tank T-4 has been properly 
chilled and is ready for centrifuging. At the same time, the oil 
in chilling tank T-3 would have completed 24 hours of the 48- 
hour chilling period whereas tank T-2 would have been filled 
with warm oil. While the contents of tank T-4 are being centri¬ 
fuged through a period of 24 hours, the contents of tank T-3 
would be passing through the second 24 hours of the 48-hour 
chilling period and the contents of tank T-2 through the first 24 
hours of the 48-hour chilling period. As soon as the contents 
of tank T-4 have been run, the temperature of the oil in tank 
T-3 would have reached centrifuging temperature and the centri¬ 
fuges would continue to operate on the contents of this tank. 
In the meantime, warm oil would be pumped to tank T-4 in 
order that the chilling cycle could be started there whereas the 
contents of tank T-2 would be entering upon the second 24 hours 
of the 48-hour chilling period. Thus the operation would con¬ 
tinue in such a way that the centrifuges would be continuously 
supplied with chilled oil and the oil continuously chilled, first in 
one tank and then the next through the desired period of time, 
to the desired centrifuging temperature and at the required rate 
of chilling. 

The Wax Separation.—When the oil has finally reached centri¬ 
fuging temperature it either flows by gravity from the chilling 
tanks to constant level tank T-5 equipped with float valve, or in 
the case of an installation where chilling tanks are not elevated, 
it is transferred by pump from chilling tanks to elevated tank 
T-12 which takes the place of tank T-5. From this tank the oil 
flows by gravity to the Super Centrifuges such as 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. 
from a constant head. The commercial process chart shows 
elevated chilling tanks. Our estimates, however, contemplate 
ground tank installations. 

The essential feature of the centrifugal separation of the wax 
from the lubricating oil is the continuous discharge of the wax 
from the machines. For this purpose a special rotor has been 
constructed. Hot water at a temperature of about 140° F. 
termed “carrier liquid” is fed by jets into the head of the ma¬ 
chine. The carrier liquid being heavier than the wax or the oil 


THE SHARPI.ES PROCESS 


107 


maintains itself as a flexible carrier in the form of a cylindrical 
layer on the periphery of the rotor of the machine. The stiff 
wax is deposited upon the surface of the water and the wax is 
conveyed from the machine by it. In other words, it insures a 
complete and continuous separation of the wax from the oil, 
making possible the production of a stiff (oil-free) wax. In 
addition, by utilizing hot water as a carrier liquid, the wax is 
melted as rapidly as it is discharged from the machines that it 
may flow by gravity to the wax run-down separator tank T-8 
where the water and wax are separated by gravity. The water 
flows automatically to tank T-9 from which tank it is pumped 
back through the system and reused. The dehydrated wax flows 
to tank T-7 from which it is pumped to storage or for reduction. 

Wax-Free Oil Discharge.—The wax-free oil leaves the centri¬ 
fuges at a temperature of -5 0 F. It is then passed through the 
exchanger coil in tank T-6 in order to recover its refrigeration, 
after which it is reduced. 

( 165 ) Heating System for Pump House, Receiver House, Etc. 

—(For calculation of square feet of radiation see Section 217.) 

Pipe coils are to be made of standard ij 4 " wrot-iron pipe 
(standard threads at both ends). 

Couplings (where necesasry) must be recessed line pipe 
couplings. 

Screwed fittings should predominate and should be standard 
C. I. 

Unions are to be standard C. I. screwed-end having brass to 
iron seats. 

C. I. hook plate supports are to support the pipe coils, and 
lagged to spruce wood blocks with 3" long wooden screws. Pipe 
must be at least ij4" away from wall and should slope 1" per 
20 feet toward the return end in order to secure the proper drain- 
age. 

Each coil should be provided with a Webster 1 modulation 
valve located on the steam supply, near each coil, and a i*4" 
Webster 1 water-seal motor attached to the return or discharge 
end of the coil. 


1 Warren Webster & Company. 


io8 


on. refinery specifications 


Traps are to be (state size desired) low pressure steam traps 
suitable for io to 30 pounds steam working pressure equal to the 
Strong, Carlisle & Hammond traps. 

Back pressure valve is to be of the noiseless, double-disc, piston 
type, iron body bronze-mounted for vertical position and equipped 
with water seal and cushioning device. It is to be set for a steam 
working pressure of 5 pounds and to be equal to Crane No. 417. 
The flanges are to be faced and drilled to the A. S. M. 125 lb. 
standard dimensions. 

Reducing valves (are used to by-pass live steam into heating 
system in case no exhaust steam is available) will reduce and 
maintain automatically a constant pressure. Where low pres¬ 
sures of from o to 25 pounds per square inch is employed a 
Mason 1 lever type reducing valve or its equal is recommended. 
The size of the reducing valve is often made twice the size of 
inlet thus increasing the area four times. 

The exhaust head should be of galvanized sheet iron (state 
size of exhaust pipe), sizes 1" to 434" should have screwed con¬ 
nections, above 434" should have the flanges faced and drilled to 
A. S. M. E. 125 lb. standard dimensions. The construction is 
to be equal in all respects to the Crane exhaust head as shown 
in Catalogue No. 50, page 543, and is to be shipped crated. 

( 166 ) Reinforced Concrete Oil Separator (to Recover all Waste 
Oils).—The separator is of a rectangular form (no roof neces¬ 
sary) having a series of baffle walls and skimming pipes conform¬ 
ing to the dimensions shown upon the drawing. The separator 
must be so designed that the velocity of its contents will not ex¬ 
ceed from 1 to 134 feet per minute. Monolithic construction is 
desired and recommended. 

The concrete mixture should be: 

One part of Portland cement, 

One and one-half parts clean, sharp sand, free from dirt or 
loam, 

Three parts well graded crushed stone or pebbles not larger 
than one inch. 


1 Mason Regulator Company. 


THE SEWAGE SYSTEM 


109 


The reinforcing rods should be plain or deformed round bars, 
conforming to specifications of A. S. T. M. billet steel construc¬ 
tion reinforcement structural grade. 

The skimming pipe (or pump suction) is to be standard black 
merchant pipe. 

One and one-fourth inch diameter pipe railing should com¬ 
pletely enclose the entire separator. The pipe is to be pin con¬ 
nected at posts, which are to be spaced not more than 6 feet apart 
and made of 1%” diameter pipe and standard malleable screwed 
fittings. The floor flange of each post must be securely anchored 
with proper expansion bolts properly expanded in the concrete 
walls. 

After completion, the entire railing is to be given two coats of 
black graphite paint. 

Curing of the tank is necessary, hence, one of the two methods 
given below, that have been successfully used, may be applied. 

Method 1.—About 24 hours after all concrete has been placed, 
fill the separator with clean water for about one month. 

Method 2. 1 —The floor and interior walls should be coated 
with silicate of soda. For this purpose, use three or four coats of 
1 to 4 solution of 40° Be., sodium silicate, followed by a finish 
coat of a 1 to 2 solution. This forms a glazed coat on the con¬ 
crete, but does not last more than a year, and when its purpose 
of allowing the concrete to harden has been fulfilled its presence 
is no longer required. The concrete should be allowed to harden 
and age for one month before using the separator, as this in¬ 
creases the oil tightness of same. 

( 167 ) Sewers.—Practical experience points out that two sys¬ 
tems of sewers are essential, one sewer for sewage or sanitary 
purposes, and one combined sewer for storm water and waste 
oil. The latter is to be conducted to the main water and oil 
separator (see Section 166). The flow of sewage in sewers is 
generally calculated as: 

2 feet per second the minimum velocity. 

15 feet per second the maximum velocity. 

1 The second curing process is usually used when water is not available for cur¬ 
ing purposes. 


no 


Oil, REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


All sewers up to 30" are to be of standard No. 1 quality vitri¬ 
fied salt glazed clay pipe and fittings. The pipe is to be laid as 
specified in Section 57. 

All sewers above 30" are to be of reinforced concrete construc¬ 
tion. 

The mixture is to be as follows: 

One part Portland cement, 

Two parts clean, sharp sand free from dirt or loam, 

Three parts well graded coarse stone or gravel to pass 1" <£ 
ring. 

The steel reinforcing rods (that are necessary) are to be plain 
or deformed and must conform to the latest specifications of the 
A. S. T. M. billet steel. 


Approximate Weights and 

Dimensions of Standard Quality Vitrified 


Salt Glazed Sewer Pipe. 



Weight 

Depth 

Annular 

Thick¬ 

Calibre 

per foot 

of socket 

space 

ness 

3 in. 

7 lbs. 

i l / 2 in. 

54 in. 

54 in. 

4 “ 

9 “ 

I§4 

3/8 “ 

54 44 

5 “ 

12 “ 

154 “ 

Vs 44 

H 44 

6 “ 

15 “ 

n/s 44 

Vs 44 

A 44 

8 “ 

23 “ 

2 

Vs 44 

Va 44 

9 “ 

28 “ 

2 “ 

3/8 44 

13 /18 “ 

10 “ 

35 “ 

2 'A “ 

X 44 

Vs 44 

12 “ 

45 “ 

254 “ 

V * 44 

I “ 

15 “ 

60 “ 

254 “ 

54 44 

154 44 

18 “ 

85 “ 

2^4 “ 

54 44 

154 44 

20 “ 

100 “ 

3 ‘‘ 

54 44 

13/8 “ 

22 “ 

130 “ 

3 “ 

54 44 

iH 44 

24 “ 

140 “ 

354 44 

54 44 


27 “ 

224 - ‘ i 

4 44 

Va 44 

2 “ 

30 “ 

252 “ 

4 “ 

3/4 44 

2 l /s “ 

33 “ 

310 “ 

5 “ 

154 44 

254 “ 

36 “ 

350 44 

5 44 

i54 44 

254 “ 

Approximate Weights and Dimensions oe Extra Heavy Quality 


Vitrified Salt Glazed Sewer Pipe. 



Weight 

Depth 

Annular 

Thick¬ 

Calibre 

per foot 

of socket 

space 

ness 

15 in. 

75 lbs. 

2*4 in. 

J4 in. 

154 in. 

18 “ 

118 “ 

23/4 44 

54 44 

154 44 

20 “ 

138 “ 

3 “ 

54 44 

I 2 /s “ 

22 “ 

157 44 

3 44 

54 44 

I 6 /« 44 

24 “ 

190 “ 

354 44 

54 44 

2 “ 

27 “ 

265 44 

4 44 

V 44 

254 “ 

30 “ 

290 “ 

4 

Va 44 

254 “ 

33 “ 

335 44 

5 “ 

154 “ 

2 5 / 8 “ 

36 “ 

375 “ 

5 44 

154 “ 

2 Va 44 

Minimum carload = 24,000 lbs. 



















OIL COMPOUNDING KETTLES—TYPE OE BLDG. CONSTRUCTION 111 


( 168 ) Specifications for Oil Compounding Kettles (Steam or 
Oil Jacketed).—The kettle, jacket, inner shell and reinforcing 
connections or, “Stay Bolts” between inner and outer walls are 
all to be cast in one piece from one ladle of iron. The walls 
should be thin to insure a rapid heating and cooling effect; the 
design of the kettle and the placing of the “Stay Bolts” are to 
be such that the complete kettle will be tight at 150 pounds per 
square inch hydrostatic pressure test. 

Material is to be highest grade cast iron, extremely close- 
grained, being ductile and having tensile strength of 35,000 to 
40,000 pounds per square inch and machining sharp and clean. 

Molds and cores must be highly treated to insure perfectly 
smooth casting from the mold itself, as grinding to obtain 
smoothness destroys the outside skin of a kettle which is so valu¬ 
able to a compounding kettle in increasing its life. 

The iron analysis should be as follows: Silicon 2.85 to 3.00; 
sulphur 0.12 to 0.14; phosphorus 0.16 to 0.18; manganese 0.50 
to 0.55; total carbon 3.25 to 3.50. 

Great care must be used in carefully cooling down the kettle 
after it is poured to insure a perfectly balanced casting. 

( 169 ) Type of Building Construction Recommended for Various 
Refinery Departments.—The receiving house, filter and bumei 
house, transfer and loading pump house, wax plant, compound¬ 
ing and barreling plant, and boiler house are all to be of masonary 
or reinforced concrete and steel construction throughout. All 
exposed steel work is to be fire-proofed with either concrete, 
terre cotta or gypsum blocks. All floors and roofs are to be of 
non-combustible construction. Only metal window frames, 
sashes, doors and wire inserted glass should be used. 

The power house, machine shop, carpenter shop, locker and 
lunch room, pipe shop, car repair shop, steel fabricating shop, 
electrical shop, barrel and can manufacturing plant, storage sheds, 
and office building, all are to be of masonary or reinforced con¬ 
crete construction. The exposed steel work need not be fire¬ 
proofed. Roof is to be of non-combustible construction. Floors 
and other interior work may be wholly or partly constructed of 
wood. Metal window frames, sashes, doors, wire inserted glass 


II2 


Oil, REFINERY specifications 


or polished plain glass may be used depending upon local con¬ 
ditions and fire zone. 

The temporary buildings, or buildings not exposed to fire 
hazards may be of frame construction throughout with walls, 
partitions and roof of wood or corrugated steel metal. 

For building and roof truss designing data (see Section 169-A). 

( 169 -A) In making a design for a building the span of the 
roof is generally given, also certain limits regarding its height 
and style. 

The following are the steps of procedure. 

(a) Design the roof covering and find its weight. 

(b) Make skeleton outline of the proposed truss. 

(c) Assume proper snow and wind loads. 

(d) Compute maximum stresses in all members. 

(e) Assume proper working unit stresses for the materials. 

(f) Design the sections of the connections. 

(g) Make drawings, compute weights and estimate cost. 

Note: —Always calculate the weights of truss after designed 

and check up with the approximate weight of assumed weight 
and if the difference is as great as 10 per cent it would be ad¬ 
visable to redesign the stress calculation. 

BRACING. 

The transverse bracing consists of knee-braces, connecting 
trusses and columns, see Fig. 9. 



No knee-braces are required in trusses as shown in Fig. 10. 
Longitudinal bracing may be put in-3-planes as that in the 
plane of rafters which is called a rafter-bracing. 

The bracing in the plane of the bottom chord is called the 
bottom chord bracing. 





BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 


113 


The bracing in the vertical planes between columns is called 
side bracing. 

One panel of longitudinal bracing is necessary to take care of 
the longitudinal (wind pressure) forces, but for convenience in 
erecting the steel work, not less than two panels are braced in 
long buildings, the braced panels are not spaced farther apart 
than three or four panels. 


WEIGHT OF ROOF TRUSSES. 

(Steel and Wood Trusses). 


NOTE: The weight of roof trusses are generally assumed and 
are not actually known until each member is computed to sustain 
their respective loads. Therefore, the first computation must in¬ 
clude the dead weight of the roof truss, and after the proper 
members are determined in the truss its actual weight must be 
compared with the assumed weight to see if the proper allowance 
is sufficient. 

The weight of roof trusses may be determined approximately 
by the following formula: 

W = approximate weight of roof truss in pounds. 

X = 0.50 for wood, 0.75 for iron or steel. 

C = center to center of roof trusses in feet. 

L, = span of roof truss in feet. 

Hence: 



( 170 ) Extinguishing Oil Fires.—There are two principal 
methods of extinguishing burning liquids, as follows: To form 
a blanket of gas or solid material over the burning liquid and 
so cut off the air (oxygen) supply; and to dilute the burning 
liquid with a non-inflammable extinguishing agent that will mix 
with it. 

Water may be used if the burning liquid is miscible with it. 
Such miscible liquids include denatured alcohol, wood alcohol, 
and acetone. When the liquid, like gasoline, is not miscible with 
water, little or no effect is produced by using water, except to 
wash the burning liquid out of the building, and thus scatter the 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


114 

fire over a large area. But in extinguishing a small amount of 
burning oil, a large quantity of water may aid by its cooling effect. 

Of those materials used for extinguishing liquid fires by form¬ 
ing a blanket of gas or solid material over the burning liquid, 
thus cutting off the oxygen supply, several are in common use. 
These include sawdust, sand, carbon tetrachloride, and the so- 
called foamy or frothy mixtures. 

Inasmuch as it is difficult to retain the blanket of gas over the 
burning oil, only the foamy mixture will be discussed in detail. 

Equipment for using foam or frothy mixtures to extinguish 
fires in large gasoline storage plants originated in Germany. The 
process consists in causing two liquids to mix, whereupon foam 
is produced, which is forced out by pressure of carbon dioxide 
gas simultaneously generated, and acts as a blanket in excluding 
air (oxygen) from the fire. The foam is tough and shrinks only 
slightly in volume even after half an hour. 

The foamy mixture may be composed by the following 
formula: 

_ Solution No. 1 _ _ Solution No. 2 _ 

12 per cent aluminum sulphate 8 l / 2 per cent sodium bicarbonate 

per cent powdered extract licorice 91 per cent water 
8554 per cent water 


Each of the above solutions should be pumped in separate pipe 
lines and in equal quantities. The mixing of these solutions 



should occur only at the tank and it is very important to dis¬ 
tribute it evenly throughout the burning area, without any delay. 
(See Fig. 11). 















EXTINGUISHING OIE EIRES 


115 

One gallon of mixed solution produces seven to nine gallons 
of foam and will cover 2 square feet of oil surface to a thick¬ 
ness of 8 inches. 

The type of pump recommended is the double-acting duplex 
piston-pattern steam pump, which is the most reliable for inter¬ 
mittent or continuous service. The specifications of the pump to 
be as follows: 

TBronze cylinders, liners forced 
Fluid end for Solution No. 1 <j into cylinders. 

[Bronze pistons and piston rods. 
Fluid end for Solution No. 2 {To be all iron fitted. 

Steam end is to be standard duplex design and designed for a 
steam working pressure, of (state pounds per square inch). The 
piston rods are to be made in one piece where the stroke is 6 
inches or less, and when the stroke is over 10 inches it should be 
divided at the cross-head. Fibrous packing is to be used through¬ 
out. 

For Solution No. 1. Only wrought iron pipe should be used. 
Flanged C. I. fittings. Iron body bronze mounted flanged gate 
valves. Lead lined steel storage tank should be used for solution 
storage. 

For Solution No. 2. Only standard steel pipe should be used. 
Flanged C. I. fittings. Iron body iron mounted flanged gate 
valves. Steel storage tank should be used for solution storage. 

Of the several methods employed to mix the solutions at the 
tank, the central pipe column is the one most commonly used. 
Above diagram illustrates foam mixing arrangement for tanks 
from 50 feet to 115 feet in diameter; size of foam lines must 
depend on length. Nominal sizes as shown are sufficient for 
mains approximating 2,500 feet in length. 

( 171 ) Specifications for Leather Belts (for Belt Driven Ma¬ 
chinery or Conveyors).—A. Belting should be made only from 
No. 1 packer steer hides. 

B. The hides should be tanned with oak bark by the slow tan¬ 
ning process. 


n6 


Oily refinery specifications 


C. The leather should be thoroughly cured with animal oils 
and greases, the use of artificial fillers or adulterants is abso¬ 
lutely prohibited. 

D. The leather should be of uniform quality, thoroughly 
stretched while damp and dried under this tension. The grain 
side should have a smooth finish and be thoroughly fleshed. 

E. All strips should be cut from the central part of the hide, 
(to include only firm stock) maximum width allowable is 15" 
either side of the backbone, while the maximum allowable length 
is 48". 

F. The thickness for the various grades of belting should be 
in accordance with the following schedule: 


Single ply 


Double plv 


Light grade 
Medium grade 
Heavy grade 


0.125" to 0.15625" 
0.15625" to 0.1875" 
0.1875" to 0.21875" 


0.2344" to 0.2656" 
0.2969" to 0.3281" 
0.3594" to 0.3906" 


G. The use of resin or mineral oil is absolutely prohibited. 

H. All laps must run in the same direction and the lengths of 
the laps should be in accordance with the following schedule: 

Single ply belts under 0.1562" thick x 5" wide laps are to be 
from 23/2" to 6" long. 

Single ply belts above 0.1562" thick x 5" wide laps are to be 
from 3" to 8" long. 

Single ply belts under 0.1562" thick and above 6" wide laps are 
to be from 3" to 8" long. 

Single ply belts above 0.1562" thick and above 6" wide laps are 
to be from 3^2" to 10" long. 

Double ply belts up to 0.2656" thick x 5" wide laps are to be 
from 2*4" to 3^" long. 

Double ply belts above 0.2656" thick x 5" wide laps are to be 
from 3" to 4" long. 

Double ply belts up to 0.2656" x 6" wide and over laps are to be 
from 3" to 4" long. 

Double ply belts up to 0.2656" thick x 6" wide and over laps 
are to be from 3" to 4" long. 

Double ply belts above 0.2656" thick x 6" wide and over laps 
are to be from 3" to 5" long. 




SPECIFICATIONS FOR LEATHER BEETS 117 

I. All laps should be thoroughly cemented together and the 
cement recommended for the laps is to be equal in quality to the 
following formula and is to be applied warm. 

Fifty per cent glue 1 and 50 per cent isinglass.—Soak in water 
for a period of 10 hours, then heat the ingredients and water to 
a boiling point and add pure tannin until mixture is of the de¬ 
sired consistency. 

J. All belting should be properly marked (on the grain side) 
with the manufacturers’ name and brand, and in which direction 
the belt is to run. 

K. No cracks should be visible on the grain side and the laps 
should not open at their respective points when the belt is bent 
to 180 degrees around bars as specified below: 

Single belts under 0.1562" thick—1" diameter bar. 

Single belts above 0.1562" thick—ij^" diameter bar. 

Double belts up to 0.2656" thick—3" diameter bar. 

Double belts above 0.2969" thick—4" diameter bar. 

Iy. No belt dressing should be used unless belt appears dry 
and then it is recommended to use sparingly a dressing composed 
of the following formula: 67 Per cent beef tallow and 33 per 
cent cod liver oil. 

Tallow should be melted and allowed to cool until the finger 
can be inserted without burning—then add the cod liver oil and 
stir until cooled. 

M. When the customer desires, the manufacturer should fur¬ 
nish a suitable sample of the belt offered with his proposal. The 
sample should show the texture, thickness and have at least one 
lap; it should not be treated with any belt dressing. 

N. All inspections should take place at the point of manufac¬ 
ture. 

O. The belting should be shipped in accordance with the in¬ 
structions of the customer. 

P. In conclusion, the manufacturer agrees that should the belt 
not be equal in quality to the approved sample (the customer re¬ 
serves the right to inspect at point of delivery) and if the belting 

1 Use 1 test glue having a viscosity of 25 at 180° F. 


n8 


OIL refinery specifications 


is rejected it must be removed by the manufacturer at his own ex¬ 
pense. 

Q. Any lacing that is desired should be only well balanced 
hand cut, lengthwise, from (No. i packer steer) green slaughter 
hides of the best quality, must not be chemically treated and 
should be free from cuts, grubs or any other imperfections. 

( 171 -A) Belting Data. —Arc of Contact —All formulas gen¬ 
erally presume a wrap of 180 degrees, or one-half the circum¬ 
ference of the pulley. 

If the belt touches three-fourths of one-half the circumference 
of the pulley, it can transmit only three-fourths of the rated 
horsepower, or if, by use of a tightener, the belt is made to touch 
five-eighths of the whole circumference, one-fourth more power 
may be transmitted than a formula would allow. 

Ratio of Friction .—The ratio of friction to pressure for belts 
over wood-pulleys is 0.47 for worn leather belts and 0.50 for new 
leather belts. 

When leather belts are used over turned C. I. pulleys the ratio 
is 0.24 and 0.47 respectively. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR A lOO-TON ABSORPTION 
REFRIGERATING MACHINE. 

(See Fig. 5). 

Contractor should furnish one absorption refrigerating ma¬ 
chine ; same to be in accordance with the following specifications: 

( 172 ) Generator.—Horizontal shell and coil type, one shell, 
49" diameter by 24'io" long, made of £4" flange steel, welded 
seams, steel flanges, cast air furnace iron heads, cast iron stands, 
headers, valves and fittings, each shell is to contain ten continu¬ 
ously welded coils made of 2" extra heavy pipe, containing a total 
of 1,400 square feet of surface or 2,240 lineal feet. 

( 173 ) Analyzer.—Horizontal type, 30" diameter by 14' long, 
made oi y 2 " flange steel, welded seams, steel flanges, cast air fur¬ 
nace iron heads, cast iron stands, valves and fittings, shell is to 
contain twelve improved C. I. heat exchange trays. 

( 174 ) Dehydrator.—Double pipe type is to consist of six 
coils, four pipes high, i8'2" long. Made of 2" and 3" ammonia 
pipe, complete with water distributing device, stands, headers, 
valves and fittings. Stands and a drip trap are made of cast 
close-grained air furnace iron. 

( 175 ) Ammonia Condenser.—Double pipe type is to consist of 
twelve coils, twelve pipes high, 19' long. Made of ij 4 " and 2" 
ammonia pipe, complete with water distributing device, stands, 
headers, valves and fittings. The pipe is to be screwed and 
sweated into return bends. 

( 176 ) Exchanger.—Double pipe type is to consist of four coils 
fourteen pipes high, 19V' long- Made of 2" and 3" ammonia 
pipe, complete with stands, headers, valves and fittings. 

( 177 ) Weak Aqua Cooler.—Double pipe type is to consist of 
two coils twelve pipes high, 19' long. Made of i} 4 " and 2" 
ammonia pipe, complete with stands, headers, valves and fittings. 

( 178 ) Absorber.—Double pipe type is to consist of ten coils 
twelve pipes high, i8'2" long. Made of 2" and 3" ammonia pipe, 
complete with water distributing device, stands, headers, valves 
and fittings. 

9 


120 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


( 179 ) Strong Aqua Ammonia Tank.—One horizontal strong 
aqua tank 24" diameter, 10' long, provided with cast iron stands, 
valves, fittings and liquid level gauge. Tank is to be made of 
flange steel with welded shell and heads and .is to be tested and 
proven tight at 500 pounds hydraulic pressure or 300 pounds air 
pressure per square inch. The gauge glass is to be annealed 
Scotch glass complete with guards. 

( 180 ) Ammonia Receiver.—One horizontal ammonia receiver 
24" diameter, 10' long, provided with cast iron stands, valves, 
fittings and liquid level gauge. Tank is to be similar to strong 
aqua ammonia tank. (See Section 179). The gauge glass is to 
be annealed Scotch glass complete with guards. 

( 181 ) Dehydrator Drip Trap.'—One standard high pressure 
trap, size 12" x 36" complete with gauge glass, valves and fittings. 

( 182 ) Aqua Ammonia Pump.—One steam-driven simplex 
double-acting ammonia pump, capable of handling aqua ammonia 
of any strength, steam cylinder 16" diameter, ammonia cylinder 
8" diameter, stroke 10^2". Pump is to be complete with cast iron 
base plate and drip pan, lubricator, valves, fittings and automatic 
regulating device. Piston rods are to be made in two sections of 
nickel steel. The steam cylinder and cross-head barrel are to be 
cast in one piece of close-grained air furnace iron, designed for 
a working pressure of 250 pounds. 

( 183 ) Gauge Board.—One ornamental cast iron gauge board 
to contain the following 8" gauges: one boiler steam, one gen¬ 
erator steam, one generator ammonia, one absorber, one brine 
cooler system, all gauges are to be plainly lettered to indicate 
their service. 

( 184 ) Ammonia Connections.—All necessary interconnections 
for ammonia between the generator, analyzer, dehydrator, high 
pressure trap, ammonia condenser, receiver, exchanger, weak 
aqua cooler, absorber, ammonia pump, gauge board and evap¬ 
orating system. 

( 185 ) Steam and Exhaust Connections.—Contractor should 
furnish all necessary steam and exhaust piping, valves and fittings 
within the machine room for connecting to the purchaser’s steam 


SPECIFICATIONS—ABSORPTION REFRIGERATING MACHINE 121 


and exhaust mains all of the machinery and apparatus covered by 
these specifications. 

( 186 ) Water and Drain Connections.—Contractor should fur¬ 
nish for supplying to and draining from all of the machinery and 
apparatus covered by these specifications, all of the piping, valves 
and fittings necessary within the rooms where such machinery and 
apparatus are located, to connect the same with purchaser’s water 
supply and drain mains. 

( 187 ) Brine Cooler.—Shell and tube type, 46" diameter, 
14'6j4" long, made of y%” flange, steel, welded seams, steel 
flanges, cast iron heads, cast iron stands, headers, valves and 
fittings, brine chambers divided into eight passes. Shell is to 
contain one hundred and sixty wrought iron boiler tubes, 
the same to have a total of 1,500 square feet of effective surface. 
Brine cooler is to be tested to 200 pounds water and air pressure 
on the ammonia side, and to 100 pounds on the brine side. 

( 188 ) Insulation of Generator and Analyzer.—Contractor 
should furnish insulating material for covering the generator and 
analyzer with (not less than 2") high pressure cement held in 
place with iron bands, the whole covered with 8-ounce duck and 
given two coats of lead and oil paint. 

( 189 ) Insulation of Brine Cooler.—Contractor should furnish 
insulating material for covering brine cooler with (not less than 
6") cork board lags, held in place with iron bands, and given two 
coats of heavy water-proof insulating paint. 

( 190 ) Pans.—Contractor should furnish suitable water tight 
pans with needed drains. These pans can be made of 3 / 16 " black 
steel with welded seams. In case sea water or water containing 
sulphur is used for cooling purposes, the pans should be made of 

black steel, with welded seams. 

( 191 ) Ammonia Charge.—Contractor should furnish sufficient 
aqua ammonia to test 29 0 Be. at 6o° F., also sufficient anhydrous 
ammonia and charge system with same, both to be subject to 
the approval of the client as to quality. 

( 192 ) Testing Set.—Contractor should furnish a leather case, 
containing one hydrometer for salt, one hydrometer for ammonia, 
one glass brine testing jar, one ammonia testing bottle with 


122 


OIIv REFINERY specifications 


graduated scale, one chemical thermometer graduated from 
minus 30° F. to plus 3O 0 F., and one chemical thermometer 
graduated from o° F. to plus 300° F. 

( 193 ) Guarantee.—Contractor guarantees the above specified 
refrigerating machine under test will have capacity to cool 500 
gallons of brine per minute of a specific gravity of 1.25 through 
a range of 5 0 F. with outlet temperature o° F. when properly 
operated and kept free from air and gases other than those of 
the vapor of water and ammonia, and the aqua ammonia kept at 
the strength prescribed above, and in the performance of this 
work will use not to exceed 35 pounds of dry steam in the gen¬ 
erator per ton of refrigeration per hour per day, at 5 pounds 
pressure, with cooling water at a temperature of 6o° F. 

( 193 -A) Accurate Equation for Figuring Refrigeration Ton¬ 
nage.— 

= Tons refrigeration in 24 hours. 

P = Pounds of substance cooled. 

S = Specific heat. 

t = Temperature of substance to be cooled. 

tj = Temperature of substance after cooling. 

288,000 = B. t. u. extracted in 24 hours per ton refrigeration. 

Should the substance be cooled to a temperature at which it 
will congeal, the latent heat of fusion must be added to the above, 
the equation being as follows: 

p x Zf 

— 2gg oqo ~ R e f r ig erat i° n * n 2 4 hours required to take care of 
latent heat. 

The value L differs with the character of the substance cooled. 

For instance, if it is desired to cool and freeze 100,000 pounds 
of water per day from 90 to 15 0 F., we would have the following: 
The specific heat of water above freezing point being 1 and be¬ 
low freezing point 0.5, while the latent heat of fusion is 144 
B. t. u. per pound. 




SPECIFICATIONS—ABSORPTION REFRIGERATING MACHINE I23 


To cool water to freezing point = 
To cool water below freezing point = 


100,000X1 X (90—32) 
288,000 

ioo,oooXo-5X(32 —15) 
288,000 


Latent heat = 


100.000X144 

288,000 


Tons refg. 


= 20.14 


= 2.95 


= 50.00 


Add 15 per cent for radiation losses, etc. 


73-09 

10.96 


Total tons 


84.05 


In arriving at the tonnage required to cool oil you should pro¬ 
ceed along the same lines as above, the only difference being that 
the values for specific and latent heats would change. 

In cooling brine, the latent heat need not be taken into consid¬ 
eration, as brine used in a refrigerating machine is made to a 
density at which it will not freeze, under the conditions at which 
the refrigerating machine is operating. 

Very often the brine tonnage is figured on a gallon degree 
basis; that is, the cooling of one gallon of brine 25 0 F. or 25 0 
gallon of brine i° F. being equivalent to one ton refrigeration. 
For example, assume that we cool 500 gallons of brine per min¬ 


ute through a range of 5 0 F., we have 


500 X 5 

25 


100 tons re¬ 


frigeration. 

( 194 ) Wax Packing and Moulding Machines.—The refined or 
semi-refined wax after being filtered is either packed in barrels 
in scale form or made into moulds for the market. 


The wax is melted by means of steam coils in a receiving tank 
and by gravity is allowed to flow to a wax cooling and barreling 
machine. 

This machine consists of a shallow pan containing the melted 
wax through which revolves a cast iron cylinder at a speed of 
about twenty-four revolutions per minute. 

The cylinder varies in size and usually is 24 inches or 36 inches 
in diameter and 4 or 5 feet long. Cold water is circulated through 
the cylinder and the wax congeals or adheres to the surface. 








124 


Oil, refinery specifications 


It is scraped off by means of a suitable scraper or knife. The 
ribbon or film of wax falls to a single or double hopper into the 
barrels below. 

A wax packer is sometimes used so as to get the maximum 
quantity of wax in each barrel. 

The cylinder is revolved or driven by a chain from a counter¬ 
shaft which in turn is driven by a 5 H. P. motor with proper re¬ 
duction gear. Shafting may be avoided by using bevel gears 
direct connected to back geared motor. 

A wax moulding press may be used to form cakes weighing 
either 10% pounds or the smaller % pound cakes known to the 
trade as “Parowax.” 

Insulation for Chilling Machine and Press Rooms. 

It is not always necessary to insulate rooms containing chilling 
machines and presses. 

The chilling machines themselves, are insulated with cork or 
hair felt and are bored in, using granulated cork, leaving the tell¬ 
tale cuds and outboard bearings exposed. 

The ceilings of all press vaults should be insulated with sheet 
cork and sometimes the outside exposed walls. The usual prac¬ 
tice is to have the outside walls arranged with an air space of say 
2 inches between two 8-inch brick walls. 

( 195 ) Wax Sweating Pans.—Although the separation of soft 
or slack wax from paraffin distillate takes place in filter presses, 
it is to carry this operation further to remove the oil and moisture 
still contained in the soft wax so to have as near a freedom from 
oil as possible. 

This is accomplished through the sweating process. This 
recrystallized wax is melted and pumped into a series of sweating 
pans which are enclosed in a chamber or vault, the pans placed 
over one another. These pans are arranged on a specially de¬ 
signed structural steel support. 

By means of cold water pumped under the screens and through 
a series of J^-inch coils over the screens, the melted soft wax 
to the depth of 4 to 6 inches is solidified over the screens. The 
water is then run off from the pans. 


SPECIFICATIONS-WAX PLANT EQUIPMENT 125 

The room or vault is provided with steam coils on the side 
walls. This room is heated gradually to the temperature of the 
melting point or thereabouts which the wax is required to have. 
The warm water is then turned into the coils and the wax heated. 
An uneven temperature must be avoided and an automatic control 
in the form of a thermostat may be used. The coil and low melt¬ 
ing paraffin will have dripped out the wax through the screens 
down into bottom of pans and then by run-down pipes to receiv¬ 
ing tanks under the pans. 

The remaining wax will then have become honeycombed and 
will have a given melting point. It is sometimes desirable to 
resweat this wax so as to have the desired finished melting point 
from 124 0 to 130° F. 

The pans are of different sizes, made of ^-inch steel riveted, 
the smaller being 16 feet long by 7 feet wide and 7 to 10 inches 
deep. The larger pans are 40 feet long by 10 feet wide and 10 
to 12 inches deep. There are usually six or eight in each chamber 
or vault, all of which depends on the capacity of the plant. 

The screen is made of 4-mesh galvanized iron or brass screen 
securely fastened by angle irons around the sides of the pans and 
must be perfectly tight and level. 

The coils in the pans and directly over the screens are ar¬ 
ranged for either cold or hot water, and, in addition, there are 
steam melting down coils. 

There are draw-off connections from the bottom of the pans 
and at the center of the pans, so that the cold water, the oil and 
low melting point paraffin, and finely the melted sweated wax 
can be drawn off to properly arranged run-down tanks. 

The temperature of the circulating water, the temperature of 
the sweating vaults govern largely the results obtained from the 
crude scale wax. 

The building (to be constructed as per Section 169) for these 
pans should be either of brick or concrete and usually there is at 
least 4 feet clearance around the four sides of the tier of pans. 
With large doors at each end of the vault, so that the vaults may 
be cooled off quickly. All openings should be made as tight as 
possible during the sweating operation. The building itself must 


126 


Oil, refinery specifications 


be so located in the refinery that it may at all times receive an un¬ 
obstructed circulation of air. 

( 196 ) Chilling Machine.—The double pipe distillate chilling 
machine is the counter current type. It is approximately 40 
feet overall and consists usually of twelve sections, six pipes high 
and two wide. 

The inner pipe is 6-inch full weight steel pipe in one piece 
and tested to 1,000 pounds per square inch. In this pipe is a 
steel helicoid conveyor, the helicoid wound on a double extra 
heavy pipe, and running at eight revolutions per minute. 

The jacket pipe for the brine is a continuous 8-inch steel pipe, 
the brine circulation from the refrigerating machine passing 
through the annular space. 

All fittings are cast iron extra heavy, both oil and brine being 
either of the return bend type or special tee construction for the 
distillate. 

The conveyor shafts in inner pipes are extended through the 
ends of the machine, one end having cast iron driving sprockets. 
The conveyor driving ends are supported by heavy outboard bear¬ 
ings bolted to a rigid channel iron frame with a suitable take-up. 

Each machine has three sets of structural steel channel iron 
supports. 

The machine is driven by means of heavy link belt chain, en¬ 
gaging with 12-inch sprocket wheels, keyed and set screwed to 
the shaft. 

The speed of the machine is controlled by means of speed re¬ 
duction gear of the worm, spur, or bevel gear type, enclosed in 
proper housing and provided with tight and loose pulleys. 

This machine may be driven from a countershaft or from a 
properly designed motor with back gear. 

( 197 ) Filter Press.—The horizontal hydraulic ended filter 
press is designed to separate soft or slack wax from paraffin 
distillate. 

It consists of a frame built up with two cast iron platens and 
held by eight 3-inch tension rods. There are two side rods upon 
which rest the filter press plates, cotton duck filtering blankets 


SPECIFICATIONS—WAX PLANT EQUIPMENT 


127 


and spacing rings. The cotton duck used is known as 12/0 and 
weighs 3.07 pounds per square yard. 

The press is set up by means of a cast iron cylinder or ram. 
The piston in this cylinder is coupled to a movable platen, and 
is made of cast iron, as well as the rod. Instead of ordinary 
piston rings, two chrome cup leathers are used. These leathers 
are held in place by two cast iron rings securely bolted. Access 
to the leathers is obtainable from the rear cylinder head. 

The movable platen is actuated by the motion of the ram, so 
that the press can be closed under a pressure of 800 pounds per 
square inch, after which the press is locked during filtration by 
means of eight steel tension rods. 

The press is provided with a four-way actuating valve, con¬ 
trolling the motion of the ram. The valve is made of bronze, 
the bonnet being fastened with four or six tap bolts to the valve 
body with a paper gasket between them. 

The frame of the press has supports under the cylinder, also 
platens, side and tension rods, all supports are made of cast iron. 

The stroke of the cylinder varies from 6 feet to 10 feet, de¬ 
pending upon the number of plates or, rather, the plate space. 
The maximum number of plates in each press is five hundred. 

Under the press is a steel movable trough, supported on cast 
iron saddles with suitable rollers. 

After filtration, this trough is moved to one side, so as to allow 
the soft wax to fall below to a helicoid screw conveyor made of 
steel. This soft wax is conveyed into a seeding tank made of 
14-inch steel. 

The tank is provided with steam heating coils for melting the 
wax. A flat coil is made up of 2-inch black merchant pipe on 10- 
inch centers covering the bottom of the receiving tank. This coil 
is built up with standard C. I. elbows and sets on 4-inch by 4-inch 
spruce supports. Steam from the general refining system is used, 
care being taken not to overheat the desired melted wax. 

The plates are made of steel, the center plate provided with 
lugs for supporting two side rods. The center plate of 3 /i 6 -inch 
steel is assembled to two perforated or drainage plates over which 
are fastened suitable cotton duck filter press blankets. 


128 


Oily REFINERY specifications 


The rings contain the soft wax and are made of steel inch 
thick. 

( 198 ) Specifications for Drainage Piping and Fittings.—The 
metal used in the manufacture of drainage pipe and fittings 
should be extremely close-grained and ductile. It should have an 
ultimate tensile strength of not less than 20,000 pounds per square 
inch, and must permit easy cutting with file or diamond point 
chisel. 

The iron analysis should be as follows: (no inferior admixtures 
are permissible). 


1.85 minimum 
0.11 maximum 
1.10 maximum 
0.40 average 


Silicon ... 
Sulphur .. 
Phosphorus 
Manganese 


Before applying any coating on any pipe or fittings they must 
be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of at least 50 pounds per 
square inch, and any defective material should be rejected. All 
the material must be sound and free from cracks, sand holes and 
blow holes. 

The filling of any cracks, etc., with any foreign substance 
should be absolutely prohibited. There should appear on all cast¬ 
ings the manufacturer’s name or initials, also the minimum or 
estimated weight, which marked weight in no case should be 
greater than the actual weight of the casting so marked, except 
that individual pieces may vary 5 per cent below the marked 
weight, providing the average weight of ten similar pieces se¬ 
lected at random are not less than the marked weight. 

When drainage pipe or fittings are to be coated, the coating 
should be a coal tar pitch varnish, made from coal tar. This 
material must contain sufficient oil to make a smooth coating, 
tough, and tenacious when cold, and not brittle nor having any 
tendency to scale off or to be affected by abrasion. Each casting 
must be uniformly heated to 300° F., before being immersed in a 
uniformly heated coal tar pitch varnish bath at 300° F. and must 
remain in this bath for a period of two minutes. 

The foot of all vertical drain pipe is to be permanently sup¬ 
ported by suitable piers. The pipe under the basement floor to 






SPECIFICATIONS—WAIyK WAYS 


129 


be properly sloped and laid, and should be provided with ample 
supports to guard against settling. 

Joints of drainage pipe, within building, should be made by 
caulking dry spun oakum tightly in hub annular space, leaving 
about 1 inch space in which to pour the molten lead, (to avoid 
trouble due to dampness place some pulverized resin in hub an¬ 
nular space before pouring lead) which must be caulked tightly 
after cooling. The lead that is used for the joints must be free 
from solder, or other metals and must always be poured hot. 

Chart below (Fig. 12) illustrates the amount of oakum and 
lead that is required per each joint. 



Fig. 12 . 


( 198 -A) Walk Ways.—All walk ways and stairs are to be 
2 '6" wide. 

A continuous *walk way on top of stills the full length of 
battery should be provided. 

A continuous walk way in rear of stills about 10 feet above the 
grade should be provided. 

A continuous walk way on top of condensers should be pro¬ 
vided. 

A connecting cross walk way between top of stills and top of 
condensers should be provided. 




























































130 


Oily REFINERY specifications 


Stair ways at each end of still battery and between conden¬ 
sers and rear of stills should be provided. 

The treads and risers for stairs should be io" treads x 7^" 
risers respectively. 

The concrete footings should be of the following mixture: 

One part Portland cement, 

Three parts of clean, sharp sand, 

Five parts of gravel, maximum size 2 inches. 

All steel work is to be in accordance with A. S. T. M. stand¬ 
ard specifications, A-9-21 structural steel for buildings. Work¬ 
manship should be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard 
specifications, subject to customer’s approval. 

No connection is to have less than two rivets except where 
lacing is used (on columns or beams). All rivets are to be £ 4 " 
diameter except where noted otherwise. Open holes are to be 
11 / 16 " in diameter. 

The columns supporting the walk ways are to be spaced not 
over 15' centers and are to be provided with ample knee braces. 
The anchor bolts anchoring the columns need not be painted in 
shop. 

Continuous double pipe (i%" diameter pipe) railing (total 
height of railing 42") is to completely encircle the walk ways 
and stairs. Railing is to be pin connected at posts and may be 
bent at corners. Posts are to be i%" diameter pipe, maximum 
spacing 6' centers; fitted with X-heavy C. I. screwed fittings and 
bolted with diameter bolts to walk ways and stairs. 

All steel work should be painted with one shop coat of red 
lead and oil and one field coat of an approved black graphite 
paint. 

The walk ways and stair landings are to be Mitco- 1 grating 
or its equal, stair treads are to be Mitco or its equal size io"x2'6". 
These should be painted with one field coat of an approved black 
graphite paint. 

Pins connecting the railing to posts and all necessary bolts 
to anchor the railing posts must be furnished with railing. 


1 Mitchell-Tappen Company. 


CALCULATIONS FOR REFINERY EQUIPMENT 


131 


Railing contractor must furnish location holes for anchoring 
railing posts to steel fabricator for proper punching of holes. 

Upon completion, the entire structure is to be given two field 
coats of an approved black graphite paint. 



(199) How to Determine the Steel Thickness for Horizontal 
Stills.— 


w - p -={ io ° - (°-°5x j 7x i -)} 

(It is a known fact that the modulus of elasticity of steel di¬ 
minishes in proportion with the rising temperature). 

Hence: 

W. P. = Safe working pressure pounds per square inch. 

T = Ultimate tensile strength of plate pounds per square 
inch (usually 55,000 pounds per square inch. 

t = Thickness of plate in inches. 1 

1 Where there is a corrosive action because of the presence due to sulphur, or 
other contaminating constituents, in the crude oil which always attacks the metal 
only, above the liquid level. It is customary to increase the shell steel 3 / 32 " for each 
5 years of service. 



































































132 


OIL REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


S = Efficiency of joint (welded or riveted type), 
f = Factor of safety (5 is recommended). 

D = Inside diameter of still in inches. 
t x = Still contents temperature deg. F. 
t 2 = Atmospheric temperature deg. F. 


( 200 ) How to Determine the Size of Vapor Lines.— 

g = Total number of gallons of distillate per hour. 
D = Diameter of vapor line in inches. 




X 0.05 


7854 


( 201 ) How to Determine the Number and Size of Ventilators.— 

Change of air required per person per hour for receiving house 

= 3,600 cu. ft. 

Change of air required per person per hour for pump house = 3,600 cu. ft. 

Change of air required per person per hour for work shops = 3,000 cu. ft. 

Change of air required per person per hour for lavatories = 2,400 cu. ft. 


Capacities oe Ventilators. 


(Assumed wind velocities 5 miles per hour and interior and exterior 
temperatures 6o° F.) 

Size of ventilator Capacity of ventilator, 

neck, inches cu. ft. per hr. 


12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

24 

30 

36 


16,500 

22,200 

29,400 

39,000 

48,000 

66,000 

102,000 

153,000 


( 202 ) How to Determine the Proper Size of Condenser (Coils) 
Worms.—According to information published in Mineral Oil and 
its By-products by I. I. Redwood, the internal area of the cross- 
section of the condenser (coil) worm at the inlet to the condenser 
should be 0.05 square inch per gallon of distillate per hour and 
that this size should be continued for about one-third of the total 
length, then may be reduced by one-half inch for the next third 
and by another one-half inch for the last third. 

According to the Scottish shale oil practice, there should be 
one square foot of condenser surface for each gallon of heavy 






CALCULATIONS FOR REFINERY EQUIPMENT 


133 


oil distilled per hour, 1% square feet for illuminating oil and 
1 24 to 2 square feet for gasoline and naphtha. 

( 203 ) How to Determine the Amount of Water Necessary for 
Condenser or Coolers.— 

W‘ = W X S X ylj + - 

In which: 

W 1 = Weight of water in pounds per hour. 

W = Weight of distillate in pounds per hour. 

S = Specific heat of distillate in B. t. u. 

L = Latent heat of distillate in B. t. u. 
t 1 = Temperature boiling point, distillate deg. F. 
t 2 — Temperature distillate leaving condenser deg. F. 

T 1 = Temperature water inlet, in condenser deg. F. 

T 2 = Temperature water outlet off condenser deg. F. 

( 203 -A) How to Compute the Capacity of a Crude Oil Distilling 
Unit.— 


P = 


(dX 1 X 0.67) X C 
42 

d = -L 


X 24X N, 


In which: 

d = Diameter of still in feet. 

1 = Length of still in feet. 

N = Number of stills in the (battery) unit. 

P = Capacity of distilling unit in barrels per (24 hours) day. 

^ _ f 1.5 for coking or batch crude stills. 

12.5 for continuous running crude stills. 

( 204 ) How to Determine Size of Heat Exchangers.—To calcu¬ 
late the number of pounds of steam required to heat 100 pounds 
of oil per hour from 70° F. to ioo° F. Steam is to be used at 
15 pounds absolute pressure and assuming that there is 5 0 F. 
difference between the temperature of oil at outlet and the 
temperature of the condensed steam at outlet, consequently the 
temperature of water at outlet is 105° F. (5 0 F. is minimum for 
practice). 




134 


OIL refinery specifications 


Hence: Heat given up by steam = Heat absorbed by oil. 
Heat absorbed by oil = W 2 XS X ^“0 = 

ioo X 0.498 X (100-70) = 1494 B. t. u. per hr. 
Temperature of steam at 15 pounds absolute pressure = 250.3 0 
F. 

Latent heat @ pressure 15 pounds absolute pressure = 945*1 
B. t. u. 

Heat given up by 1 pound of steam = W* X Sj. X (t 3 - t 4 ) 

+ L = 1 X 1 X (250.3 - 105) + 945.1 = 1090.4. 

Then: ^ — 1 -37 lbs. of steam per hour are required. 

Allow 16 per cent to above quantity for heat transmission 
losses, due to the separation of oil from steam by plate). 

Therefore: 1.37 -f- 16 per cent == 1.59 pounds of steam per 
hour are required. 

In which: 

W 2 = Pounds of oil to be heated per hour. 

S = Specific heat of oil. 
t 1 = Temperature of oil outlet deg. F. 
t 2 = Temperature of oil inlet deg. F. 

W x — One pound of steam @ pressure — p. 

Si = Specific heat of steam. 

t 3 = Temperature of steam @ pressure — p. 

L — Latent heat of steam @ pressure — p. 

L — L + 5° F. 

( 205 ) Formula to Calibrate the Contents of Horizontal Cylin¬ 
drical Tanks (Flat Heads) at Various Levels, if Segment Does Not 
Exceed a Semi-Circle.—Given radius (R) of tank and depth (H) 
of liquid. (See Fig. 13). 

Proceed as follows: 

C = 2j/R 3 — (R — H) 3 
w __ S X H XCX L 
231 

In which: 

W = Liquid contents of tank in gallons. 

H = Depth of liquid contents, inches. 





CALCULATIONS FOR REFINERY EQUIPMENT 


135 


L = Length of tank, inches. 

R = Inside radius of tank, inches. 
C = Chord length, inches. 

D = Diameter of tank, inches. 



Values of S 


H 

s 

H 

s 

H 

s 

C 


C 


C 


.01 

.6667 

• l8 

.6836 

•35 

.7280 

.02 

.6669 

.19 

.6855 

.36 

•7313 

•03 

.6671 

.20 

.6875 

■37 

•7347 

.04 

.6675 

.21 

.6896 

.38 

.7382 

•05 

.6680 

.22 

.6918 

•39 

•7418 

.06 

.6686 

•23 

.6941 

.40 

•7455 

•07 

.6693 

.24 

.6965 

.41 

•7493 

.08 

.6701 

.25 

.6989 

.42 

•7531 

.09 

.6710 

.26 

.7014 

•43 

.7569 

.10 

.6720 

.27 

.7040 

•44 

.7608 

.11 

.6731 

.28 

.7067 

•45 

.7648 

.12 

.6743 

.29 

.7095 

.46 

.7688 

•13 

.6756 

.30 

.7124 

•47 

7729 

•14 

.6770 

•31 

•7154 

.48 

•7770 

•IS 

.6785 

.32 

.7185 

.49 

.7812 

.16 

.6801 

■33 

.7216 

•50 

•7854 

•17 

.6818 

■34 

.7248 




10 























136 


OIIv REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


For example: 

R = 18". 

H = 6". 

L = 40". 

What is the contents of the tank? 
The solution: 


then, 


C=2|/ 18 2 — (18 — 6) 2 = 26.8" 



6 

26.8 


0.22 


Under column 


H 

C 


, 0.22 corresponds with 0.6918 in column 


S. 


0.6918 X6X26.8 X 40 _ 4448.8 

231 — 231 


19.2+ gals.,(ans.) 


(206) How to Calculate the Amount of Steam Necessary, and 
the Size of Steam Heating Coil for Tanks.— 


_ (T -j~ T t ) X 0.5 X (a -f~ a 1 -f- a 2 ) 

1000 


T _ (T + T,) X0.5 X(a -f aj + a 2 ) . A 

^ ” (T a — T) x 10 

In which: 

X = Pounds of steam required per hour. 

L = Lineal feet of pipe necessary in heating coil. 

A = External area per one lineal foot of pipe. 

T = Desired temperature of oil in tank, deg. F. 

T x = Atmospheric temperature, deg. F. 
a = Area of tank shell in square feet, 
aj — Area of tank roof in square feet. 
a 2 = Area of tank bottom in square feet. 

T 2 = Temperature of steam, deg. F. 

(206-A) To Determine Motor Size for Centrifugal Pumps.— 


HP = 


GXP 


+■ F, 


1714.3 X E 
HP = Horse power of motor. 

G = Gallons per minute to be delivered. 
E = See table below. 









CALCULATIONS FOR REFINERY EQUIPMENT 


137 


P = Pressure against which pump operators in pounds per 


F = 


square inch. 


t* A r * . ( 0.20 for motors of 50° 

Factor of safety A _ 

y \ 0.05 for motors of 40° 

Capacity of pumps in G. P. M. 

Values of E 

5 to 25 

•25 

25 to 55 

•30 

55 to 100 

•35 

100 to 200 

45 

200 to 400 

So 

400 to 600 

•55 


(207) How to Calculate the Necessary Square Feet of Cooling 
Surface Required for Residuum Coolers. —When the still is half 
full then; 


P = y 2 X (0.14 X d 2 X 1) X 42 X g. 

When the still is less than half full, (see Section 205) the 
method of computing the still's contents which are in this formula 
(Section 205) equated in gallons may be expressed by this for¬ 
mula; 

P = wxg 


!. t.11. = (^-) XS X (T, — T,) 


Q = 


log, 1 (l^i) 

B. t. u. 

(M — h) 


In which: 

P =r Total weight of residuum to be cooled, in pounds, 
d = Diameter of still, in feet. 

1 = Length of still, in feet. 

g — Weight of residuum per gallon, in pounds. 

T x = Temperature of residuum entering cooler, deg. F. 


1 Naperian Logarithm. 







138 


OIL, REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


T 2 = Temperature of residuum leaving cooler, deg. F. 

t x = Temperature of water entering cooler, deg. F. 

t 2 = Temperature in water leaving cooler, deg. F. 

B.t.u. — Heat to be absorbed by water. 

S = Specific heat of residuum, (0.50 is safe to consider in 
this case). 

Q = Cooling surface in square feet necessary in cooler, to 
cool residuum. 

Y = Allowable period of time in hours for pumping out 
still. 

M = Mean temperature difference, deg. F. 

h = Heat transfer B. t. u.’s per square feet, per deg. of M, 
(25 is safe to use). 

W — Still contents in gallons as calculated by formula in 
Section 205. 

Where the residuum coolers are placed directly upon the 
ground, the earth beneath them should be firmly tamped in order 
to sustain the total weight without any subsequent settlement. 
The area which is occupied by the coolers should be proznded 
with a sand cushion from 2 " to 4" thick (use only clean sharp 
sand). The top surface of this sand cushion should be sprayed 
with a heavy petroleum residue. Before lowering coolers upon 
the sand cushion the entire bottom ( outside ) area should be 
given one coat of Bitumastic paint. 

(208) Method of Distributing Petroleum By-Products..—Re¬ 
fined oils are distributed in 1,500-gallon to 12,500-gallon tank 
cars. These tank cars are loaded so they are shell-full at a 
temperature of 6o° F., upon which basis all petroleum by-prod¬ 
ucts are marketed. 

The common containers are either wood or steel barrels; in 
addition to the following: one-half barrel, (14 to 17 gallons). 
1 gallon cans (12 per each case), and 5 to 50-pound slip-top 
cans, usually for greases. 



SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


139 


The manufacture of wooden barrels is an important point in 
the marketing of refined oils. All oil barrels must be perfectly 
tight and free from foreign matter, which are liable to contami¬ 
nate the product shipped in them, and it is therefore necessary 
that the barrels are properly driven cleaned, glued and dried. 

The barrels are usually dried with a hot air fan. 

The manufacture of steel barrels is an important industry to¬ 
day due to the increasing demand among the marketers of pe¬ 
troleum products. The foreign countries were among the first 
to use steel barrels. Steel barrels must stand varying abuses, 
and for this purpose they must be light in weight to be easily 
handled and yet substantial enough to retain their shape, the 
principle item being that they should be free from leakage; ex¬ 
perience has proven that a zinc coating reduces interior corrosion. 
The Inter-State Commerce Commission bureau, under the super¬ 
vision of Colonel Dunn has encouraged the use of steel barrels 
for shipment of inflammable articles, any barrel used for this 
purpose must be marked as complying with specification No. 5 
For specifications of wood barrels see Section 209. For speci¬ 
fications of steel barrels see Section 210. 

Lubricating oils and greases are usually filled in brightly 
colored cans; of course this method requires considerable space 
for storage and much detail work, nevertheless it has proved very 
satisfactory. 


Barrel Data. 

V = Volume of barrel in gallons. 

D 1 = Mean diameter of barrel in inches. 

L = Length of barrel in inches. 

Formula: 

V = D 2 X L X 0.0034. 

Wooden barrels when new weigh 68 pounds each, and when 
old weigh 0.05 per cent additional. 

(209) Specifications for Oil and Grease Barrels.— 

1 Mean diameter equals one-half the sum of the head and bung diameters re¬ 
spectively. 



W) 

•g .g 

O c /3 

c n 
cd 

cG u 
03 

4 -> 4 -* 

•g 03 
£ a; 

C/3 *" 

* *. •» 

o *g 

C/3 

(V) •—' 

r—^ £ 

JO ^ 
cc cd 

a ^ 

2 a 

£ 03 
C Oli 

g Sj 


O o 
<G G 

* ^4 ' . 

8 | 

g--S“ 

.. o 
C.lJ s 
a; 5 * n 3 
•w n o 

- a 

'• rr! °< 

O* u 
_ cd 

U 2 i 


mT» Pi 

CN 

o r 0 

-o a 

rt tf 


+J *h • 
« 

‘X t& t 3 

ft 3 Xi 
,d u 

C/3 Cd 
03 iT 

*2 g 

r4 J-« 


C/3 


« s 

- 03 
03 *G 

g ^ 


:g <4 

o N 

c 

a <l> 

3 -° 


03 

G 

o 

aT be 

G G 


cd 

a 

G /-s £3 


CT^ ^ 

cd 


cd 


U) c 

~ cd U 
O 

<+a +3 « 

’C ^3 W 

« as 

Cl rt h 3 

so « O 


u • • 

3 .S 

*G ^ 


V-. 

Gu 


u 

03 


• b o 

cc * 

<\o° 

U n +*» 

• G 
H ? c; 

£ 5 

03 03 
& U 


C/3 


cd 

O 


C/3 


bo 

G 

• H 
4 -> 

cd 

u 

•H 

u 

JO 

P 


•G 

te 


o 

u 

u 

cd 

jo 


G • 

a «-> 

gw 

o o 

(U 

03 

c/3 

G 


3 ? 

0 cd 
a 

b©W 

G C /3 

• H 

S G 
G •*-< 

•° « 

03 cd 

.si 
3 « 

03 

GunG 

*H Q) 

G 03 
4^ c/3 

•. G 
t* O 

*T 4 4 -» 

mV 


G * 

rH -H 

t 3 ° 

J 3 "G 

03 03 
G ^ 

S 2 

l. 4-4 

G 4 -» 

O o 
G u 


JG 

H 


r#T V* 
P r-. 
J- O 
03 Z 

>% b 

ui cd 
rC ^ 


C/3 

4 ^» 

1 “' 
nr 3 0) 

O ^ 

b C/3 

p 4 0) 

rG 

w.s 

o fl 
B 

OJ G 

a § 

1 ^ 

<E - 

a j2 
a 

kT '3 

rt 

« . 

^3 fn 


va cs 

o oj 
0 ) > 
a- o 
w .o 

a cs 

<U 4 -> 

T o 
I o 
0 ^ 
• *a 

ri ^ 
^ cd 

. « 


o 

cd 


C/3 


bo 

G 

• ^4 

cd 

o 

• r 4 

.£> 

G 


► 

cd 

03 

K 


03 

V 4 

cd 

•Q 


G 

O 

a 

a . 

o 03 

U 03 


03 

C/3 

cd 

03 

u 

be 


GB 

G 

o 

C/3 


03 

V4 

H 

G 

•Q 

03 

C/3 

o 

a 

P 

*be 

° ^ 
a 

03 *2 

^ !T3 
cd ^ 
03 

>H 

bo 


G 

o 

a 

a 

o 

u 


p 

o 

4 -> 

cd 

4-4 

c n 


t 3 

G 

cd 


Coating 

Glue or sili¬ 
cate test 
(buyer’s op¬ 
tion ) 

Glue or sili¬ 
cate test 
(buyers’ 
option) 






y* 

Bung 

03 

be 

• H 

CQ 

CS 

- 


N# 





Hoops 

Six — 17 
and 18 
gauge 

•«# 

Six— 16, 
17 and 18 
gauge 

Six —18 
and 19 
gauge 

%# 

Six — 17 
and 18 
gauge 

Six — 18 
and 19 
gauge 

Six — 18 
and 19 
gauge 

Wood 

^ White oak 
tight sap 

^White and 
chestnut oak 

Same except 
1" heads 

# White 
and chestnut 
oak 

% White and 

chestnutoak, 
selected 
sound sap 
stock 

M 

cd 

0 

n 3 

03 

0^ 


s 

0 

Size 

M * 

oO 

10 

- 

- 




u 

v§_* 

I cd 
10^5 
in w 











0 

S 5 

M • 

CN 

rO 



VO 


00 


Note:—I f eight hoops or finished coating is desired mention that in connection with above numbers. 

Note:—F or other sizes, merely specify size and number. For example: 32-gallon No. 3, 6o-gallon No. 7, etc. Most shops can supply the 
following standard sizes: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 45, 52, 55, 6o-gallon. Odd sizes mean special work and higher prices, do not use them un¬ 
less a standard size is impossible. 










































































SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


141 

(210) Shipping Container Specification No. 5 (Iron or Steel 
Barrels or Drums. —For provisions and restrictions governing the 
use of these containers, see packing requirements in Freight and 
Express Regulations.—Revised January 1, 1923. 

Note. —Specification No. 5A covers these containers for the 
transportation of acids. 


Material. 

1. The minimum thickness of material in any part of the com¬ 
pleted barrel or drum must not be less than that prescribed in 
paragraph 2 (a). (Gauge mentioned in this specification refers 
to United States Standard). 

2. (a) In the interpretation of the minimum thickness of 
metal allowed for any special gauge, a variation, due to com¬ 
mercial conditions of manufacture, of not more than 2*4 per 
cent below the specified standard will be considered satisfactory 
provided the average weight per square foot is not less than the 
standard weight for the gauge specified. The standard thick¬ 
nesses and weights prescribed are as follows: 


Minimum 


Nominal capacity 

Gauge 
(U. S. St’d.) 

Standard weight 

w- 

thickness ) 2 %% 
under standard) 
(inches) 

io gal. or less 

20 

1.500 

0.037 


IQ 1 

1.750 

0.043 

n to 35 gal. 

18 

2.000 

O.O49 


I 7 1 

2.250 

0.055 

36 to 55 gal. 

16 

2.500 

0.06l 


I 5 1 

2.8l2 

O.069 

56 to no gal 

14 

3-125 

0.076 


I 3 1 

3-750 

0.091 


(b) The weight of a barrel or drum with a nominal capacity 
of 50 to 55 gallons must be not less than 70 pounds in the black 
exclusive of the rolling hoops. 

(c) The weight of a barrel or drum with a nominal capacity 
of 100 to no gallons must be not less than 130 pounds in the 
black exclusive of the rolling hoops. 


1 See paragraph 6. 






142 


Oil, refinery specifications 


Roeeing Hoops. 

3. Rolling hoops swedged or rolled into the shell are not per¬ 
mitted: Provided, That containers of the cylindrical or straight- 
side type of not over 55 gallons nominal capacity may have the 
rolling hoops swedged or rolled into the shell or body if both the 
shell and heads are made from materials at least two gauges 
thicker than as prescribed in paragraph 2. 

4. Separate rolling hoops as prescribed must be properly 
secured to the shell, preferably by means of small bead on each 
side of each rolling hoop or by welding for a length of 3 or 4 
inches at several points around the circumference; spot welding 
or beading under the rolling hoop is not authorized. 

5. Containers of the cylindrical or straight-sided type with a 
nominal capacity of over 10 gallons must be equipped with sep¬ 
arate rolling hoops, either of the U-shaped sheet-metal type at 
least two gauges heavier than the steel in the shell of the con¬ 
tainer or of the solid I-bar type of not less than commercial 24 
inch by ij4 inches, weighing not less than 1.25 pounds per foot; 
containers of this type are not required to have rolling hoops if 
of 10 gallons or less nominal capacity. 

6. Bilge-tvpe containers need not be equipped with rolling 
hoops if the minimum thickness of the metal in the shell is 14 
gauge at the bilge and 15 gauge at other points for a container 
of 35 gallons or less nominal capacity, and 13 gauge at the bilge 
and 14 gauge at other points for a container of over 35 but not 
over 55 gallons nominal capacity; if lighter material is used or 
if the container is over 55 gallons nominal capacity, rolling hoops 
must be attached in accordance with the provisions covering the 
cylindrical or straight-sided container. 

Tests. 

7. Each barrel or drum must be tested, under water or with 
all seams covered with soap-suds or heavy oil, by interior com¬ 
pressed air at a pressure of not less than 15 pounds per square 
inch and must be carefully examined while under this pressure 
and must stand this test without leaking. 


SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


143 


8. The type of barrel or drum must be capable of standing, 
without leaking, a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 40 
pounds per square inch sustained for not less than five minutes. 

Any distortion of the heads due to this test must be such that 
they can be restored approximately to their original position (by 
hammering with a wooden maul or similar means) without leak¬ 
age, when subjected to a 15-pound air-pressure test. 

9. When filled with water to 98 per cent of its capacity the 
type of barrel or drum must also be capable of standing without 
leakage a test by dropping it diagonally on its chime from a height 
of 4 feet upon a solid concrete foundation. 

10. Type tests of sample packages must be made, by any com¬ 
pany starting production, on each type and size of package in 
order to insure that the product will comply with paragraphs 8 
and 9, and these tests must be repeated at intervals of not more 
than four months: if the same type and size is to be made of dif¬ 
ferent gauge material the samples must be taken from those of 
the lighter gauge. Subsequent production on any type or size of 
package must not be continued unless further tests have been 
made within the previous four months; if production has been 
discontinued and is resumed, this requirement will also apply. 
Tested packages must be held available for inspection until the 
next test on the same type and size is made. 

Bung Closures. 

11. Provision must be made for closing the bung-holes and 
other openings in such manner as to prevent leakage. Bungs or 
other closing devices projecting beyond the chime or rolling hoops 
must be capable of withstanding the same test drop as prescribed 
by paragraph 9. Threaded metal bungs and plugs must be close- 
fitting, and threads in the reinforcements and on the plugs must 
be cut at right angles to the faced surfaces thereof so that when 
bungs are inserted (without gaskets) the faced surface of the 
bung will bear squarely on the faced surface of the reinforcement 
or spud. The spud should have not less than five complete 
threads and the threading on the bung should be of sufficient 
length so that, with gaskets in place, it will engage in all of the 
five threads in the spud. 


144 


Oil, REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


Gaskets must be made of lead, vulcanized fiber, leather, or 
other suitable material, not less than inch thick and not less 
than % inch across the face. 

To insure tight closure of the bung, etc., it is advisable that the 
gaskets and the flanges of the bung and filling hole be coated with 
a suitable luting substance, such as gum shellac dissolved in 
alcohol to about the consistency of molasses, glue, or a rosin and 
soap compound, etc. After applying such luting the bung should 
be set down tight with a wrench having a handle at least 18 inches 
long. The barrel should then be allowed to stand on end for a 
few hours until the luting dries, after which the barrel should 
be placed on its side, bung down, to test for leakage before being 
offered for shipment. 

Wooden bungs must be compressed tapered bungs, and must 
be covered with a suitable coating and have a driving fit into a 
smooth bung-hole tapered the same as the bung. 

Wooden bungs should be long enough to extend about % inch 
inside of the barrel and should be soaked in hot water or hot, thin 
glue for about a minute before driving into the bung-hole so that 
the interior of the bung will swell and form a shoulder on the 
inside of the bung-hole. 

Manufacturing Methods. 

12. The method of manufacturing the barrel or drum and the 
materials used must be well adapted to producing a uniform 
product. Teaks caused by defective manufacture of a barrel or 
drum must not be stopped by soldering but must be repaired by 
the method used in constructing the barrel or drum. 

It is recommended that, when nature of contents will permit, 
each such container should be coated on the inside and outside 
in such manner and with such materials as will prevent corrosion. 

13. All metal barrels or drums having a capacity of 30 United 
States wine gallons or over, being manufactured with a flanged 
type of head secured to the body sheet by welding or by a double 
seam, must have the chime adequately protected by some chime 
reinforcement. 


SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


145 


Marking. 

14. Each barrel and drum must be plainly and permanently 
marked by embossing or stamping on the head as follows: 

(a) The marking I. C. C.—5. 

( b ) Marking to show the United States Standard gauge of 
the metal in its thinnest part, the nominal capacity of the con¬ 
tainer in gallons, and the year of manufacture. These may be 
abbreviated and then must appear in the order specified (for ex¬ 
ample, 16-55-20, which will signify that the container is made of 
16 gauge steel, is of 55 gallons capacity, and was made in the year 
1920). 

(c) The name, initials, or symbol of the manufacturer. (This 
must be recorded with the Bureau of Explosives, 30 Vesey 
Street, New York City). 

The marking I. C. C.—5 shall be understood to certify that 
the container complies with all the requirements of this specifica¬ 
tion. 

The size of marking, letters, and figures, must be a minimum 
of J4 inch for 35 gallons or smaller containers, $4 inch for con¬ 
tainers over 35 but not over 55 gallons, and 1 inch for containers 
over 55 but not over no gallons. 

If the marking as specified in paragraph 14 (b) is not ab¬ 
breviated as allowed therein, then the gallonage of the container 
may be placed on a brass plate securely fastened to the container. 

15. When offered for shipment the container must also bear 
such other description as may be required by these regulations 
for the particular article contained therein. 

Inspection. 

16. Wherever practicable the manufacture of these barrels or 
drums should be subjected to the inspection of a competent and 
disinterested inspector. 

Reports of Manufacture. 

17. All manufacturers who make metal barrels or drums to 
comply with this specification must forward to the chief inspec¬ 
tor, Bureau of Explosives, 30 Vesey Street, New York City, a 


146 


OIIv refinery specifications 


monthly report of all such barrels or drums shipped. Such re¬ 
port must be submitted in the following form: 

(Place) . 

(Date) . 

Bureau of Explosives, 

30 Vesey Street, New York, N. Y. 

Gentlemen: Report of metal * 1 .shipped by 

us from.during the month of 

.made under requirements of 


I. C. C. specifications. 


Minimum 

Gauge of Date weight Date 

I. C. C. Nominal material marked No. in the of 

spec'n. capacity (U. S. standard) on of black 2 last type 

No. (gals.) Head Body container containers (lbs.) tests 3 


Each container was tested under an air pressure of. 

pounds as required and showed no leakage. 

We hereby certify that these containers are properly marked 
and comply in all respects with the requirements of the I. C. C. 
specifications. 

(Signed). 

(Per). 

(210-A) Shipping Container Specification No. 5A (Iron or Steel 
Barrels or Drums. —For provisions and restrictions governing the 
use of these containers, see packing requirements in Freight and 
Express Regulations.—Revised January 1, 1923. 

Note. —Removable head or removable plate containers not 
authorized under this specification. 

Material. 

1. The minimum thickness of material in any part of the 
completed barrel or drum must not be less than that prescribed 

1 Insert “barrels” or “drums.” 

2 Excluding rolling hoops. 

8 Must be made every four months. 




















SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


147 


in paragraph 2. (Gauge mentioned in this specification refers to 
United States Standard). 

2. In the interpretation of the minimum thickness of metal 
allowed for any specified gauge, a variation, due to commercial 
conditions of manufacture, of not more than 2^2 per cent below 
the specified standard will be considered satisfactory provided 
the average weight per square foot is not less than the standard 
weight for the gauge specified. The standard thickness and 
weights prescribed are as follows: 


Nominal capacity 

Gauge 
(U. S. st’d) 

Standard 
weight per sq.ft, 
(lbs.) 

Minimum 
thickness 
(%# under 
standard) 
(inches) 

29 gal or less 

16 

2.500 

O.061 


I 5 1 

2.8l2 

0069 

30 to 55 gal. 

14 

3.125 

O.076 


I 3 1 

3750 

0.091 

56 to no gal. 

12 

4375 

0.107 


It is recommended that the materials from which these con¬ 
tainers are manufactured shall be of the highest acid-resisting 
qualities obtainable. 


Routing Hoops. 

3. Rolling hoops or beads swedged or rolled into the shell at 
any point are not permitted. 

4. Separate rolling hoops, as prescribed, must have a tight 
fit on the shell and must be firmly secured in position by ridges 
or lugs applied to the shell by welding. These ridges or lugs must 
not be less than 3 inches long each, nor less than % inch in 
height, and must be so placed that they are in pairs on opposite 
sides of each rolling hoop. There must be not less than four 
pairs of these ridges or lugs for each hoop, spaced approximately 
evenly about the circumference of the shell. Spot welding or 
beading is not authorized. 

5. Containers of the cylindrical or straight-sided type with a 
nominal capacity of over 10 gallons must be equipped with sepa¬ 
rate rolling hoops of the solid I-bar type, not less than commercial 
z/ A inch by \]/\ inches, weighing not less than 1.25 pounds per 

1 See paragraph 6. 






148 


oiiv refinery SPECIFICATIONS 


foot for containers not over 35 gallons nominal capacity, and not 
less than commercial 1 inch by inches, weighing not less than 
1.6 pounds per foot for containers over 35 gallons nominal ca¬ 
pacity. Containers of this type are not required to have rolling 
hoops if of 10 gallons or less nominal capacity. (Effective 
March 26, 1924). 

6. Bilge-type containers need not be equipped with rolling 
hoops if the minimum thickness of the metal in the shell is 14 
gauge at the bilge and 15 gauge at other points for a container of 
29 gallons or less nominal capacity, and 13 gauge at the bilge and 
14 gauge at other points for a container of over 29, but not over 
55 gallons nominal capacity; if lighter material is used or if the 
container is over 55 gallons nominal capacity, rolling hoops must 
be attached in accordance with the provisions covering the cylin¬ 
drical or straight-sided container. 

Tests. 

9. Each barrel or drum must be tested, under water or with 
all seams covered with soap-suds or heavy oil, by interior com¬ 
pressed air at a pressure of not less than 15 pounds per square 
inch and must be carefully examined while under this pressure 
and must stand this test without leaking. 

8. The type of barrel or drum must be capable of standing, 
without leaking, a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 80 
pounds per square inch sustained for not less than five minutes. 

Any distortion of the heads due to this test must be such that 
they can be restored approximately to their original position (by 
hammering with a wooden maul or similar means) without leak¬ 
age, when subjected to a 15-pound air-pressure test. 

9. When filled with water to 98 per cent of its capacity the 
type of barrel or drum must also be capable of standing without 
leakage a test by dropping it diagonally on its chime from a height 
of 6 feet upon a solid concrete foundation. 

10. Type tests of sample packages must be made, by any com¬ 
pany starting production, on each type and size of package, in 
order to insure that the product will comply with paragraphs 8 
and 9, and these tests must be repeated at intervals of not more 
than four months; if the same type and size is to be made of dif- 


SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


149 


ferent gauge material the samples must be taken from those of 
the lighter gauge. Subsequent production on any type or size 
of package must not be continued unless further tests have been 
made within the previous four months; if production has been 
discontinued and is resumed, this requirement will also apply. 
Tested packages must be held available for inspection until the 
next test on the same type and size is made. 

Bung Closures. 

11. Provisions must be made for closing the bung holes in 
such manner as to prevent leakage. Plugs or other closing de¬ 
vices projecting beyond the chime or rolling hoops must be cap¬ 
able of withstanding the same drop test as prescribed by para- 
grph 9 of this specification. 

Gaskets must be made of asbestos or other suitable acid-resis¬ 
tant material, not less than inch thick, and not less than %. 
inch across the face. 

Threaded metal flanges and plugs must be close fitting and the 
threads in the flanges and on the plugs must be cut at right angles 
to the faced surfaces thereof, so that when plugs are inserted 
(without gaskets) the faced surface of the plug will bear 
squarely on the faced surface of the flange. The flange must 
have not less than five complete threads, and the threading on the 
plug must be of sufficient length, so that with the gasket in place 
it will engage in all of the five threads in the flange. 

For containers of over 35 gallons nominal capacity, the flange 
must have an outside extreme diameter of 3 y 2 inches, a diameter 
across the face of 2^4 inches, and a minimum thickness of 11 / 16 
inch; these measurements must be accurate within the limits of 
commercial manufacture. Flanges may be made of Monel or 
other highly acid-resistant metal. 

For containers of over 35 gallons nominal capacity, the plugs 
and the threading on plugs and flanges must be made in form and 
dimensions according to the drawing accompanying (see Fig. 
13A, page 150) and made a part of this specification. Plugs 
may be made of cast iron, although this is not recommended. 

For containers of 35 gallons or less nominal capacity, it is 
recommended that the same construction of flange and plug, and 


OIL refinery specifications 



the same form of thread, be used, but with dimensions suitable 
to the size of the container. (Effective March 26, 1924). 

Manufacturing Methods. 

12. The method of manufacturing the barrel or drum and 
the materials used must be well adapted to producing a uniform 
product. Leaks caused by defective manufacture of the barrel 
or drum must not be stopped by soldering, but must be repaired 
by the method used in constructing the barrel or drum. 


Fig. 13A. 

All body seams must be welded, all flanges must be welded 
to the sheet or head, and all head or chime seams must be welded 
or double seamed. 

It is recommended that, when the nature of the contents will 
permit, each such container should be coated on the inside and 
outside in such manner and with such material as will prevent 
corrosion. (Effective March 26, 1924). 

13. All metal barrels or drums having a capacity of 30 United 
States wine gallons or over being manufactured with a flanged 
type of head secured to the body sheet by welding or by a double 
seam must have the chime adequately protected by some chime 
reinforcement. 





SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


151 


Marking. 

14. Each barrel and drum must be plainly and permanently 
marked by embossing or stamping on the head as follows: 

( a ) The marking I. C. C.—5A. 

( b ) Marking to show the United States Standard gauge of 
the metal in its thinnest part, the capacity of the container in gal¬ 
lons, and the year of manufacture. These may be abbreviated 
and then must appear in the order specified (for example, 16-55- 
20, which will signify that the container is made of 16-gauge 
steel, is of 55 gallons capacity, and was made in the year 1920). 

( c ) The name, initials, or symbol of the manufacturer. (This 
must be recorded with the Bureau of Explosives, 30 Vesey Street, 
New York City). 

The marking I. C. C.—5A shall be understood to certify that 
the container complies with all the requirements of this specifica¬ 
tion. 

The size of marking, letters, and figures must be a minimum 
of y 2 inch for 35 gallons or smaller containers, y inch for con¬ 
tainers over 35 but not over 55 gallons, and 1 inch for containers 
over 55 but not over no gallons. 

15. When offered for shipment the container must also bear 
such other description as may be required by these regulations 
for the particular article contained therein. 

Inspection. 

16. Wherever practicable the manufacture of these barrels 
or drums should be subjected to the inspection of a competent 
and disinterested inspector. 

Reports of Manufacture. 

17. All manufacturers who make metal barrels or drums to 
comply with this specification must forward to the chief inspec¬ 
tor, Bureau of Explosives, 30 Vesey Street, New York City, a 
monthly report of all such barrels or drums shipped. Such re¬ 
port must be submitted in the following form: 

11 


152 


Oil, refinery specifications 


(Place) . 

(Date) .. 

Bureau of Explosives, 

30 Vesey Street, New York, N. Y. 

Gentlemen: Report of metal 1 .shipped by 

us from.during the month of 

.made under requirements of 

I. C. C. specifications. 



Nomi¬ 

nal 

Gauge of 

Date 

marked 

No. 

Mini. 

mum 

weight 

Date 

of 

I. c. c. 

capa¬ 

material 

on 

of 

in the 

last 

spec’n. 

city 

(U. S. standard) 

con- 

con¬ 

black 

type 

No. 

(gal.) 

Head Body 

tainers 

tainers 

(lbs.)2 

tests 8 


Each container was tested under an air pressure of. 

pounds as required and showed no leakage. 

We hereby certify that these containers are properly marked 
and comply in all respects with the requirements of the I. C. C. 
specifications. 

(Signed). 

(Per).... 

(210-B) Shipping Container Specification No. 5B (Iron or Steel 
Barrels or Drums. —For provisions and restrictions governing the 
use of these containers, see packing requirements in Freight and 
Express Regulations.—Approved January 1, 1923. 

Note. —See specification No. 5 for containers of inflammable 
liquids with flash point below 20° F. and specification No. 5A 
for containers of acids. 

1. These containers must be manufactured, tested, and re¬ 
ported in full compliance with all of the requirements of Inter¬ 
state Commerce Commission specification No. 5, with the follow¬ 
ing exceptions (gauge mentioned in this specification refers to 
United States Standard) : 


1 Insert “barrels” or “drums.” 

2 Excluding rolling hoops. 

3 Must be made every four months. 





























SPECIFICATIONS—CONTAINERS 


153 


2. Rolling hoops swedged or rolled into the shell or body of 
containers of the cylindrical or straight-sided type are authorized 
for containers of not over 55 gallons nominal capacity without 
increasing the thickness of material used as required by para¬ 
graph 3, specification No. 5; rolling hoops swedged or rolled into 
the shell or body of containers of the cylindrical or straight-sided 
type are authorized for containers of over 55 gallons nominal 
capacity if the material from which the containers are made is 
not less than No. 13 gauge; reduction of the minimum thickness 
of material by this operation shall not be considered as a viola¬ 
tion of this specification. 

3. Bilge-type containers need not be equipped with rolling 
hoops if the minimum thickness of the metal in the shell is not 
less than 16 gauge for a container of 35 gallons or less nominal 
capacity and not less than 14 gauge for a container over 35 but 
not over 55 gallons nominal capacity. 

4. The marking embossed or stamped on the head of the con¬ 
tainer shall be as follows: 

(a) The marking I. C. C.—5B. 

( b ) Marking to show United States Standard gauge of the 
metal in its thinnest part, the capacity of the container in gallons, 
and the year of manufacture. These may be abbreviated and 
then must appear in the order specified (for example, 16-55-20, 
which will signify that the container is made of 16-gauge steel, 
is of 55 gallons capacity, and made in the year 1920). 

( c ) The name, initials or symbol of the manufacturer. (This 
must be recorded with the Bureau of Explosives, 30 Vesey Street, 
New York City). 

The marking I. C. C.—5B shall be understood to certify that 
the container complies with all the requirements of this specifica¬ 
tion. 

The size of marking, letters, and figures must be a minimum of 
y 2 inch for 35 gallons or smaller containers, inch for con¬ 
tainers over 35 but not over 55 gallons and 1 inch for containers 
over 55 but not over no gallons. 

(211) Perfect Steam Boiler Requirements. — (a) Proper work¬ 
manship with simple construction and using materials which ex- 


154 


Oil, refinery specifications 


perience points to be the best, thereby avoiding the necessity of 
early repairs. 

( b ) A mud drum to catch all impurities settled from the 
water, and so placed as to be removed from the action of the 
fire. 

( c ) A water and steam capacity sufficient to prevent any 
fluctuation in water level or steam pressure. 

( d ) A water surface of sufficient extent for the disengage¬ 
ment of the steam from the water to prevent foaming. 

( e ) A constant and thorough circulation of water through¬ 
out the boiler, so that all parts maintain the same temperature. 

(/) The water space divided into sections arranged so, that, 
should any section fail, no general explosion can occur and the 
destructive effects will be confined to the escape of the contents. 
Large and free passages between the different sections to equalize 
the water line and pressure in all. 

( g ) The boiler should be so constructed as to be free from 
strains due to expansion, and, if possible, to avoid joints exposed 
to the direct action of the fire. 

( h ) A combustion chamber arranged so that the combustion 
of the gases started in the furnace may be completed before the 
gases escape through the chimney. 

( i ) The heating surface as nearly as possible at right angles 
to the currents of heated gases in order to break up the currents 
and extract all the available heat from the gases. 

(/) All parts to be readily accessible for cleaning and re¬ 
pairs. This is one point of great importance as regards safety 
and economy. 

( k ) Proportioned for the work to be done, and capable of 
working to its full rated capacity with the highest economy. 

(/) Equipped with the very best gauges, safety valves and 
other fixtures. 

(212) Painting Data. —All painters’ work is usually estimated 
by the yard and the cost generally depends upon the number of 
coats applied together with the quality of the work and the ma¬ 
terial that is to be painted. 

The first coat (usually called priming) will require 20 pounds 
of lead and 4 gallons of oil to paint 100 yards. 


PAINTING DATA 


155 


The first and second coat will require 40 pounds of lead and 
4 gallons of oil. 

1 Gallon of priming color will cover 50 superficial yards. 

I Gallon of white zinc will cover 50 superficial yards. 

1 Gallon of white paint will cover 12 per cent less. 

1 Gallon of green paint will cover 10 per cent less. 

1 Gallon of tar and 1 pound of pitch will cover 12 superficial 
yards for the first coat, and 50 per cent more will be required for 
the second coat. 

An approximate rule to compute the required amount of paint 
for a given surface is as follows: 

S = Square feet of surface to be painted. 

n = Number of pounds of pure ground white lead required 
for three coats. 

N = Number of gallons of liquid paint required for two coats. 

^_ f 200 used when solving for N. 

{18 used when solving for n. 

Hence: 



(213) Animal Percentage of Depreciation on Machinery and 
Miscellaneous Equipment.— 


Type Percentage 


Auxiliaries, steam 

3-6 

Boilers 

4-5 

Generators (driven by belt) 

5 

Motors 

5 

Miscellaneous shop tools 

5 -ii 

Steam piping 

4-7 

Steam engines 

4-6 

Steam turbines 

3-5 

Switch boards 

3-5 

Wire rope 

4-5 


(214) Machine Designing (Rules). —The following are rules 
of practical experience which are often neglected by inexperienced 
designers: 




Oil, refinery specifications 


156 


1. All parts that are subject to wear or breakage should be 
made accessible for the purpose of inspection, repairs, or renewal. 

2. Means for adjusting all parts that are subject to wear 
should be provided. 

3. Links and rotating pieces for guiding motion in preference 
to slides should be used. 

4. Careful provision for lubrication should be made. 

5. Cranks, levers, belts, and gear wheels should be used for 
transmitting motion in preference to cams, screws or worm 
wheels. 

6. Whenever possible the motion of all parts should be made 
positive that is—avoid the use of weights or springs for providing 
motion. 

7. Through bolts or T-headed bolts should be used instead of 
tap bolts or studs wherever it may be done. 

(215) Clearances for Box Cars. —(See Fig. 14). 



Fig. 14. 

The widest car is about io feet. Coal cars are about the same width as box cars, 
but 10 feet high. 

















































SPECIFICATIONS—CAR CLEARANCES 


157 


(215-A) Clearances for Tank Cars.—(See Fig. 15 ). 



CAPACITY 

OF CAA 

Wf/QH 7 OACAX 

ArtPjy. //V LBS. 

Z> 

L 

J3 

// 

T 

9 

X 

6000 -fAU.a */,3 

3S. 3 SO 

73 -y 

27 - 0 * 

3S-/f 



22-8" 

2-8 * 

6000 -fAUoA/j 

4/. 200 

S3 " 

28-0 

3S-/f 

/3-2^ 

3-Sf 

22-8'’ 

2 L 8* 

/O.0OO-<fAA 1 0MS 

44. 7 SO 

92 r 

28-0 

33-/7 


3-3f 

22-8' 

2 L 8' 


fcwr»/*«/Vo' lj Or* A Aby Co) 

^Z>/?7TA? C2S/7&/7A/&S3 /&/? 7X7A/A’ 0?X>3 


Fig- 15- 














































158 


Oil, refinery specifications 


(215-B) Specifications for a Locomotive. —(See Fig. 16 ). 



Specifications. 

Cylinders, 17" x 24". 

Centre of cylinders, 7' 2^2". 

Centre of slide valves, 6' 8". 

Centre of frame, 3' 11". 

Driving journals, 7" x 9". 

Water tests, 240 lbs. 

Fire box inside, 4' 6" x 2' 10^". 
Tubes, 150—2" O. D. x i3'o" long. 
Heat surface, 1096 sq. ft. 

Capacity of tanks, 1000 gals. 

Gauge of track, 4' 8 ^ 4 ". 

Diameter of drivers, 3' 8". 

Overall length, 31' 8 ^ 4 ". 
































SPECIFICATIONS—ACID SEUDGE RECOVERY PEANT 


159 


Wheel base, 5'2" (Front). 

Wheel base, 4'8" (Rear). 

(216) Regeneration of Acid Sludge in a Modern Refinery.— 

Equipment : A. A separator for removing tarry substance 
from the acid sludge, which is a shallow chemical lead pan, with 
hood; the size of the pan is 12' wide x 50' long and 12" deep. 
This pan is equipped with a steam heating coil. 

B. Three shallow weak acid (16 lb.) chemical lead pans 6' 
wide x 40' long x 12" deep, series connected. 

C. Two shallow strong acid (16 lb.) chemical lead pans 6' 
wide x 40' long x 12" deep. Also, two high grade close-grained 
cast iron stills (with lead hoods), size of stills 3' x 8' x 8' deep, 
set in brick settings and heated with coal or fuel oil. 

D. The building housing the above equipment should be con¬ 
structed entirely of long leaf yellow pine and be exceptionally 
well ventilated. 

Operation : The operation of the plant to recover the acid 
consists briefly as follows: The acid sludge is diluted with 50 
per cent of water and is pumped into the separator A where it 
is heated with the steam coil to about 175 0 F., here the separa¬ 
tion of tarry substance is performed by settling. It then flows 
into the heated weak acid pans B set over hot flues for concen¬ 
tration from 30° to 6o° Be. (for liquids heavier than water) from 
here it enters the strong acid pans C (heated similarly to the weak 
acid pans) and leaves these pans at 64° Be.; finally entering into 
the cast iron stills (also heated) the regenerated acid i. e., now 
66° Be. acid flows from the last still into storage tanks ready for 
use in the agitators again. 

(217) How to Calculate the Amount of Radiation Required.— 

[ C X 55 ~~ ti " 1 + S X (t ' - x h . + S, X (t, - t.) X h, 


In which : 

C = Room contents in cubic feet of air per hour for venti¬ 
lation. 

S == Exposed glass surface in square feet. 




i6o 


Oil, refinery specifications 


Sj = Exposed net wall surface in square feet. 
h x = Heat transmission in B. t. u. for glass, see Table I below. 
h 2 = Heat transmission in B. t. u. for wall, see Table I below, 
tj = Room temp., desired deg. F. 
t 2 = Min., exterior temp., deg. F. 

E = Efficiency of radiators or coils, see Table II on page 161. 
R — Radiation required in square feet. 

TABLE I.—Heat Transmission in B. t. u. 

(Per Sq. Ft. per Hour, per Degree Temperature Difference between 
Inside and Outside Air). 

Glass 

Single window . 1.25 

Double window .62 

Single skylight . 1.50 

Double skylight .75 

In monitor, single . 1.35 

Doors are considered same as windows. 

Ceilings 

Lath and plaster (no floor above) .40 

Lath and plaster (wood floor above) .36 

Roofs 

Patent roofing—paper, tar and gravel .30 

Hollow tile with 2 inches cement, tar and gravel covering.60 

Asphalt .27 

Slate roof with sheathing .40 

Floors 

Double wood flooring, no plaster beneath.24 

Concrete on ground .40 

Wood near ground .20 

Solid Brick Wall 

4 inches thick .60 

8 inches thick .42 

12 inches thick .30 

16 inches thick .24 

20 inches thick .21 

24 inches thick .19 

Concrete Wall 

8 inches thick .48 

12 inches thick .45 

16 inches thick .39 

20 inches thick .38 

24 inches thick .31 

Frame Wall 

Ordinary overlapping clapboards, 7 /ie-inch .48 

Same with paper lining .34 

Same with ^ 4 -inch sheathing .30 

Same with ^-inch sheathing and paper.25 































SPECIFICATIONS—WIRE ROPE 


161 


TABLE II. —Values eor E (Steam or Hot Water Radiation). 

Radiation per sq. ft. of surface per 
hour in B. t. u. 


C. I. sectional and pipe radiators 
Wall radiators 
Ceiling coils 
Wall coils 


Steam radiation Hot water radiation 

250 170 

300 220 

200-250 120-170 

300 220 


( 218 ) How to Calculate the Size of Stacks.— 

C = Cubic feet of combustion per second. 

V = Velocity of gases feet per second. (Average may be 
assumed at 30 feet per second.) 

D = Draft pressure in inches of water. 

P = Atmospheric pressure in pounds per square inch. 

H = Height of stack in feet. 

T = Absolute temperature deg. F. of outside air. 1 
T x = Absolute temperature deg. F. of flue gases. 1 
t = Temperature deg. F. of outside air. 
t-t := Temperature deg. F. of flue gases( at stack entrance). 
Wj = Weight of one cubic foot of air @ temp. — t. 

W 2 = Weight of one cubic foot of flue gases @ temp. — t ± . 
A = Area of stack in square feet. 


(W t — W 2 ) X H 
5-197 
D 

0.52 X P X 


A = —, (add 15% to A for friction losses). 

( 219 ) Specifications for Wire Rope Used for Oil Well Drilling 
and Tubing Lines.—The rope used must be standard extra strong 
crucible cast steel of the 6 x 9 construction, equal to the Ameri¬ 
can Steel & Wire Company’s product. It must be composed of 
one hemp core, six strands having nineteen wires to each 
strand, made of selected cast steel wires of high tensile strength. 

1 Absolute temperatures are found by adding 460° F. to t and t r 







oil, refinery specifications 


162 


The table below illustrates various sizes and capacities. 

Approximate Approximate Proper work- Diameter 

Circum- weight per strength in ing load in of drum or 

Diameter ference in foot tons of 2,000 tons of 2,000 sheave in 

in inches inches in pounds pounds pounds feet advised 

2V4 

834 

n.95 

243 

48.6 

11 

2'/ 2 

7 Vk 

985 

200 

40 

10 

2 A 

7 Vs 

8 

160 

32 

9 

2 

634 

6.3 

123 

24.6 

8 

iVs 

5 Va 

5-55 

112 

22.4 

8 

I A 

534 

4-85 

99 

19.8 

7 

l 5 /s 

5 

4-15 

83 

16.6 

6.5 

I A 

4 A 

3-55 

73 

14.6 

6 


434 

3 

64 

12.8 

5-5 

i 34 

4 

2.45 

53 

10.6 

5 

i /4 

3 l A 

2 

43 

8.6 

4-5 

1 

3 

1.58 

34 

6.80 

4 

Vs 

2^4 

1.20 

26 

5-20 

3-5 

A 


0.89 

20.2 

4.04 

3 

Vs 

2 

0.62 

14 

2.80 

2.5 

# /« 

1*4 

0.50 

11.2 

2.24 

2.25 


I J /4 

0-39 

9-2 

1.84 

2 

Vie 

i l A 

0.30 

7.25 

1.45 

1-75 

Vs 

1 Vs 

0.22 

5.30 

1.06 

1.50 

Vic 

1 

0.15 

3-50 

0.70 

125 

*4 

A 

O.IO 

2-43 

0.49 

1 


( 220 ) Specifications for Filling Stations.—(See Figs. 7A, 7B, 
and 7C.) Plot selection for filling stations is very important 
and great care must be exercised to avoid con jested boulevards 
(See Fig. 7A). Corner plots are more desirable and it is abso¬ 
lutely essential to shun the narrow and unpaved streets. Re¬ 
gardless of whatever transactions are consumated it is important 
to have the land title papers carefully searched. The principals 
are cautioned not to attempt to evade the local ordinances, build¬ 
ing codes, insurance authorities, legislative endorsements or the 
fire marshal’s orders. All tanks and pumps should bear the in¬ 
spection plate of the National Board of Fire Underwriter’s 
Laboratories. 

The building should be entirely or at least, semi-fireproofed. 
If conditions permit, it is recommended to provide the building 
with a basement in which the air compressor, heating plant, ac¬ 
cessory storage, etc., can be installed (see Fig. 7C). Upon the 
first floor it is advisable to provide a ladies’ rest room. All toilets 
should have self-draining non-freezing shut-off valves. Upon 








SPECIFICATIONS—FIEUNG STATIONS 163 

the first floor use red quarry tiles or faience tiles. Basement 
floor should be of concrete having a smooth cement finish. 
Peaked roofs should have clay tiles, (for less expensive roof 
covering use metal tile or asbestos shingles). For interior finish 
use tile or glazed brick with ornamental steel ceiling. For ex¬ 
terior use pressed or wire cut brick, concrete or a combination 
of concrete and brick with faience inserts. Make satisfactory 
provisions for installing sanitary and storm water sewers (see 
Section 198). 

Roofs should be provided over driveways to protect patrons 
from inclement weather when they may desire to leave their 
automobiles during the replenishing of gasoline, etc. Roof span 
should be carefully calculated so as to eliminate sagging under 
wind and snow loads. The use of center supports should be 
avoided. The driveway should be not less than 13 feet in the 
clear. The approach at the curb should not be less than 25 feet 
when approach is used only for one way traffic. All sharp turns 
and abrupt grade variations should be avoided. Reinforced con¬ 
crete (driveway) pavement having a smooth cement finish should 
be constructed. Expansion joints should be provided every 12 
feet. The cement finish should be given a coat of hardening 
liquid. Satisfactory provisions should be made for installing a 
storm water sewer (see Section 198). 

The building should be properly lighted. A building 14' x 14' 
should have at least two 200-watt lamps inside, exclusive of the 
toilet light. For the exterior provide four 100-watt lamps at¬ 
tached to the eaves. The driveways (see Fig. 7B) also should 
be well lighted. The wiring in the building is to be placed in 
metal conduits with approved conduit openings. The wiring for 
exterior is to be placed under ground and must be lead covered 
cable laid inside of metal conduit. Switches and fuse boxes are 
to be of the closed type. 

The heating plant should be located in the basement (see Fig. 
7C) and is to be either a hot water or hot air system. Filling 
stations without basements should be heated by a special kero¬ 
sene burner, or artificial gas radiators. All doors should have 
movable transoms; only windows that may be lowered from 


164 


Oil, refinery specifications 


top and bottom should be used. All toilets should be properly- 
ventilated to roof. Chimney should be of ample size and care¬ 
fully constructed. 

All storage tanks are to be constructed of O. H. steel plates. 
Galvanized tanks under 1,100 gallons are to be not less than No. 
12 gage steel, seams to be securely riveted or spot welded. Larger 
tanks (that are not galvanized) are to be made of 3 / 16 " steel, 
thoroughly riveted and caulked or entirely welded, and should 
be given a coat of varnish (before installation) composed of 4 
parts of Portland cement thoroughly mixed cold, and then 3 
parts of kerosene oil stirred into sixteen parts of coal tar. Only 
freshly mixed varnish should be used. 

All tanks should be carefully measured and installed perfectly 
level, at least 4 feet below ground (from top of tank). Tanks are 
to be firmly anchored to foundation and should be properly vented 
and placed as close as possible to the pump which they serve. 
The refilling connection on tank should be at least 3" diameter, 
and must be flush with the pavement. The entire piping system 
should be inspected by the proper city officials before being cov¬ 
ered or placed into service. All tanks should be provided with 
a separate pump. Pumps should be of the 5-gallon size. The 
testing and sealing of the pump equipment should be executed by 
the local sealer of weights and measures. 

The location of air lines should be carefully considered. Use 
only diameter armored air hose equipped with the best air 
chuck attainable. A swinging counter balance arm or revolving 
reel should be provided to keep the hose above the ground when 
not in use. The water taps located outside of the building should 
be equipped with a self-draining non-freezing shut-off valve. 
The air compressor should be a 2-stage vertical type, mounted on 
a horizontal tank and driven by an electric motor. Compressor 
should deliver from 3 to 4 cubic feet of air per minute at 250 
r. p. m. and must start automatically when the pressure drops to 
100 pounds and cut out when pressure reaches 150 pounds. The 
size of the electric motor must be from one-half to one H. P. 

The air receiver tank should be not less than 3 / 16 " tank steel 
and must have a capacity from 25 to 40 cubic feet. Tanks should 


TEMPLATE EOR DRILLING VALVES AND FITTINGS 165 

be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of from 300 to 400 pounds per 
square inch and the safe working pressure to be not less thau 180 
pounds per square inch. 

(221) Template for Drilling.— 


American Standard for 250 Pounds. 
Effective January i, 1914. 


Size. 

inches 

Diameter 

of 

flange 

Thickness 

of 

flange 

Bolt 

circle 

Number 

of 

bolts 

Size of 
bolts 

Length 
of bolts 

Length of 
studs with 
two nuts 

I 

4/2 

U Ae 

3% 

4 

% 

2% 

— 

1% 

5 

% 

354 

4 

% 

2% 

— 

i% 

6 

13 /l« 

4/4 

4 

% 

2% 

—- 

2 

654 

% 

5 

4 

% 

2% 

— 

2% 

7% 

1 

5% 

4 

% 

3 

— 

3 

8% 

154 

6% 

8 

% 

3% 

— 

3% 

9 

I 3 /16 

7/4 

8 

% 

3% 

— 

4 

10 

154 

7% 

8 

% 

3% 

-' 

4% 

10% 

I 5 /™ 

8i/4 

8 

% 

33% 

— 

5 

11 

i% 

9/4 

8 

% 

3% 

— 

6 

12% 

I T /io 

10% 

12 

% 

4 

— 

7 

14 

i% 

11% 

12 

% 

4% 

— 

8 

15 

m 

13 

12 

% 

4% 

— 

9 

1654 

iv 4 

14 

12 

I 

4% 

— 

10 

17% 

n/s 

15% 

16 

I 

5 

— 

12 

2054 

2 

17% 

16 

1% 

5% 

— 

14 

23 

2/4 

20% 

20 

1% 

5% 

— 

IS 

2414 

2 3 /16 

21% 

20 

1% 

6 

— 

16 

25% 

254 

22 A 

20 

1% 

6 

— 

18 

28 

2% 

24% 

24 

1% 

6% 

— 

20 

30% 

254 

27 

24 

1% 

6% 

— 

22 

33 

25/4 

29% 

24 

1% 

7 

— 

24 

36 

23/4 

32 

24 

1% 

7% 

9% 

26 

38% 

2 13 /16 

34% 

28 

1% 

7% 

9% 

28 

40% 

2»% 

37 

28 

1% 

73% 

9% 

30 

43 

3 

39% 

28 

1% 

8 

10 

32 

45 A 

3% 

41% 

28 

1% 

8% 

10% 

34 

47 A 

3/4 

43% 

28 

1% 

83% 

10% 

36 

50 

3% 

46 

32 

1% 

9 

11 

38 

5254 

3 7 /i« 

48 

32 

1% 

9% 

11% 

40 

54% 

3 9 /l6 

50% 

36 

1% 

9% 

11% 

42 

57 

3 U /18 

52% 

36 

1% 

9% 

11% 

44 

59% 

3% 

55 

36 

2 

10 

12 

4 6 

61% 

3% 

57% 

40 

2 

10% 

12% 

48 

65 

4 

6o3% 

40 

2 

10% 

12% 


Number of holes are in multiples of four, so that fittings may be made 
to face to any quarter. Bolt holes straddle the center lines. 

Bolt holes are drilled % inch larger than nominal diameter of bolts. 










166 


on, refinery specifications 


(222) Template for Drilling.— 

American Standard for 125 Pounds. 
Effective January 1, 1914. 


Size, 

inches 

Diameter 

of 

flanges 

Thickness 

of 

flanges 

Bolt 

circle 

Number 

of 

bolts 

Size 

of 

bolts 

Length 

bolts 

Length of 
studs with 
two nuts 

I 

4 

7i« 

3 

4 

7» 

134 

— 

154 

454 

34 

33/4 

4 

7» 

i24 

— 

I J / 2 

5 

Vi* 

324 

4 

34 

2 

-- 

2 

6 

24 

424 

4 

24 

234 

— 


7 

n Ae 

534 

4 

24 

234 

— 

3 

7/4 

24 

6 

4 

24 

234 

• - 

334 

8y 2 

13 / 

/16 

7 

4 

24 

234 

— 

4 

9 

15 / 

/ie 

734 

8 

24 

23/4 

— 

4/4 

934 

15 / 

/ie 

724 

8 

24 

3 

— 

5 

10 

15 / 

/ie 

8H 

8 

24 

3 

— 

6 

11 

I 

934 

8 

24 

3 

— 

7 

I2 j / 2 

iVie 

io24 

8 

24 

334 

— 

8 

1354 

134 

ii24 

8 

24 

334 

— 

9 

15 

134 

1334 

12 

24 

334 

— 

10 

l6 

i7i« 

1434 

12 

Vs 

334 

— 

12 

19 

i34 

17 

12 

7 A 

324 

— 

14 

21 

1 24 

1824 

12 

1 

4 

— 

15 

22A 

i24 

20 

16 

1 

4 

— 

16 

2354 

I 7 /l6 

2134 

16 

1 

434 

— 

18 

25 

i 7 *» 

22 24 

16 

i34 

434 

— 

20 

2754 

I U /l6 

25 

20 

i34 

424 

— 

22 

2934 

I 13 / 18 

2734 

20 

i34 

534 

— 

24 

32 

124 

2934 

20 

i34 

534 

— 

26 

3454 

2 

3124 

24 

i34 

534 

— 

28 

3634 

27 i « 

34 

28 

i34 

524 

— 

30 

383/4 

2J4 

36 

28 

i24 

6 

— 

32 

4134 

234 

3834 

28 

i34 

634 

— 

34 

4324 

27 i . 

4034 

32 

i34 

634 

— 

36 

46 

224 

4224 

32 

i34 

634 

— 

38 

483/4 

224 

4534 

32 

i24 

624 

834 

40 

5024 

234 

4734 

36 

i24 

7 

824 


Numbers of holes are in multiples of four, so that fittings may be 
made to face to any quarter. Bolt holes straddle center lines. 

Bolt holes are drilled A inch larger than nominal diameter of bolts. 










GENERAL DIMENSIONS OE EITTINGS 


167 


(223) “Crane Oil” Malleable Iron S. E. Fittings.— 



B—Center to end, 


Size, inches 

A—Center to end, 
inches 

45° ells., 
inches 

2 

2*4 

2 

2*4 

3*4 

2/4 

3 

3V4 

2*4 

4 

4/4 

2 13 /i« 

6 

6 *4 

3/4 

8 

7*4 

4%« 

10 

9*4 


12 

H l /2 



Size, inches 

Reducing Tees. 

(List of Sizes). 

X—Run, inches 

Y—Outlet, inches 

3x2 

3 s A« 

3*4 

4 X 3 

4 

4*4 

4X2 

3'/i« 

4*4 

6x4 

5 3 A« 

6 

6x3 

4 U /1« 

5% 

6x2 

4 Vs 

5*4 

8x6 

6*4 

7*4 

8x4 

5 u /« 

754 

8x3 

5 Vl 6 

7 3 A 

10x8 

8 3 /i« 

9 

10x6 

7 3 /l« 

8*4 

10x4 

6*4 

8 *4 

12x10 

io*4 

ii*4 

12x6 

8 7 / ie 

IO 13 /16 


Dimensions subject to change. 
12 
















































168 


Oil, refinery specifications 


(224) X-Hy. Malleable Iron S. E. Fittings.— 



(Crane Co.) 


Dimensions. 


A- 

Size, inches 

-Center to end, 
inches 

B—Center to end, 
45° ells., inches 

E—End to end 
reducers, inches 


13 / 

/1# 



H 

15 A. 

“A. 

i7x. 

54 

i 1 /* 

1 

I U /x* 

54 

I 7 /l8 

I Vs 

154 

1 

i/s 

I 5 /le 

2 

lYt 



2/8 

1 54 

2'A 

I 11 /16 

2 U /x« 

2 

2'A 

2 

37x6 

2'A 

3/4 

2*4 

3 u /x« 

3 

314 

2 X A 

47 x « 

354 

4 l A 

25/8 


4 

4 A 

2*7x6 

4 H 

5 

554 

37x6 


6 

654 

354 

554 

8 

754 

4Vl« 

654 

10 

9V 4 

57X6 

7 l A 

12 

n x A 

6 

8 

14 

12*4 



16 

1 314 



These fittings have been made for twelve years, and are used in nearly 

all large refineries for high pressure 

and high temperature work around 

stills. 




While primarily to be used on hot lines in refineries, these fittings are 

admirably suited for use 

on high pressure oil, gas and water lines, and will 

give better satisfaction 

than the extremely heavy cast 

iron fittings used 

in many fields. Having extra long thread lengths, no lip for lead or 

caulking recess is necessary, as tight joints are being made without dif- 

ficulty. They will not stretch or crack while piping is 

being made up. 









































GENERAL DIMENSIONS of fittings 


169 


(225) 175 Pounds or Medium Cast Iron Screwed Fittings.- 


“2 - 


□ 1 


JZjTTT 


T 


..A 


a—!•-*-« 



L. 




Dimensions. 


Size, inches 

A,inches 

B, inches 

C, inches 

D, inches 

E. inches 

I 


I 8 /18 




i 54 

iVs 

I# 



2 3 /32 

i j / 2 

2 J A 

I 9 /18 

454 

3 13 /16 

2V33 

2 

2/2 

I 13 /l« 

554 

454 

2 7 /16 

2'A 

354 

2 

654 

5Vi6 

2 21 /33 

3 

354 

2 5 /16 

754 

654 

2 15 /i8 

354 

4 l A 

2^ 



354 

4 

4 54 

2 11 /18 

954 

754 

354 

6 

654 

3/2 

I3 t /w 

10H 

454 

8 

754 

4V32 

i6 15 /i6 

15^ 

554 

10 

9% 

5"/*» 

20 11 /ia 

16M 

67x8 

12 

11 54 

5 31 / 32 



754 


Size 

Return 

H—Center to center 

Bends. 

Size 

H—Center to center 

I 

254 

254 

6 

I 

3 

254 

7 

154 

3 

3 

5 

154 

354 

3 

654 

2 

4 

3 

8 

2 

454 

4 

6 

2 

6 

4 

7 

2 

654 

4 

8 

254 

454 

4 

12 

254 

454 

6 

10 










































170 


Oil, REFINERY specifications 


(226) X-Hy. Cast Iron S. E. Fittings.— 


—A— 


J - 

L 

i 

A 

J-+ 

“L 

▲ 

Y 

















n_ 

_ r 



:4 





~-A 








(Crane Co.) 


Dimensions. 



Size, inches 


inches 

inches 

? 


*4 


1*4 




Va 


i*/» 




1 


i*4 

I$4 



i*4 


2 

i*4 



i*4 


2*4 

i54 



2 


2/2 

i 15 A« 



2*4 


2 15 /16 

i*4 



3 


3*4 

2*4 



4 


4/4 

2*4 



6 


5*4 

3*4 



8 


7 

4*4 



10 


8*4 

4 7 A 



12 


10 

5 *4 




Reducing Tees. 



Size, 

X—Run, 

Y—Outlet. Size. 

X—Run, 

Y—Outlet, 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

inches 

iVtXii 

l 3 A 

1*4 

6 x 4 

4°A« 

5*4 

i'Ax'A 

I*/« 

i Va 

6 x 3 

4V» 

5*4 

ixm 

iVs 

2 

6 x 2 

3*4 

5 

2XIJ4 

2*4 


8 x 6 

6 

6 18 A« 

2X1 

2 

2 8 / 1 « 

8 x 4 

4 15 /16 

6 9 A« 

2 * 4 x 2 

2 u /i« 

2*4 

10 x 8 

7 9 A. 

8*4 

3X2^4 

3Vae 

3 5 /i« 

10 x 6 

6 9 A« 

8 3 A« 

3 X 2 

2 18 /ia 

3*4 

10 x 4 

5*4 

7% 

4X3 

3*4 

4 

12 x 10 

9 

9*4 

4X2^4 

3 5 Ae 

3 15 /w 

12 x 8 

7 15 A« 

9*4 

4X2 

3*A* 

3*4 
























































GENERAL DIMENSIONS OE FITTINGS 


171 


(227) Cast Steel S. E. Fittings.— 



Dimensions. 


e, inches 

A—Center to end. 
inches 

B—Center to end, 
45 0 elbows, 
inches 

254 

3/4 

254 

3 

3H 

2/2 

354 

4/4 

2 H 

4 

454 

2 13 /1# 

4 54 

5 

2 w /xe 

5 

554 

3*/w 

6 

654 

3# 

8 

754 

4/i« 

10 

954 

5 3 A« 

12 

ii}4 

6 


(228) Standard Malleable Iron Straight Thread Flange Unions. 



Size, 

inches 


2 

2 }4 

3 

4 
6 
8 
10 
12 


Dimensions. 


M—Outside 
diameter 
of flange 

N—Height 
of union 

Number and 
diameter of 
bolts 

554 

254 

4-54 

6 

2 13 /i6 

4- 9 /ib 

7 

3 

4-54 

8 

3 x /4 

5-54 

io}4 

354 

6-54 

1254 

4 

8-54 

1554 

4 t /i« 

io-54 

i 7 7 /s 

4 13 /1« 

12-54 














































172 


OIIv REFINERY specifications 


(229) X-Hy. Malleable Iron Flange Unions.— 



M 


(Crane No. 95 E.) 


Dimensions. 


Size, 

inches 

M—Outside 
diameter of 
flange 

N—Height 
of flange 

Number and 
diameter of 
bolts 

2 

524 


5~V ie 


6 3 Ao 

2 1 Vxe 

5-54 

3 

7 

3 

6-54 

4 

8 

3Vs 

7-24 

6 

11 

324 

9- 3 A 

8 

13^4 

4 

IO-H 

10 

16 

4 7 A« 

I2-7/& 

12 

1 m 

4 1 V i« 

12-1 

14 

21 

5 Vie 

12-lVs 

15 

22 

57ie 

I4~lV& 


(230) Standard Dimensions of Pipe.— 







































GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF BELL AND SPIGOT PIPE 


173 


TABLE I.—(A. W. W. A. Std.)—Classes A, B, C, D 

Diam. of socket Depth of socket 


Nom¬ 

inal 

diam., 

inches 

Classes 

Actual 

outside 

diam., 

inches 

Pipe, 

inches 

Special 

castings, 

inches 

Pipe, 

inches 

Special 

castings, 

inches 

A 

B 

c 

4 

A 

4.80 

5.60 

570 

3-50 

4.00 

1-5 

1.30 

.65 

4 

B-C-D 

5-00 

5-8o 

570 

3.50 

4.00 

1-5 

1-30 

.65 

6 

A 

6.90 

770 

7.80 

3-50 

4.00 

1-5 

1.40 

70 

6 

B-C-D 

7.10 

7.90 

7.80 

3-50 

4.00 

1-5 

I.40 

70 

8 

A-B 

9-05 

9-85 

10.00 

4.00 

4.00 

1-5 

1.50 

75 

8 

C-D 

9-30 

10.10 

10.00 

4.00 

4.00 

1-5 

1.50 

75 

10 

A-B 

II.10 

11.90 

12.10 

4.00 

4.00 

1-5 

1-50 

-75 

10 

C-D 

11.40 

12.20 

12.10 

4.00 

4.00 

1-5 

1.60 

.80 

12 

A-B 

13.20 

14.00 

14.20 

4.00 

4.00 

1-5 

1.60 

.80 

12 

C-D 

1350 

14-30 

14.20 

4.00 

4.00 

i-5 

1.70 

.85 

14 

A-B 

1530 

l6.I0 

l6.I0 

4.00 

4.00 

i-5 

1.70 

.85 

14 

C-D 

15-65 

16.45 

l6.45 

4.00 

4.00 

i-5 

I.80 

.90 

16 

A-B 

17.40 

18.40 

18.40 

4.00 

4.00 

175 

I.80 

.90 

16 

C-D 

17.80 

l8.8o 

l8.80 

4.00 

4.00 

i-75 

1.90 

1.00 

18 

A-B 

1950 

20.50 

20.50 

4.00 

4.00 

i-75 

1.90 

•95 

18 

C-D 

19.92 

20.92 

20.92 

4.00 

4.00 

1-75 

2.10 

1.05 

20 

A-B 

21.60 

22.60 

22.60 

4.00 

4.00 

1-75 

2.00 

1.00 

20 

C-D 

22.06 

23.06 

23.06 

4.00 

4.00 

1.15 

2.30 

1.15 

24 

A-B 

25.80 

26.80 

26.80 

4.00 

4.00 

2.00 

2.10 

1.05 

24 

C-D 

26.32 

27.32 

27.32 

4.00 

4.00 

2.00 

2.50 

1-25 

30 

A 

3174 

3274 

3274 

4-50 

4-50 

2.00 

2.30 

1.15 

30 

B 

32.00 

33-00 

33-00 

4-50 

4-50 

2.00 

2.30 

1.15 

30 

C 

32.40 

33-40 

33-40 

4-50 

4-50 

2.00 

2.60 

1.32 

30 

D 

3274 

33-74 

3374 

4-50 

4-50 

2.00 

3.00 

1.50 

36 

A 

3796 

38.96 

38.96 

4-50 

4-5o 

2.00 

2.50 

1-25 

36 

B 

38.30 

39-30 

39-30 

4-50 

4-50 

2.00 

2.80 

1.40 

36 

C 

38.70 

3970 

3970 

4-50 

4-50 

2.00 

3-io 

1.60 

36 

D 

39.16 

40.16 

40.16 

4-50 

4-50 

2.00 

3-40 

1.80 

42 

A 

44.20 

45.20 

45.20 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

2.80 

1.40 

42 

B 

44-50 

45-50 

45-50 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

300 

1.50 

42 

C 

45-io 

46.10 

46.10 

500 

5.00 

2.00 

3-40 

175 

42 

D 

45-58 

46.58 

46.58 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

3.80 

1.95 

48 

A 

50.50 

51-50 

51-50 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

3.00 

1.50 

48 

B 

50.80 

51.80 

51.80 

500 

5-00 

2.00 

3-30 

1.65 

48 

C 

51-40 

52.40 

52.40 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

3-8o 

1.95 

48 

D 

5I-98 

52.98 

52.98 

5.00 

5.00 

2.00 

4.20 

2.20 

54 

A 

56.66 

57.66 

57.66 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

3-20 

1.60 

54 

B 

57-10 

58.10 

58.10 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

3.60 

I.80 

54 

C 

57.80 

58.80 

58.80 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

4.00 

2.15 

54 

D 

58.40 

59-40 

59-40 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

4.40 

245 

60 

A 

62.80 

63.80 

63.80 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

3-40 

1.70 

60 

B 

63.40 

64.40 

64.40 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

3-70 

1.90 

60 

C 

64.20 

65.20 

65.20 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

4.20 

2.25 

60 

D 

64.82 

65.82 

65.82 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

4.70 

2.60 

72 

A 

75-34 

76.34 

76.34 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

3.80 

1.87 

72 

B 

76.00 

77.00 

77.00 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

4.20 

2.20 

72 

C 

76.88 

77-88 

77-88 

5-50 

5-50 

2.25 

4.60 

2.64 

84 

A 

87-54 

88.54 

88.54 

5-50 

5-50 

2.50 

4.10 

2.10 

84 

B 

88.54 

89-54 

89-54 

5-50 

5-50 

2.50 

4-50 

2.60 













s 

alg-s 

o c p a 

T3 


4 


n 4 4 
W .C ft w 
tn _ P* ft 
g <5 tn ** 
® 4"0 
Ufa G 

O 3 

o o 
^ p. 


be 

G 

41 

fa 


■ 4 -* 

8 

fa 


M ^ 
M $ 


tn 

_ — 4) 
•S tn_ft 

•G Sio 
H C G 


o 

ffl £ 

-jS 

jr g g 

<C 4 y 

O- 13 b 
^ ft 

ill! 

fa o o 

O w p. 


<u 

P< 

• I-H 

o 

ft. 


C/3 

CXS 

o 

«4H 

o 

C/3 

-ft> 

faS 

be 

•pH 

0> 

£ 

•n 

ccS 

CO 

CO 

05 

A 

O 

•I-H 

fan 

H 

HP 

ft. 

cd 

•n 

a 

cd 

C/2 


CO 

<M 


Q 

fa 

c/2 


o 

o 

fa 


,i 4 , tn 
y tn 4 
—< in n 
jG 4*8 

H fi n 



be 

G 

4) 

>4 


o 

o 

0. 


A . tn 
•S tn 4) 

.y «g 
g! y y 
H a .S 


4 

ft 

l’l 

-tJSS! 

tn _ ft 

« y « 

U^G 

8§ 
M o. 


be 

G 

4 

fa 


fa 


i . tn 
tn 4 
y W43 
.ft 4 y 
.A G C 
h •" 


•3 ft 
A u u oi 

• 2:2 4 £ 

a g a g 

o.2 G-S 


TfvOOC O 


838.8 

CO 'ttO Q\ 


q co oq 
loco io\d 
N COiOK 


CM lo q 00 
lO LOO o 


CM TtvOOO O 

H H H H 01 


8 0 Q O O 
in Q O lo 
M io» roN 

HH l-H hh CM CM 


Q CM co tv CM 

8 d\od fa o\ 

d cooiN 

H H H H d 


Tf 0^0 CM 00 

m co co 't 


o o o 

CO LO tv 


■t O N 

lovo tveo 


O On 


O O O tv CO 


LO 01 OwO CO 
tv GO 00 C\0 


t> o 
O O LO LO o 
o LO CM CM LO 
CO Tf-vO 00 o 


o tvoo oo o 

h tOiONO\ 


hh ro 
^00 
co io 


CO 00 

CM co 


HH HH HH HH HH HH CM CM 


X 

HH 

c8 

O LO O 

o 

q io q 

q 

O < 

2oo 

be 

CO CM lo 

o 

o CM o 

o 

LO C 

5 io q 

G 

CM 

■’t'O 00 


■'d" tv HH 

LO 

coot 

5 LO'O 

4 



HH 

HH HH CM 

CM 

CO ' 

d-O 00 

fa 






cooo *h oo 

CO LO CM o 
CM CO LO tv 


00 HVO CM 
rf lo iovO 


8 0 LO 

two 


o 

O _ 

CM tiON 


tv tvoo o co 
fa MO CO LOGO 

0\ i-. Tf tv O 
HH I-H HH CM 


Tt Q tv CM 
CvOO CO Ov 


lo o o o o 

CO COO Q O 
ON CM LO00 hh 
HH HH HH CM 


cm o oo tv. co 
d\ d ido oo 

NO M-H o 

CM io tv ON 


8 8 £ 
HH 00 
COO CM 
H H CM 


tv tv CM 

H M 4 

TT Tf q 

H coot 


O'O ^ h. O O On 

O CM CO LO tv. O' O CO 

fa fa fa fa fa fa cm’ CM 


tv co looo 

HH 

LO 

fa cd tv. cd 

CM 

CM 

CM CO Tf o 

00 

O 


LOCO HH tv 
rt ^ LO LO 


O O LO LO 
tv HH CO 
CM co LO'O 


O 00 On hh 

d o 

CM CO 


CM Nv 
'T LO 


g.?' 0 ° 


o o o 

LO O LO 
CM LON 


CM 'O O io Q 
tOO tv tv. CO 


O LOO O O 
NNO loo 

00 O CO LO00 


LO'O CO CM O 

cm d\oo d\ o 

t^OO O CM LO 


Tt tv. 5 HTt tv, 

oo ~ 


88a. 

CO O Tf HH 

cm lo tv 


CO CO CM tv O 
co co rj- fa o’ 

co CO LO On LO 
CM CO Tj- LO t^ 


O O O O 

O LO LO LO 
CM CM LO CM 

HH COOO LO 
HH HH HH CM 


CO CM 00 CM 
co Tf LO rj- 
co O Tf O 

G\ HH LO HH 

HH HH CM 


as 8a 

M'LONH 

CM CO ■cto 


CM tv, tv, LO tv. 
Tf w h CM vd 

o ototHtS 

CM CM co LOO 


Tt LO LO LOO O O tv 


O 00 Qt O o 

00 On hh 


CM 


o n tM - 

8 ’ o cd co 

HH oo CO 

CO On CM vO 


LO Ot CM CM 
CO COMO tv 


rtvooo o 


CM TTMO 00 O 
HH HH HH HH CM 


M-OtO CM 00 
CM co co d - 


O CM rt 
JVO t^OO 


iov 


4) 

*o 

cd 

E 

<u 

40 


<U 

o 

c 

C3 

<u 

H-» 

a 

c 

o 


o 

Cfa 

o 

ft 

a 


QJ 

a 

o 

C/3 

TJ 

ft 

cd 

•O 

c 

cd 


bfl 

C 

• 

T3 

X 

Ij 

C 


a> 

<u 


CM 


>v 

cd 



4J 

4) 

1.1 

cd 


4) 

JC 


.5 

"ft 

cd 

> 

>v 

C 

cd 


































Size of Pipe in Inches 


Chart Gives Cast Iron Pipe Costs. 


Class of Pipe 

0 C B A 



-2000 


•1500 


- 10.00 

- 900 

- 800 

- 700 

- 600 
- 500 

^ 400 


a r 3.00 
- 

ot- 250 

o 
O 


r 2.00 
\ 1-75 
4 1.50 

r 125 
- 1.00 




r 

- fip'S's' 


/❖V 

4 @/ 

4 y 


100 “3 


904 


604 


70 4 


JO 

© SO— 
o 
o 

c 

.o 


o 50 
a / 


/ o 
a 


a 


o 

O 


7 /io 

/ .60 

50 

.40 

b .30 


L. 20 

* 


30 - 


COST OF CAST IRON 
HUB 0 SPIGOT PIPE 

Connect K with Y 
and answer is X 


20^ 

Y 


Eig. i 7- 





















































176 


Oil, refinery specifications 


The accompanying chart, Fig. 17, for determining the linear- 
foot cost of cast-iron water pipe, will be found convenient and 
useful in determining unit costs for any size and class of Ameri¬ 
can Water Works Association standard hub and spigot pipe at 
any price per ton. Special advantage is offered by the chart to 
the field engineer and to the contractor; who, by remembering 
the current price of pipe per ton, may determine immediately 
and with sufficient accuracy by this chart the required results. 
Connect the weight per linear of pipe of any desired class, as 
shown on line K, with the current price on line Y, and read the 
result on line X, as shown by example. 

The Elasticity of Pipe Bends. 

This subject is of great importance in the oil-refining industry, 
and especially so in cracking plants where temperatures from 750 
to 1,000 deg. F. may be employed at pressures from 100 pounds 
to over 1,000 pounds per square inch. Since a failure of a pipe 
or joint under these conditions is almost certain to cause a danger¬ 
ous fire, it is of prime importance that expansion be fully con¬ 
sidered in designing. 

To find the load on an anchor, both charts should be used in 
conjunction so that the allowable unit stress in the pipe will not 
exceed safe limits. 

It will be noticed upon comparing the results given by these 
charts against other design tables that quarter-bends in particular 
have little expansion value, and that the unit stress in the pipe 
wall must be very high for the expansion value allowed in some 


cases. 


THE ELASTICITY OE PIPE BENDS 


177 



Fig. 18. 

Expansion Bends. Allowable Expansion for Unit Stress of 10,000 Lb. per Sq. In. 

(This chart gives the expansion cared for by various types of bends at a unit 
stress of 10,000 lb. per sq. in. At any other stress expansion found should be multi¬ 
plied by S/ 10,000. Formula used: S — CD A EJR-, where S = unit stress, D = out¬ 
side diameter, A — expansion, E — modulus of elasticity, R — radius of bend, and 
C — constant depending on type and having the following values: Quarter-bend, 
1.404; plain U-bend, 0.318; expansion U-bend, 0.106; double-offset expansion U-bend, 
0.0427.) 
































178 


oil refinery specifications 



Fig. 19 . 

Expansion Bends. Force Against Anchor for Various Types of Bends. 


(This chart gives the force against an anchor for any deflection of various types 
of pipe bends. For other sizes of pipe than those given, find moment of inertia 
I =. 0.393 t(D 3 + # 2 -D)» where D = mean diameter. Formula used: A = FR 2 /EI.) 



















CONCRETE VS. STEEE TANKS—SPECIFIC HEATS 


179 


( 232 ) Concrete Tanks Cheaper than Steel.—In figuring the 
cost of a permanent oil storage installation, one should take into 
account every item in connection with such storage, such as the 
original cost of installation, foundations, ground-space, deprecia¬ 
tion, fire-risk, loss by evaporation, maintenance, etc. 

One of the largest steel manufacturers of the Pittsburgh dis¬ 
trict figures the life of an ordinary steel tank at ten years when 
buried, or thirty years, with proper maintenance, above ground. 

Therefore, comparing the steel tank above ground with a con¬ 
crete tank under ground we have the following for steel as 
against concrete tanks. Costs per gallon are based on a 30,000- 
gallon tank for the 1918 market: 


Tank erected 
Foundation 
Ground space 
Depreciation 
Insurance increase 
Maintenance 
Additional heating 
Loss from evaporation 

Cost per 30-year gallon 


Steel 

Concrete 

.085 

.09 

.005 

.00 

variable 

.00 

.085 

.00 

.04 

.00 

.03 

.00 

•045 

.00 

.15 

.00 

•44 

.09 


In the above the life of a concrete tank is taken at thirty years. 
However it is not fair to limit its life to thirty years, but rather 
to a sixty or one hundred -year span, in which it is evident that 
the cost of a concrete tank is still 9 cents, against that of eighty- 
eight cents to $1.32 per gallon for a steel tank, and so on in¬ 
definitely. 


( 233 ) Specific Heats.— 


Alcohol 


= .700 

Benzine 


= .450 

Crude oil 

(Penna.) 

— .500 

Crude oil 

(Cal.) 

= .400 

Crude oil (Ohio) 

— 490 

Ether 


= .503 

Gasoline 


= 510 

Kerosene 


= .500 

Naphtha 


= .300 




i8o 


Oil, REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


(234) Anchor Bolts and Plates for Building Columns, Pump 
Foundations, Etc.— 






fa 


2> 

L 

A 

o/r 

/O A/&CSS. 

r 

3 m 

2 ' 

6-4/L 3 

r 

/oi 

2i* 

//♦ 9 

ir 

/s" 

21 

23. S 

r 

/sf 


40. 7 

/* 

2A" 

3 * 

€4.7 

4" 

2a£ 


S>6.3 

/r 

33" 


/36/ 

/? 

AZ" 

A ' 

24 8.3 

'+ 

3/* 


407.3 

2' 

eo" 

s* 

GoS.2 



J=> 

z. 

2? 

W 


C* 

W£/(j//7- 
OK /o*>C& 

r 

3" 

r 

2' 


s*\ 

€-7* 

¥ 

/of 

/' 

2i' 

*8 

//§ 

/2 c* 

€ 

/S* 

4' 

2k' 

64' 

/of 

22- 9# 

¥ 


/# 

H" 


2of 

32- 7* 

/' 

24' 

/4 

3 ' 

/oi 

2sf 

GS./^ 

'? 

283 

/#: 

3?' 

/2f 

30- 

/OO-G * 

/? 

S3' 

/i 

3f 


34f 

/42S* 

/f 

42' 

H\ 

4 ' 

/S * 

44" 

2S8 3* 

/? 

s/* 

2$ 

4f 

234:' 

SSf 

2228* 

2 ‘ 

Go 

3 

3 ' 

t->f 


64?,/*- 


‘Weights do not include nuts or washers.’ 



A 

r 

Z> 

5/X£ OF 

sol 73. 

sXp. /A/. 

yVT ok 
/O S/£C£S. 

3 * 


a* 

4" 

f 

8.63 

AG * 

4' 

* 


* 


/SC3 

8 3* 

S' 

¥ 

»' 

f 

¥ 

24-48 

/7 3 * 

6* 

O 

/" 

r 

r 

3S.2/ 

84-3* 

a" 

=1* 

/s 

2' 

S 


€3 00 

66-9* 

/o' 

o 

/r 


ti 

38-77 

/ 04.3 ** 

/2" 

¥ 

/¥ 

/i 

/i 

/4/.SJ 

20/./* 


JD 

L 

A 

J3 

c 

<Vi/«AT /a 
K-/SCSJ 

*: 

3" 

2 " 

2 ' 

//f 

€• 2 *- 

/ 

/of 

24" 

24' 

/3e 

//. A* 

4‘ 

/s" 

2f 

2f 

/S\ 

22 S# 

r 

/sf 

Hr 

H 

224 

38. 7# 

/• 

24 

3 ' 

3 " 

27f 

€/. 2 * 

/f 

*4 

3* 

34 


S/. 2 * 

/** 

33 


34" 

37/ 

/A 6 ■ 3 * 

/f 

42 

+ \ 

a" 

4€% 

232./* 

/? 

S/ 

*4 

4 i.. 

se/ 

38 S. 04 * 

2 ‘ 

60 

s' 

s 

ee/ 

383-S*~ 


Square anchor plates (mild steel). 


Fig. 20. 


Weights do not include nuts or 
washers. 



























































concrete: proportions 


181 


(235) To Make One Cubic Yard of Rammed Concrete it will 
Require.— 


Using i" stone and under 
(Dust screened out) 

i-iH _ 3 Concrete 

1.85 Bbls. of cement 
0.42 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.84 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-2-4 Concrete 

1.46 Bbls. of cement 
0.44 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-2^-4 Concrete 

1.35 Bbls. of cement 
0.52 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.82 Cu. yds. of stone 

i-2j4-4^2 Concrete 

1.27 Bbls. of cement 
0.48 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.87 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-2-5 Concrete 

1.27 Bbls. of cement 
0.39 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.97 Cu. yds. of stone 

i- 2^4-5 Concrete 

1.19 Bbls. of cement 
0.46 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.91 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-3-5 Concrete 

1.II Bbls. of cement 
0.51 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.85 Cu. yds. of stone 

i- 3^2-5^ Concrete 

1.00 Bbls. of cement 
0.53 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.84 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-3-6 Concrete 

1.01 Bbls. of cement 
0.46 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.92 Cu. yds. of stone 


Using 2stone and under 
(Dust screened out) 

I-I/4-3 Concrete 

1.90 Bbls. of cement 
0.43 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.87 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-2-4 Concrete 

1.48 Bbls. of cement 
0.45 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.90 Cu. yds. of stone 

i- 2^2~4 Concrete 

1.38 Bbls. of cement 
0.53 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.84 Cu. yds. of stone 

I-2J4-4J4 Concrete 

1.29 Bbls. of cement 
0.49 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.88 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-2-5 Concrete 

1.29 Bbls. of cement 
0.39 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.98 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-2H-5 Concrete 

1.21 Bbls. of cement 
0.46 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.92 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-3-5 Concrete 

1.14 Bbls. of cement 
0.52 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.87 Cu. yds. of stone 

t-3/^-5/^ Concrete 

1.02 Bbls. of cement 
0.54 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.85 Cu. yds. of stone 

1-3-6 Concrete 

1.02 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.93 Cu. yds. of stone 




OIIv refinery specifications 


182 


Using 1" stone and under 
(Dust screened out) 

1- 354-6 Concrete 

0.95 Bbls. of cement 
0.50 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.87 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-7 Concrete 

0.91 Bbls. of cement 
0.42 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.97 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-354 -7 Concrete 

0.87 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.93 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-7 Concrete 

0.83 Bbls. of cement 
0.51 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 
i-4 -754 Concrete 

0.80 Bbls. of cement 
0.49 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.91 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-8 Concrete 

0.77 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.93 Cu. yds. of stone 


Using 2 ) 4 " stone and under 
(Dustscreened out) 

1 - 354-6 Concrete 

0.97 Bbls. of cement 
0.51 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-7 Concrete 

0.92 Bbls. of cement 
0.42 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.98 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 3/^-7 Concrete 

0.89 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.95 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-7 Concrete 

0.84 Bbls. of cement 
0.51 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.90 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-754 Concrete 

0.81 Bbls. of cement 
0.50 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.93 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-8 Concrete 

0.78 Bbls. of cement 
0.48 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.95 Cu. yds. of stone 


To Make One Cubic Yard oe Rammed Concrete it Wiel Require 


Using 2 ) 4 " stone 
(Most small stone screened out) 

1 - 154-3 Concrete 

1.96 Bbls. of cement 
0.45 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-2-4 Concrete 

1.53 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.93 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 254-4 Concrete 

1.42 Bbls. of cement 
0.54 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.87 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-25^-454 Concrete 

1.33 Bbls. of cement 
0.51 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.91 Cu. yds. of stone 


Using y K " gravel and under 
(Sand screened out) _ 

I- ij 4-3 Concrete 

1.71 Bbls. of cement 
0.39 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.78 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-2-4 Concrete 

1.34 Bbls. of cement 
0.41 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.81 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 254-4 Concrete 

1.24 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.75 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 254-454 Concrete 

1.16 Bbls. of cement 
0.44 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.80 Cu. yds. of stone 






concrete: proportions 


183 


Using 2 y 2 " stone 
(Most small stone screened out) 

1-2-5 Concrete 

1.33 Bbls. of cement 
0.39 Cu. yds. of sand 
1.03 Cu. yds. of stone 
I-2K-5 Concrete 

1.26 Bbls. of cement 
0.48 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.96 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-5 Concrete 

1.17 Bbls. of cement 
0.54 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 

1 - 3 / 4-554 Concrete 

1.06 Bbls. of cement 
0.56 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-6 Concrete 

1.06 Bbls. of cement 
0.48 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.97 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-354-6 Concrete 

1.00 Bbls. of cement 
0.53 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.92 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-7 Concrete 

0.94 Bbls. of cement 
0.42 Cu. yds. of sand 
1.05 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 3 / 4-7 Concrete 

0.91 Bbls. of cement 
0.49 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.98 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-7 Concrete 

0.87 Bbls. of cement 
0.53 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.93 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 4-754 Concrete 

0.84 Bbls. of cement 
0.51 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.96 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-8 Concrete 

0.81 Bbls. of cement 
0.49 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.98 Cu. yds. of stone 


Using gravel and under 
(Sand screened out) 

1-2-5 Concrete 

1.17 Bbls. of cement 
0.36 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 254-5 Concrete 

1.10 Bbls. of cement 
0.42 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.83 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-5 Concrete 

1.03 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.78 Cu. yds. of stone 

1 - 354-554 Concrete 

0.92 Bbls. of cement 
0.48 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.78 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-6 Concrete 

0.92 Bbls. of cement 
0.42 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.84 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-354-6 Concrete 

0.88 Bbls. of cement 
0.46 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.80 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-3-7 Concrete 

0.84 Bbls. of cement 
0.38 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.89 Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 354-7 Concrete 

0.80 Bbls. of cement 
0.43 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.85 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-7 Concrete 

0.77 Bbls. of cement 
0.47 Cu. yds. of sand 
o.8r Cu. yds. of stone 
1 - 4-754 Concrete 

0.73 Bbls. of cement 
0.44 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.83 Cu. yds. of stone 
1-4-8 Concrete 

0.71 Bbls. of cement 
0.43 Cu. yds. of sand 
0.86 Cu. yds. of stone 


13 





184 


Oily REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 



Standard i, 5 oo-barrel tank. 



























































































GENERAL, DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD TANKS 


185 








































































































i86 


OIR refinery specifications 



Fig. 23. 

Standard 3,000-barrel tank. 












































































































GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD TANKS 


I8 7 






































































































Oil, REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


188 



25 - 


























































































































































GENERAL DIMENSIONS OE STANDARD TANKS 189 



Fig. 26 . 

Standard 15,000-barrel tank. 




























































































































































































































190 


Oil, refinery specifications 


r!5“ Wide Ladder 


\ r'V ista i'iarsr/uit; 


i 


f6’S/b Channel — -- 

\5 


1 


—c 

l ■ -Or-V 



■•dmiHitnin ’iiJ.i • » ? ? *■» 

'Wop Angle'. 

5 th Course :• 

8.25 lbs per sq.ft. ;! 

r ff li 

*7/ P/refs 




1 

Rafter ;• 
-11.2516 Channel'. 

Chps 7 


•* 

§ P/nets^—'. 

4 ff > Course 

8.25 tbs. per sq.ft \ 

1 


j: 


*• 

\\ 


i‘ Pnretsm 

3 rd Course 

102 /bs per sq ft '. 

1 



■—4 "Pipe Columns- 

* 



| 

/7rW/5£ —• 

2 ”d Course | 

/2.75 /bs per sq ft j 





l* 



j'R/vets 

/st Course !• 

!5.3 lbs per sq ft'.-. 


we 

iTERN 

or 

PIPE & STEEL CO 

CALIFORNIA 

X 

■tom Ang/e 3}*tf. 

'if- 







Fig. 27. 

Standard 2o,ooo-barrel tank. 


29 - 






































































































































































































GENERAL, DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD TANKS 


IQI 



J j Mjnbo/f 
















































































































































































































































192 


OIIv REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 



Standard 30,000-barrel tank. 








































































































































































































































































GENERAL, DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD TANKS 


193 




J**/cb Puj'ci^ 
tO ? Ibt p*r Sf ft 


fif'd* -La 
/lonh ft* 


/ 4 Pip* C 


/SO'* 


li> 5 4 S 7$lb Chor>n*Js 


/S ■0 tory 


NO/0 
; P'9*t* 




pys'srs/b (b*fUHU. 

rs4'srsibCho»\i 7 

•A64 S ?$ lb Chohng/i 


<S 'O tony / 

/£ 0 t*<*y / 

A tS 0 /o^>y | 


L: uj-.'u i-i-i jL -t 

'' • ■ 1 • 1 «»y »- -* - « 

1 Ifc » "- 11 . 11*1 — -1 1-! 

■ *< 1-1,t UU 


Fig. 30. 

Standard 55,000-barrel tank 


PO D'o pros'fio/* 





































































































































































































































































































































































194 


Oil, refinery specifications 


(236) Standard Specifications for Bolted Tanks.— 


Nomi¬ 

nal 

capacity 

42-gal. _ Shells _ _ Decks _ 

barrels Diameter Height Bottoms Is t Ring 2nd Ring 3rd Ring Cone Water sea l 


IOO 

9'6/ 2 " 

8'oH" 

14 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 





16 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 

200 

9'6/ 2 " 

i6'i" 

14 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 



16 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 

250 

I4'9" 

8'o}4" 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 





16 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

500 

I4'9" 

i6'i" 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 



16 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

500 

2l'2^" 

8'o^" 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 





16 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

1,000 

2i'2*T 

i6'i" 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 



16 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

1,500 

2I'25^" 

24'154" 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 

16 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

1,500 

25W' 

i6'i" 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 



16 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

2,000 

29'8H" 

i6'i" 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 



14 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

2,250 

25W 

24'i^" 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 

16 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

2,500 

33'2*/ 2 " 

i6'i" 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 



12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

3,000 

2 9 '8^" 

24'l^" 

12 

Ga. 

10 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

14 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

3,750 

33'2/ 2 " 

24'!^" 

10 

Ga. 

10 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

5,000 

47o" 

l6'l" 

10 

Ga. 

8 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 



12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

5,000 

38'7/ 2 " 

24'lK" 

10 

Ga. 

10 

Ga. 

10 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

10,000 

54'n^" 

24'l I /a" 

3 / // 
/16 

V 

t n 

16 

8 

Ga. 

10 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 

12 

Ga. 



(Courtesy 

Western 

Pipe 

and 

Steel Corporation) 






Capacities oe Steam Trap Sarco in Pounds oe Water per Hour Based 
on the Size oe the Discharge Orieices. 

Low Pressure 


I/bs. 

W ' 

W 

X " 

i" 

1 y *" 

iW 

2 " 

254" 

3" 

I 

500 

600 

900 

1200 

1700 

1950 

2300 

2750 

3200 

5 

550 

660 

990 

1320 

1820 

2210 

2600 

2954 

34 io 

10 

605 

726 

1089 

1452 

2030 

2440 

2854 

3242 

3720 

15 

666 

799 

1198 

1597 

2270 

2650 

3182 

3515 

4150 

20 

733 

879 

1318 

1757 

2600 

3100 

3476 

3702 

4820 

25 

806 

967 

1450 

1933 

2950 

3300 

3640 

4098 

5300 

30 

887 

1064 

1595 

2126 

3400 

3600 

3960 

4375 

5870 

50 

920 

1200 

1650 

2360 

3885 

4060 

4320 

4886 

6400 



High 

Pressure (Smaller discharge 

openings) 



75 

540 

670 

875 

1250 

1650 

2050 

2520 

2800 

3100 

100 

610 

740 

960 

1375 

1745 

2200 

2700 

2950 

3280 

125 

658 

800 

1020 

1500 

i860 

2375 

2875 

3186 

3420 

150 

735 

875 

1200 

1610 

1935 

2490 

3150 

3300 

4000 

175 

820 

950 

1350 

1728 

2100 

2600 

3280 

35 oo 

4300 






















CAPACITIES OF STEAM TRAPS 


195 


Capacities of Steam Trap Sarco, in Square Feet of Radiation Surface 
on Basis of Pound per Hour Condensation per Square Foot. 

^ bs - H" W VS 1" W 2" 2W' 3" 


I 

750 

900 

1200 

Low Pressure 
1400 1680 

1800 

2200 

2600 

3500 

5 

825 

990 

1320 

1540 

1740 

2000 

2425 

2800 

3750 

10 

907 

1089 

1452 

1694 

1980 

2300 

2600 

3120 

4200 

15 

998 

1198 

1597 

1863 

2200 

2560 

2950 

3450 

4540 

20 

1098 

1318 

1757 

2049 

2520 

2870 

3185 

3900 

4790 

25 

1208 

1450 

19 33 

2254 

2850 

3250 

3470 

4200 

4980 

30 

1329 

1595 

2126 

2479 

3000 

35 oo 

3800 

4750 

5150 

50 

1570 

1820 

2630 

2800 

35 oo 

4200 

4500 

5620 

6200 

75 

750 

High Pressure (Smaller discharge 
900 1325 1500 1800 1950 

openings) 

2150 

2300 

2650 

100 

825 

968 

1440 

1720 

1975 

2100 

2350 

2540 

2850 

125 

870 

1020 

1505 

1870 

2150 

2300 

2500 

2750 

3000 

150 

945 

1200 

1620 

2000 

2280 

2470 

2800 

2900 

3160 

175 

1060 

1350 

1785 

2175 

2450 

2780 

2940 

3200 

3450 


( 237 ) How to Compute the Required Amount of Fuel Oil for 
Boilers.—The required amount of heat needed to convert one 
pound of water at 212° F. into steam at the same temperature 
is 970.4 (as per the steam tables) B. t. u. and is known as the 
latent heat. 

Hence : 

W = Number of pounds of water per hour @ 212 0 F. 

L = Latent heat. 

y = Amount of heat (B. t. u.) equivalent to one boiler 
horsepower-hour. 

Then: 

7 = W X L. 

B.t.u. = Calorific value per pound of fuel oil. 

°/o = Boiler efficiency. 

z = Pounds of fuel oil required per one boiler horse¬ 
power-hour. 

Then: 


_ y 

z B. t. u. X % ' 

To compute the required amount of fuel oil then, 

H.P. = Total rated horsepower of all boilers. 

N = Number of hours boilers are operated per day. 













196 


Oily refinery specifications 


z = Pounds of fuel oil required per one boiler horse¬ 
power-hour. 

Z = Number of pounds of fuel oil required per day. 

Then: 

Z = H. P.X*XN+ ( 89 &). 

Note: 8 per cent is added to the product in above formula 
to cover any contingency i. e caused when commencing to fire 
the boilers. 

It is customary in computing the tankage for fuel oil to cover 
a period of at least thirty days, which is ample before a replen¬ 
ished supply is obtained. Also another important point to con¬ 
sider is to have additional tankage so as to avoid heavy demur¬ 
rage rates. 

(238) Rails.— 

Rails. 


Weight per yard 

Tons per mile 

8 lbs. 

I2 128 %*o 

12 “ 

i8 192 %4o 

16 “ 

o -S20 / 

■&Z) / 2240 

25 11 

ork 610 / 

39 / 22W 

30 “ 

47 32 %240 

35 “ 

55 

40 “ 

/ 2240 

45 “ 

7O 16 °%240 

50 “ 

78 123 %«o 

52 (t 

8I 1900 /2240 

56 “ 

88 

57 “ 

89 128 %240 

60 “ 

94 W0 /2240 

62 “ 

97 960 /2240 

64 “ 

I00 128 %240 

65 “ 

IO2 320 / 2 24o 

68 “ 

I06 1920 /3240 

70 

no 

72 “ 

T II 320 / 

H3 / 2240 

75 “ 

H7 192 %240 

76 “ 

H9 90 %240 

78 “ 

I22 1280 /2240 

80 “ 

TO -ieoo / 

I25 / 2240 

85 “ 

T 1 1 1280 / 

*33 / 2240 

90 “ 

141 9 "/2240 

95 “ 

I49 <M °/2240 

100 “ 

I57 32 %40 

105 “ 

155 

no “ 

I72 192 %240 


To find the number of tons (of 2,240 lbs.) per mile of single track, 
multiply the pounds per yard by 11 and divide by 7. 




NOTES ON RAILWAY INSTALLATIONS 


197 


(239) Fish Plates and Bolts.— 


LengUi of No. joints No. fish plates 

rail, feet per mile per mile 

No. bolts 
per mile 

24 

440 

880 

1760 

25 

422 

844 

1668 

26 

406 

812 

1624 

27 

39 i 

782 

1564 

28 

377 

754 

1508 

30 

352 

704 

1408 

33 

320 

640 

1280 

45 

235 

470 

940 

60 

176 

352 

704 

(240) 

Average No. of Track Bolts 

in a Keg of 200 Lbs.— 

H 

x 3 Vi With hexagon nuts 


170 Bolts 

Va 

x z l A With square nuts 


210 Bolts 

Va 

x zVa With hexagon nuts 


220 Bolts 

Vs 

x 2,y 2 With square nuts 


370 Bolts 

l A 

x 2*4 With square nuts 


650 Bolts 

y 2 

x 3 With square nuts 


600 Bolts 

(241) 

Cross Ties.— 




Per Mile of Singh 

; Track. 


From center to center, 18 inches 


3,520 Ties 

From center to center, 24 inches 


2,641 Ties 

From center to center, 27 inches 


2,348 Ties 

From center to center, 30 inches 


2,113 Ties 

From center to center, 33 inches 


1,921 Ties 

From center to center, 36 inches 


1,761 Ties 


(242) Table for the Elevation of the Outer Rail on Curves.— 

The following table, calculated by A. Mordecai, C .E., is in¬ 
tended to serve for the principal gauge used in this country, viz.: 
4 feet inches. The proper elevation is calculated for nine 
different speeds, from 15 to 60 miles an hour, and for curves 
from 30 minutes to 35 degrees radius. 






198 


OIL REFINERY specifications 


Degree 



Rate of speed in miles per 

hour 



curvature 

15 

20 

25 

3 ° 

35 

40 

45 

50 

60 


Inches Inches 

Inches 

Inches Inches 

Inches 

Inches 

> Inches Inches 

30' 

y» 

A 

Vie 

54 

56 

54 

Vie 

13 / 
/ie 

i56 

i°oo' 

56 

54 

Vie 

A 

11 / 

/ie 

iVie 

iVie 

I A 

256 

i°3o' 

Vie 

A 

Vs 

7 A 

iVie 

I 9 /l6 

2 

2 Y 2 

3/2 

2°00' 

Vie 

54 

13 / 

lie 

1 56 

iH 

256 

2 U /l, 

354 

4 A 

2°30' 

Vs 

U A« 

I 

1 Y 2 

2 

2 n /ie 

37l6 

4Vie 

5'Vie 

3° 00' 

Vie 

13 / 

Jie 

1 Ya 

1 Ya 

2 7 /l6 

356 

4 

4 15 /1« 

7 

3°30' 

'A 

15/ 

lie 

iVie 

2 V16 

2 13 /16 

3 11 /i« 

456 

534 

87l6 

4°oo' 

Vie 

iVie 

1 5 A 

2V& 

354 

4 3 /ie 

5 5 /i6 

654 

9 7 /l6 

4°30' 

U /ie 

iVie 

I A 

25/s 

356 

4 U /i6 

6 

7 3 A 

I0 9 /i6 

5°oo' 

Va 

iVie 

2 1 /16 

3 

4 

554 

656 

8 3 /ie 

ii56 

6°oo' 

56 

iVie 

2 7 /i6 

3Y2 

4 13 /l6 

6 5 /ie 

8 

956 

I4V16 

7° 00' 

1 

1 A 

27/8 

4 Ys 

5 s /6 

7} 6 

954 

ii54 

1654 

8°oo' 

iVie 

2'A 

3Vie 

4 11 /16 

6 7 /l6 

856 

10 A 

1356 

I8% 

9°oo' 

I 5 /ie 

2 3 A 

fVie 

5Vi6 

754 

9 7 /i« 

ii 15 /i« 

1454 

21 5 /16 

io°oo' 

iy 2 

2Vs 

4 A 

5 7 A 

8 

10^ 

1354 

16A 

2354 

I2°00' 

i Va 

3 A 

4 15 /16 

7 1 lie 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

i5°oo' 

2Va 

3 15 A« 

656 

9Vie 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

i8°oo' 

2 11 /16 

4 U / ie 

7 3 A 

I0 9 /i6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

20°00' 

2 15 /16 

554 

8 3 /ie 

II Va 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25°00' 

3 13 /16 

6 13 A« 

10A 

ISVie 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

30° oo' 

4 A 

7'Vie 

I2 3 /ie 

1754 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

35°oo' 

SVie 

9Vie 

1454 

20° / ie 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 


To Find the Angle of a Frog Required for any Turnout. 



Fay out the line AB (see Fig. 31), find where it measures 8 
inches from the running side of main rail after crossing it, mark 
that point and measure the distance from there to where it inter¬ 
sects the running side of the main rail, and divide the distance 
by the 8 inches, the result will be the angle of frog. For example, 
suppose the line AB to be 8 inches from main rail at a point 60 
inches from the point of intersection, then 60 divided by 8 — 7^2. 
Frog required is No. 7^4 or 1 to 7J4. 


















NOTES ON RAILWAY INSTALLATIONS 


199 


( 243 ) TO FIND THE ANGLE OF A FROG.— 

Divide the distance A B by the sum of the distances C D and 
E F. For example, suppose A B to equal 72 inches, CDS inches, 
and E F 4 inches, then 72 divided by 12 equals 6. Angle or 
spread of frog is 1 in 6. (See Fig. 32.) 



Table for Putting in Frogs and Switches. 

Distance _ Crotch frog _ 

from Distance 



Pro- 




head 


Pro- 






from 

portion 

Length 

Angle 

Radius 

block to 

portion 


Length 

head block 


of 

of 

of 

of 

point of 


of 


of 


to point of 


frog 

frog 

frog 

curve 

frog 


frog 


frog 


frog 


1 

to 4 

5 ft. 

IO 

M 

O 

Tf 

M 

165 ft. 

28 ft. 

1 

to 

3 

4 

ft. 



17 

ft. 


1 

to s 

s ft. 

H°2S' 

254 ft. 

35 ft. 

1 

to 

3 2 /3 

4 

ft. 



21 

ft. 


1 

to 6 

6 ft. 

9 ° 3 2 ' 

365 ft- 

42 ft. 

1 

to 

47 a 

5 

ft. 



25 

ft. 

T 0 

1 

to 7 

7 ft. 

8° 10' 

566 ft. 

48 ft. 

1 

to 

5 

5 

ft. 



28 

ft. 

5 g 

O £ 

1 

to 8 

8 ft. 

7 ° 09' 

642 ft. 

57 ft. 

1 

to 

57 s 

5 

ft. 

8 

in. 

34 

ft. 

** a> 

1 

to 9 

9 ft. 

6°2l' 

811 ft. 

64 ft 

1 

to 

6 7 a 

6 

ft. 

4 

in. 

38 

ft. 

£0. 

1 

to 10 

10 ft. 

5 ° 44 ' 

1005 ft. 

71 ft. 

1 

to 

7 

7 

ft. 



41 

ft. 

O I'D 

3 2 

1 

to 11 

11 ft. 

5 °I 2 ' 

1210 ft. 

78 ft. 

1 

to 

77 a 

7 

ft. 

8 

in. 

45 

ft. 

1 

to 12 

12 ft. 

4 ° 46 ' 

1400 ft. 

86 ft. 

1 

to 

87a 

8 

ft. 

4 

in. 

50 

ft. 


1 

to 4 

5 ft. 

I 4 °i 5 ' 

155 ft. 

26 ft. 

1 

to 

3 

4 

ft. 



16 

ft. 


1 

to 5 

5 ft- 

II 0 25' 

239 ft. 

32 ft. 

1 

to 

37 a 

4 

ft. 



20 

ft. 

0 

1 

to 6 

6 ft. 

9 ° 3 2 ’ 

345 ft. 

39 ft. 

1 

to 

47 a 

5 

ft. 



23 

ft. 

T c 

1 

to 7 

7 ft. 

8° 10' 

431 ft. 

46 ft. 

1 

to 

5 

5 

ft. 



28 

ft. 

3” 

1 

to 8 

8 ft. 

7 ° 09' 

606 ft. 

52 ft. 

1 

to 

57 a 

5 

ft. 

8 

in. 

3 i 

ft. 


1 

to 9 

9 ft 

6°2l' 

764 ft. 

59 ft- 

1 

to 

67 a 

6 

ft. 

4 

in. 

35 

ft. 

?£ 

1 

to 10 

10 ft. 

5 ° 44 ' 

979 ft- 

65 ft. 

1 

to 

7 

7 

ft. 



37 

ft. 

0 

3 g 

1 

to 11 

11 ft. 

S°I 2 ' 

1096 ft. 

73 ft. 

1 

to 

77 a 

7 

ft. 

8 

in. 

42 

ft. 

0 

1 

to 12 

12 ft. 

4 ° 46 ' 

1246 ft. 

80 ft. 

1 

to 

8 7 a 

8 

ft. 

4 

in. 

46 

ft. 


1 

to 4 

4 ft. 

I 4 °I 5 ' 

102 ft. 

14 ft. 

1 

to 

3 

4 

ft. 



8 

ft. 


1 

to 5 

5 ft. 

II° 25 ' 

154 ft. 

19 ft. 

1 

to 

37 a 

4 

ft. 



11 

ft. 


1 

to 6 

6 ft. 

9 ° 3 2> 

220 ft. 

23 ft. 

1 

to 

47 a 

4 

ft. 



13 

ft. 

0 

1 

to 7 

7 ft. 

8° 10' 

296 ft. 

27 ft. 

1 

to 

5 

5 

ft. 



i 5 

ft. 

5 c 

M rt> 

1 

to 8 

8 ft. 

7 ° 09 ' 

388 ft. 

32 ft. 

1 

to 

57 a 

5 

ft. 



18 

ft. 

1 

to 9 

9 ft. 

6°2l' 

486 ft. 

36 ft. 

1 

to 

67 a 

6 

ft. 



20 

ft. 

»-t 

1 

to 10 

10 ft. 

5 ° 44 ' 

606 ft 

41 ft. 

1 

to 

7 

7 

ft. 



22 

ft. 

O 

< 2 . 

1 

to 11 

11 ft. 

5 °I 2 ' 

732 ft. 

45 ft. 

1 

to 

77 a 

7 

ft. 



25 

ft. 


1 

to 12 

12 ft. 

4 ° 46 ' 

66 ft. 

50 ft. 

1 

to 

8 7 a 

8 

ft. 



27 

ft. 



For split switch, place heel of switch same distance from point of frog as head 


block: 

8 feet switch points are suitable for frogs i to 4, i to 5, or 1 to 6 

10 feet switch points are suitable for frogs 1 to 7, 1 to 8, or 1 to 9 

15 feet switch points are suitable for frogs 1 to 10, 1 to 11, or 1 to 12 

14 















200 


OIIv REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


(244) Cast Iron Washers.— 


Bolt, 

inches 

Hole, 

inches 

Diameter, 

inches 

Thickness, 

inches 

Approximate 

weight 

V 2 

Vs 


U A« 

9 oz. 

H 

Va 

2X 

*4 

12 OZ. 

Va 

Vs 

3 l /s 

Vs 

I lb. 

Vs 

1 

3'A 

15 / 

/l6 

i lb. 6 oz. 

1 

1 Ys 

4’A 

I 

2 lbs. 

iVs 

iVa 

4'A 

iVs 

2 lbs. 8 oz. 

i*4 

Ws 

S’A 

i 3 A« 

4 lbs. 4 oz. 

i *4 

1 V 2 

5 A 

1 Va 

4 lbs. 6 oz. 

i'A 

I Vs 

6 

iYa 

5 lbs. 8 oz. 


(245) Standard Wrot Iron Washers.— 



Size of 

Thickness 

Size of 

Diameter 

hole 

wire gauge 

bolt 

Vie 

Ya 

18 

Via 

Va 

5 As 

l6 

54 

Vs 

Vs 

16 

Vic 

1 

7 A* 

14 

*4 

iYa 

54 

14 

Vic 

iVs 

Vic 

12 

54 

I Y 

*4 

12 

Vic 

1 Va 

11 / 

/is 

10 

*4 

2 

13 / 

/ia 

10 

*4 

*Ya 

“A. 

9 

Vs 

2 Y 2 

i'A. 

9 

1 

2*4 

iK 

9 

i 54 

3 


9 

i 54 

354 


8 

IVs 

3 Y 2 


8 

IV 2 

3Va 

iM 

8 

1*4 

4 

v/i 

8 

1 Va 

4 Ya 

2 

8 

i*4 

4 Y 2 

254 

8 

2 

4 Va 

2*6 

5 

254 

5 

2M 

4 

2 Y 2 












SPECIFICATIONS—SWEDGED NIPPEES 


201 


(246) Swedged Nipples.— 

S WEDGED NlPPEES. 


Regular Casing Sizes—Made from Standard Weight Casing. 


Size, 

inches 

Eength, 

inches 

Weight, 

lbs. 

Price, 

each 

Size, 

inches 

Eength, 

inches 

Weight, 

lbs. 

Price, 

each 

4/4 X 2 

10 

7 

$ 5 - 5 o 

64 x 34 

12 

13 

$6.50 

44 x 24 

10 

7 

5.25 

6/4x4 

II 

12 

6.50 

4/4x3 

10 

7 

500 

6x4 X 4 4 

II 

12 

6.50 

4/4 X 34 

10 

7 

500 

6^4 x 44 

II 

12 

6.25 

4 4 x 2 

10 

7 

5 00 

64 x 5 

10 

10.5 

6.00 

4/2x3 

10 

7 

500 

6/4 x 5 3 /i 6 

10 

10.5 

6.00 

4/4 x 4 

10 

7 

4-50 

614 x 534 

10 

10.5 

6.00 

5 x 2 

II 

11 

5-50 

6^x2 

14 

19 

8.50 

5 X 2 J 4 

10 

10 

5.25 

634 X 2^4 

14 

19 

8.25 

5 x 3 

10 

10 

5.00 

654 x 3 

14 

19 

8.00 

5 x 34 

10 

10 

5-oo 

656 x 354 

14 

19 

775 

5 x 4 

10 

10 

4-50 

634 x 4 

12 

16.5 

750 

5 x 4^4 

10 

10 

4-50 

634 x 4x4 

12 

16.5 

7.50 

5 s A«x 2 

II 

11 

6.50 

634 x 5 

12 

16.5 

7.50 

5 3 /i6X 2 A 

10 

10 

6.00 

634 x 5 3 /i« 

12 

16.5 

7.50 

5 3 A«x 3 

10 

10 

550 

654 x 534 

12 

16.5 

7.25 

5 s /i«x 354 

10 

10 

5.50 

636 x 6 

12 

16.5 

7.00 

5 3 A«x 4 

10 

10 

5.00 

654 x 6x4 

12 

16.5 

7.00 

5 3 A«x 454 

10 

10 

475 

8^4 x 2 

14 

28 

1500 

5 3 A«x 5 

10 

10 

4.00 

84 x 24 

14 

28 

13.50 

556 x 2 

12 

13-5 

7.00 

84 x 3 

14 

28 

12.00 

556 x 2 J 4 

12 

13.5 

6.75 

8x4 x 34 

14 

28 

1175 

5^ x 3 

10 

12 

6.50 

84 x 4 

14 

28 

11.50 

556 x 34 

10 

12 

6.50 

84 x 44 

14 

28 

11.50 

554 x 4 

10 

12 

6.25 

84 x 5 

12 

25 

11.00 

554 x 44 

10 

12 

6.25 

8x4 x 5 3 /i 6 

12 

25 

10.00 

554 x 5 

10 

12 

6.00 

84 x 534 

12 

25 

9.00 

554 X 5 */ : 16 

10 

12 

6.00 

84 x 6 

12 

25 

9.00 

64 x 2 

12 

13 

7.25 

84 x 64 

12 

25 

9.00 

64 x 2x4 

12 

13 

7.00 

84 x 64 

12 

25 

9.00 

64 x 3 

12 

13 

6.75 

Contributed by Oil Well Supply 

Co. 


Swedged Nipples. 



Pig. 33 - 












202 


OIL refinery specifications 


Extra Heavy. 


Size, 

inches 

length 

overall, 

inches 

length 
of neck, 
inches 

Price pipe *Price lathe 

Weight, machine threaded, 

lbs. threaded, each each 

4 

X 2 

l6 

6 

l6 

$12.00 

$30.00 

4 

x 2y 2 

l6 

6 

17 

10.50 

25-50 

4 

X 3 

l6 

6 

18 

9.00 

24.00 

4 /^ 

x 2y 2 

l8 

6 

24 

30.00 

51.00 

4/4 

X 3 

18 

6 

25 

27.00 

45-00 

4/4 

x 4 

18 

6 

26 

25.25 

39-00 

6 

x 2^4 

18 

6 

37 

3150 

42.00 

6 

X 4 

18 

6 

39 

24.00 

39-00 

6 

X 454 

18 

6 

40 

19.50 

36.00 

8 

x 4 

18 

6 

57 

33-00 

60.00 

8 

x 6 

18 

6 6o 

Double Extra Heavy. 

30.00 

48.00 

4 

X 2 

16 

6 

32 

$51.00 

$60.00 

4 

x 2 j 4 

16 

6 

33 

4500 

54-00 

4 

X 3 

16 

6 

34 

30.00 

48.00 

4/4 

x 2^ 

18 

6 

42 

48.00 

57-00 

454 

X 3 

18 

6 

44 

42.00 

51.00 

4/4 

X 4 

18 

6 

46 

36.00 

4500 

6 

X 2 J 4 

18 

6 

70 

5400 

63.00 

6 

X 4 

18 

6 

72 

48.00 

57-00 

6 

X 4/4 

18 

6 

76 

42.00 

5100 

8 

x 4 

18 

6 

100 

72.00 

100.00 

8 

x 6 

18 

6 

105 

60.00 

90.00 

* Lathe threaded insures ends in 
machine threaded or lathe threaded is 

line. Always specify whether pi 
desired. 


Contributed by Oil Well Supply Co. 


(247) Data on Common Nails.— 


Size 

length, 

inches 

Gauge 

number 

Approximate 
number 
to pound 

2d 

I 

15 

876 

3 d 

154 

14 

568 

4 d 

154 

12 y 2 

316 

5 d 

I 3 /4 

i 2 y 2 

271 

6 d 

2 

1154 

l 8 l 

7 d 

2 54 

1154 

l 6 l 

8 d 

254 

10 54 

106 

9 d 

23/4 

1054 

96 

iod 

3 

9 

69 

I 2 d 

3/4 

9 

63 

i 6 d 

354 

8 

49 

20 d 

4 

6 

3 i 

3od 

4/4 

5 

24 

4od 

5 

4 

18 

5od 

554 

3 

14 

6 od 

6 

2 

11 












INSULATION TOR TANKS 


203 


(248) Specifications for Celotex Insulation of Oil Tanks.—Celo- 
tex Insulation Board should be furnished for the insulation of oil 
tanks, size of Celotex sheets 4 ft. by 10 ft. or 12 ft. and thick. 

Not less than two layers of Celotex and preferably three, 
should be applied to the oil tanks. 

The first layer of Celotex should be directly applied to the 
tanks and held in place by two by four wood braces until the 
entire layer is applied, at which time No. 9 steel wire bands or 
telegraph wire should be applied around the tank to hold the 
Celotex layer in place. The Celotex layer on top of the tank 
should be held in place by the wires or bands running across the 
top and their ends secured to the horizontal wires running 
around the tanks. 

After the first layer of Celotex is applied in the manner above 
indicated the second and third layers should be applied in a 
similar manner. 

After the Celotex Insulation Board is applied it should be 
covered with two coats of heavy asphaltum paint or it may be 
protected by so-called rubber roofing applied by wiring on in 
a manner similar to that described for the Celotex and the joints 
of the roofing sealed with pitch or asphalt. 

Note:—T he use of two layers of Celotex Insulation will have 
a conductivity less than 0.33 per hour per degree difference in 
temperature per square foot of surface. When the insulation 
is covered with a roofing material, which is recommended in the 
specifications, the heat conductivity per square foot will only be 
0.25 per hour per degree difference in temperature. 


204 


Oil, REFINERY SPECIFICATIONS 


(249) Horsepower Chart for Gears and Pulleys.— 


(Copyrighted by the Mesta Machine Co.) 
(Contributed by the Mesta Machine Co.) 



Fig. 34- 


Pitch DiAMCTtn-m ft cr 
















































INDEX 


A 

Abbreviations of symbols, i. 

Absorption system, the gas, 41. 

Absorption system, object of 
gas, 42. 

Absorption refrigerating machine, 
specifications for a ioo-ton, 
119. 

Absorbent oils, specifications for, 
44 - 

Absorbers, capacities for vertical, 
44 - 

Absorbers, capacities for horizon¬ 
tal, 45. 

Acid lines, 48. 

Acid pumps (see pumps). 

Acid sludge (see regeneration). 

Acid tanks, specifications for an, 
84 - 

Agitator lining (see sheet lead). 

Agitator, specifications for a 22' 
x 24', 83. 

Agitators, purpose of, 81. 

Air compressor air piping, 55. 

Anchor bolts, 180. 

B 

Barrel data, 139. 

Barrels, specifications for oil and 
grease, 139. 

Belting data, 118. 

Belts, ratio of friction for, 118. 

Belts, specifications for leather, 
115 - 

Bleed line for steam stills, 87. 

Boiler blow off lines specifica¬ 
tions, 54. 

Boiler feed piping specifications, 
54 - 

Boiler requirements, perfect 
steam, 153. 

Boilers, how to compute the re¬ 
quired amount of fuel oil 
for, 195-196. 

Bolted tanks, standard specifica¬ 
tions for, 194. 

Bolts, track, 197. 

Box cars, clearance for, 156. 

Bracing for trusses (see trusses). 

Brine coils for cold settling tank, 
92 - 

Brine coils, structural supports 
for, 92. 


Brine pumps, 93. 

Building construction for various 
refinery departments, III. 

C 

Caustic pipe lines, 48. 

Caustic solution pumps (see 
pumps). 

Celotex insulation for tanks, 203. 

Centrifugal pumps, how to deter¬ 
mine motor size for, 136. 

Centrifugal process (see Sharpies 
process). 

Charging lines from charging 
pumps to exchangers, 30. 

Chemical properties of petroleum, 

6 . 

Chimney (see stack). 

Circular storage tanks, specifica¬ 
tions for, 76. 

Circular storage tanks, notes on 
designing, 77. 

Clay filters (see fullers' earth 
filters). 

Clearance for box cars (see box 
cars). 

Coke car track (see track). 

Cold distillate line for steam still 
exchanger, 87. 

Cold settling process, the opera¬ 
tion of the, 90. 

Cold settling tank, specifications 
for, 90. 

Cold settling tank insulation, 91. 

Cold settling tank foundation, 93. 

Cold settling tank, petrolatum suc¬ 
tion pipe for, 93. 

Complete run-down refineries, 
the, 5. 

Compounding kettles (see 
kettles) ). 

Concrete tanks, 179. 

Concrete proportions, 181, 182, 
183. 

Condenser box settings, 24. 

Condenser box shell, 25, 86. 

Condenser box coil, 34. 

Condenser box, water lines to, 37. 

Condenser box, overflow from, 37. 

Condenser box, tail lines from, 37. 

Condenser coil, auxiliary gas re¬ 
lief at, 40. 


206 


INDEX 


Condenser coil for steam stills, 86. 

Condenser coils, how to determine 
the proper size of, 132. 

Condensers, how to determine the 
amount of water necessary 
for, 133. 

Container specification No. 5, 
shipping, 141. 

Container, specification No. 5A, 
shipping, 146. 

Containers, manufacturing meth¬ 
ods of No. 5-A-shipping, 150. 

Container specification No. 5B, 
shipping, 152. 

Containers, manufacturing meth¬ 
ods of No. 5-shipping, 144. 

Coolers (cooling) box, pumping 
out line to, 33. 

Cooler (cooling) box, pumping 
out line from, 34. 

Cooling box shell, 27, 87. 

Cooling box coils, 47, 87. 

Cracking (plants) units, 5, 68. 

Cracking plant, operation of, 71. 

Cracking plant charging tanks, 73. 

Cracking plant, raw oil line suc¬ 
tion to, 73. 

Cracking plant, recirculating line 
at charging tank for, 73. 

Cracking plant, stack for, (see 
stacks). 

Cracking plant, coke car for, 73. 

Cracking plant sump (see sump). 

Cracking plant, residuum storage 
tank for (see residuum stor¬ 
age). 

Cracking plant, residuum line for, 

75 - 

Cracking plant, P. D. storage 
tanks for, 75. 

Cracking plant, P. D. from con¬ 
densers at, 75. 

Cracking plant, pump out to trans¬ 
fer pump house for, 75. 

Crude oil distilling unit, how to 
compute the capacity of a, 
133 . 

D 

Dephlegmator towers, 27. 

Dephlegmator tower insulation, 
28. 

Dephlegmator tower wash lines, 

36 . 


Dephleghmator towers for steam 
stills, 86. 

Depreciation on machinery, 155. 

Dikes, fire (see fire dikes). 

Discharge lines from still pump¬ 
ing out pumps, 30. 

Distilling plant tail gas receiver 
specifications, 50. 

Distillate pumps (see pumps). 

Distributing petroleum (see 

method of distributing petro¬ 
leum). 

Drain lines under cracking plant 
storage tanks, 76. 

Drains, cracking plant water (see 
water drains). 

Drainage pipe, specifications for, 

128. 

Duplex piston pumps (see 
pumps). 

E 

Elasticity of pipe bends, 176, 177, 
178. 

Elevation outer rail, 197, 198. 

Exchangers (see heat ex¬ 
changers). 

Exhaust steam lines (see steam 
lines. 

Extinguishing oil fires, 113. 

F 

Filling stations, specifications for, 
162. 

Fire dikes around stills, 66. 

Fire dikes around tanks, 66, 76. 

Fire protection (see steam). 

Fire protection foam for tanks, 

76. 

Fire foam mixture, 114. 

Fire foam mixture, distributing 
central stand-pipe for, 114. 

Fire foam mixture, amount re¬ 
quired, 115. 

Fire foam pump specifications 
for, 115. 

Fish plates, 197. 

Fittings, drainage, specifications 
for, 128. 

Fittings, amount of lead and 
oakum required for drainage, 

129. 

Fittings, drilling for (see tem¬ 
plate). 

Fittings, general dimensions of 
malleable iron S. E., 167. 


INDEX 


207 


Fittings, general dimensions of 
X-Hy malleable iron S. E., 
168. 

Fittings, general dimensions of 
175-lb. or medium cast iron 
S. E., 169. 

Fittings, general dimensions of 
X-Hy cast iron S. E., 170. 

Fittings, general dimensions of 
cast steel S. E., 171. 

Flow of various oils in the proper 
lines, 49. 

Flues for fire stills (from stills 
to stack), 21. 

Flues to stack for cracking plant, 
73- 

Frogs, how to find the angle of, 
198, 199. 

Fuel oil piping, 55. 

Fuel oil pumps (see pumps). 

Fullers’ earth filters, object of, 87. 

Fullers’ earth filter, calculations 
for an 8' x 25’, 88. 

Fullers’ earth filter, run down 
tanks for, 89. 

G 

Gas oil, 15. 

Gas take off on P. D. tanks for 
cracking plant, 76. 

Gears, horsepower chart for, 204. 

H 

Heat exchangers, specifications 
for, 26. 

Heat exchangers, residuum line 
from, 33. 

Heat exchangers, drain lines, 34- 

Heat exchangers, insulation for, 

38. 

Heat exchanger for steam still, 86. 

Heat exchangers, how to deter¬ 
mine the size of, 133. 

Heats, specific, 179. 

Heating coils within tanks, 47. 

Heating coils for residuum and 
charging tanks for cracking 
plant, 76. 

Heating coils, how to calculate 
the amount of steam neces¬ 
sary for, 136. 

Heating coils, how to calculate 
the length of, 136. 

Hot water pumps (see pumps). 


Hot distillate line for steam still 
exchanger, 87. 

Hub and spigot pipe (see pipe). 

I 

Insulation for stills (see stills). 
Insulation for wax plant equip¬ 
ment (see wax). 

K 

Kerosene, object of treating, 15. 
Kettles, specifications for oil com¬ 
pounding, hi. 

L 

Leather belts (see belts). 

Loading racks, 89. 

Loading racks, wood construction, 
89. 

Loading racks, steel construction, 
89- 

Loading racks, reinforced con¬ 
crete construction, 89. 
Locomotive, specifications for a, 

158. 

Lubricating oils, how made, 16. 
Lubricators for pumps, 59. 

M 

Machine designing rules, 155. 
Method of distributing petroleum, 

138. 

Motors for centrifugal pumps 
(see centrifugal pumps). 
Motors for pumps, 59. 

N 

Nails, data on common, 202. 
Naphtha, object of treating, 14. 
Nipples, standard swedge, 201. 
Nipples, X-Hy swedge, 202. 
Nipples, double X-Hy swedge, 202. 

0 

Oil separator, reinforced concrete, 
108. 

Oil separator, curing the, 109. 

P 

Painting data, 154. 

Pipe trenches (see trenches). 


208 


INDEX 


Pipe, standard dimensions of 
hub and spigot, 172. 

Pipe, standard thickness and 
weights of cast iron, 174. 

Pipe costs, chart giving cast iron, 
* 75 - 

Plant, characteristics desirable in 
location of, 17-19. 

Preheaters (see heat exchangers). 

Pressure distillation (see crack¬ 
ing). 

Pressure tanks, standard specifi¬ 
cations for, 80. 

Pressure tanks, efficiencies of 
various types of riveted 
joints for, 80. 

Pressure tanks, practical points 
on designing, 81. 

Pulleys, horsepower chart for, 
204. 

Pump relief valves (see relief 
valves). 

Pumps, specifications for fuel oil 
5 6 - 

Pumps, specifications for fluid 
end of, 56. 

Pumps, specifications for distil¬ 
late, 57. 

Pumps, specifications for caustic 
solution, 57. 

Pumps, specifications for diluted 
sulphuric acid, 57. 

Pumps, specifications for hot 
water, 57. 

Pumps, specifications for still 
charging pumps, 58. 

Pumps, specifications for still 
pumping pumps, 58. 

Pumps, specifications for circu¬ 
lating water, 58. 

Pumps, specifications for transfer 
and loading, 58. 

Pumps, reciprocating, 58. 

Pumps, rotary, 59. 

Pumps, lubricators for (see lubri¬ 
cators). 

Pumps, sizes and dimensions of 
duplex piston, 60-63. 

Pumps, how to determine actual 
capacity of, 64. 

R 

Racks (see loading racks). 

Radiation required, how to cal¬ 
culate the amount of, 159. 


Rails, weight of, 196. 

Receiver house, 25, 87. 

Receiver house heating system, 
i°7. 

Receiving house, tail lines to, 37, 

86 . 

Receiving house manifold, 39. 

Receiving house, dehydrator for, 
39 -. 

Receiving house, water drains 
from dehydrator in, 40. 

Receiving house, gas line in, 40. 

Receiving house, run down lines 
from, 45. 

Reciprocating pumps (see 
pumps). 

Rectangular tanks, specifications 
for, 78. 

Rectangular tanks, practical points 
on designing, 79. 

Refrigerating machine (see ab¬ 
sorption refrigerating ma¬ 
chine). 

Refrigeration, accurate equation 
for figuring, 122. 

Regeneration of acid sludge, 159. 

Relief valves for pumps, 65. 

Residuum, 16. 

Residuum coolers (see cooling 
box shell). 

Residuum coolers, water lines to, 
37 - 

Residuum coolers, overflow from, 
37 - 

Residuum cooler coils (see cool¬ 
ing box coils). 

Residuum storage tanks for 
cracking plant, 75. 

Residuum coolers, how to calcu¬ 
late the cooling surface for, 
. 137 - 

Residuum coolers, notes on in¬ 
stalling, 138. 

Rotary pumps (see pumps). 

Rundown tanks, pumping out 
lines from, 46. 

Rundown tanks, gas line from, 
46. 

Rundown tanks, drains from bot¬ 
tom of, 46. 

Rundown tanks, specifications for, 

65. 

S 

Safety steam lines, 46, 76. 

Screw end fittings (see fittings). 


INDEX 


209 


Scrubbing towers (see dephleg- 
mator towers). 

Separator (see oil separator). 

Sewer pipe dimensions, no. 

Sewers, 109. 

Sewers, concrete, no. 

Sharpies (centrifugal) plant, 
specifications for a 300-barrel, 
93- 

Sharpies (centrifugal) process, 
description of, 104. 

Sheet lead, thickness and weights 
of, 82. 

Skimming plants, the, 3. 

Specific heats, 179. 

Stacks for fire stills, 22. 

Stacks, wall thickness, 22. 

Stacks, the batter for, 22. 

Stacks for cracking plant, 73. 

Stacks, how to calculate the size 
of, 161. 

Steam lines, specifications for low 
pressure, 50. 

Steam lines, specifications for 
high pressure, 52. 

Steam lines, specifications for ex¬ 
haust, S3, 87 . 

Steam fire protection for tanks, 

68 . 

Steam stills, specifications for a 
10' x 40', 84. 

Steam still settings, 85. 

Steam still, brick settings for, 85. 

Steam still, reinforced concrete 
settings for, 85. 

Steam still, structural steel set¬ 
tings for, 85. 

Steam still, insulation for, 86. 

Steam stills, vapor lines for, 86. 

Still, charging and pumping out 
pumps for, (see pumps). 

Still walkways (see walkways). 

Still shell, 23. 

Still, steam spray coil within, 47, 

87. 

Stills for continuous running, 12. 

Stills for coking, 12. 

Stills, foundations for fire, 19. 

Stills, brick settings for fire, 20. 

Stills, insulation for fire, 29. 

Stills, by-pass lines at, 31. 

Stills, flow in and flow out lines 
inside of, 32. 

Stills, flow lines outside of, 32. 

Stills, residuum lines from, 32, 87. 


Stills, gauge column in rear of, 
35- 

Stills, vacuum and safety valves 
on, 35. 

Stills, vapor lines, 36. 

Stills, runback line from dephleg- 
mator towers to, 36. 

Stills, steam line to fuel oil burn¬ 
ers at, 40. 

Stills, fuel gas line in front of, 41. 

Stills, how to determine steel 
thickness for horizontal, 131. 

Suction lines from field to still 
charging pumps, 29. 

Suggestions on the installation of 
pumps, 64. 

Sump for emergency drain line, 
74- 

T 

Tank cars, clearance for, 157. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

1,500-barrel, 184. 

Tank, • general dimensions of 

2,000-barrel, 185. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

3,000-barrel, 186. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

5,000-barrel, 187. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

7,000-barrel, 188. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

15,000-barrel, 189. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

20,000-barrel, 190. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

25,000-barrel, 191. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

30,000-barrel, 192. 

Tank, general dimensions of 

55,000-barrel, 193. 

Tanks, how to determine the shell 
thickness of, 78. 

Tanks, standard specifications for 
bolted, 194. 

Tell tale column for steam stills, 

86 . 

Template for drilling extra heavy 
and medium flanged valves 
and fittings, 165. 

Template for drilling standard 
flanged valves and fittings, 
166. 

Thermometers for stills, etc., 45. 

Ties, cross, 197. 


210 


INDEX 


Topping plants, the, 3. 

Track for coke car, 74. 

Transfer and loading pumps (see 
pumps). 

Transfer and loading system, 
pump manifold for, 48. 
Transfer pump house heating 
system, 107. 

Traps, capacities of steam, 194, 
195 . 

Trenches, reinforced concrete 
pipe, 66. 

Trusses, types of bracing for, 112. 
Trusses, design of, 112. 

Trusses, how to determine weight 
of, 113. 

Type of building construction 
(see building construction). 

U 

Unions, std. mall, iron flanged, 

171 . 

Unions, X-Hy mall, iron flanged, 

172. 

V 

Vacuum and relief valves, 87. 
Valves, drilling for (see tem¬ 
plate). 

Vapor lines, insulation for, 38. 
Vapor lines (see stills). 

Vapor lines, how to determine 
size of, 132. 


Ventilators, how to determine size 
and number of, 132. 

Volume measurement of horizon¬ 
tal cylindrical tanks, 134. 

W 

Walkways for stills, 129. 

Walkways for condensers, 129. 

Walkways, footing for, 130. 

Walkways, railing for, 130. 

Walkways, tread and riser chart 
for, 131. 

Washers, plate, 180. 

Washers, cast iron, 200. 

Washers, std. wrot iron, 200. 

Water system, cold circulating, 
49 - 

Water system, pump house for 
main circulating, 49. 

Water system, returning water to 
reservoir, 50. 

Water drain lines for cracking 
plant, 75. 

Wax distillate, 16. 

Wax, paraffin, 16. 

Wax packing and moulding ma¬ 
chines, 123. 

Wax sweating pans, 124. 

Wax press rooms, insulation for, 

I2 4 . 

Wax chilling machines, insulation 
for, 124. 

Wax plant building, 125. 

Wax chilling machines, 126. 

Wax filter press, 126. 

Wire rope, specifications for, 161. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


PUBLISHED BY 

The Chemical Publishing Company, 

Easton, Penna. 


ARNDT-KATZ—A Popular Treatise on the Colloids in the Indus¬ 
trial Arts. Translated from the Second Enlarged Edition. 
i2mo. Pages VI + 73. 

ARNOLD—The Motor and the Dynamo. 8vo. Pages VI 4 178. 
166 Figures. 

BENEDICT—Elementary Organic Analysis. Small 8vo. Pages VI 
+ 82. 15 Illustrations. 

BERGEY —Handbook of Practical Hygiene. Small 8vo. Pages 164. 
BILTZ —Practical Methods for Determining Molecular Weights. 
(Translated by Jones.) Small 8vo. Pages VIII + 245. 44 
Illustrations. 

BOLTON—History of the Thermometer. i2mo. Pages 96. 6 Illus¬ 
trations. 

BRYDEN AND DICKEY—A Text Book of Filtration. 8vo. Pages 
XII 4 376. 264 Illustrations. 

BURGESS—Soil Bacteriology Laboratory Manual. i2mo. Pages 
VIII + 123. 3 Illustrations. 

CAMERON—The Soil Solution, or the Nutrient Medium for Plant 
Growth. 8vo. Pages VI + 136. 3 Illustrations. 

CLINTON—Further Light on the Theory of the Conductivity of 
Solutions. Pages 15. Paper Cover. 

CRAIG—Notes on Chemical Analysis. 8vo. Pages IV 4 162. 16 

Illustrations. 

DOLT—Chemical French. 2nd Edition. 8vo. Pages VIII+ 413. 
EMERY—Elementary Chemistry. i2mo. Pages XIV + 666. 191 
Illustrations. 

ENGELHARDT—The Electrolysis of Water. 8vo. Pages X + 140. 
90 Illustrations. 

FRAPS—Principles of Agricultural Chemistry. 8vo. 2nd Edition. 

Pages VI + 501. 94 Illustrations. 

GILMAN—A Laboratory Outline for Determination in Quantita¬ 
tive Chemical Analysis. Pages 88. 

GUILD—The Mineralogy of Arizona. Small i2mo. Pages 104. 
Illustrated. 

HALLIGAN—Elementary Treatise on Stock Feeds and Feeding. 8vo. 
Pages VI 4- 302. 24 Figures. 

HALLIGAN—Fertility and Fertilizer Hints. 8vo. Pages VIII + 
156. 12 Figures. 

HALLIGAN—Soil Fertility and Fertilizers. 8vo. Pages X + 398. 
23 Figures. 

HARDY—Infinitesimals and Limits. Small i2mo. Paper. Pages 22. 
6 Figures. 






HART—Text Book of Chemical Engineering. 2nd Edition 8vo. 
Pages XIV -f- 236. 229 Illustrations. 

HART—Chemistry for Beginners. Small i2mo. Vol. I. Inorganic. 
Pages VIII + 214. 55 Illustrations, 2 Plates. 

HART, R. N.—Leavening Agents. 8vo. Pages IV -f- 90. 13 Illus¬ 

trations. 

HEESS—Practical Methods for the Iron and Steel Works Chemist. 
8vo. Pages 60. 

HILL—A Brief Laboratory Guide for Qualitative Analysis. 3rd 
Edition. i2mo. Pages VIII -f- 104. 

HINDS—Qualitative Chemical Analysis. 8vo. Pages VIII -f 266. 

HOWE—Inorganic Chemistry for Schools and Colleges. 8vo. 3rd 
Edition. Pages VIII + 443. 

JONES—The Freezing Point, Boiling Point and Conductivity Meth¬ 
ods. Pages VIII + 76. 2nd Edition, completely revised. 

KRAYER—The Use and Care of a Balance. Small i2mo. Pages 
IV + 42. 18 Illustrations. 

LANDOLT—The Optical Rotating Power of Organic Substances and 
Its Practical Applications. 8vo. Pages XXI -f- 751. 83 Illus¬ 

trations. 

LEAVENWORTH—Inorganic Qualitative Chemical Analysis. 8vo. 
Pages VI -f 153. 

LE BLANC—The Production of Chromium and Its Compounds by 
the Aid of the Electric Current. 8vo. Pages 122. 

LOCKHART—American Lubricants. 2nd Edition. 8vo. Pages XII 
-f- 341. Illustrated. 

MASON—Notes on Qualitative Analysis. 8th Edition. Small i2mo. 
Pages 58. 

MEADE—Chemists’ Pocket Manual. i2mo. 3rd Edition. Pages IV 
-f 530. 42 Figures. 

MEADE—Portland Cement. 3rd Edition. 8vo. Pages X -+- 512. 

169 Illustrations. 

MOELLER-KRAUSE—Practical Handbook for Beet-Sugar Chemists. 
8vo. Pages VIII + 132. 19 Illustrations. 

MOISSAN—The Electric Furnace. 2nd Edition. 8vo. Pages XVI 
+ 313. 42 Illustrations. 

N IK AIDO—Beet-Sugar Making and Its Chemical Control. 8vo. 
Pages XII -f- 354. 65 Illustrations. 

NISSENSON—The Arrangement of Electrolytic Laboratories. 8vo. 
Pages 81. 52 Illustrations. 

NOYES—Organic Chemistry for the Laboratory. 4th Edition, revised. 
8vo. Pages XII -f- 293. 41 Illustrations. 

NOYES AND MULLIKEN—Laboratory Experiments on Class Reac¬ 
tions and Identification of Organic Substances. 8vo. Pages 81. 

NUGEY—Oil Refinery Specifications. 8vo. Pages VIII -f 210. 40 
Illustrations. 

O’BRIEN—Factory Practice in Manufacture of Azo Dyes. 


PARSONS—The Chemistry and Literature of Beryllium. 8vo. 
Pages VI -f 180. 

PFANHAUSER—Production of Metallic Objects Electrolytically. 
8vo. Pages 162. 100 Illustrations. 

PHILLIPS—Chemical German. 2d Edition. 8 vo. Pages VIII + 252. 

PHILLIPS—Methods for the Analysis of Ores. Pig Iron and Steel. 
2nd Edition. 8vo. Pages VIII -f 170. 3 Illustrations. 

PRANKE—Cyanamid (Manufacture, Chemistry and Uses). 8vo. 
Pages VI + 112. 8 Figures. 

PULSIFER—Structural Metallography. 8vo. Pages VIII -j- 210. 
146 Illustrations. 

PULSIFER —The Determination of Sulphur in Iron and Steel—With 
a Bibliography 1797-1921. 8vo. Pages VI + 160. 7 Illustrations. 

SEGER—Collected Writings of Herman August Seger. Papers on 
Manufacture of Pottery. 2 Vols. Large 8vo. 

STILLMAN—Briquetting. 8vo. Pages XI + 466. 159 Illustrations. 

STILLMAN—Engineering Chemistry. 5th Edition. 8vo. Pages 
VIII + 760. 150 Illustrations. 

STILLMAN—Examination of Lubricating Oils. 8vo. Pages IV + 
125. 35 Illustrations. 

TOWER—The Conductivity of Liquids. 8vo. Pages 82. 20 Illus¬ 

trations. 

Van KLOOSTER—Lecture Demonstrations in Physical Chemistry. 
i2mo. Pages VI + 196. 83 Figures. 

VENABLE—The Study of the Atom. i2mo. Pages VI -{- 290. 
VULTE—Household Chemistry. i2mo. 3rd Edition. Pages VI -f- 

243. 

VULTE AND VANDERBILT—Food Industries—An Elementary 
Text-book on the Production and Manufacture of Staple Foods, 
3rd Edition. 8vo. Pages X + 325. 82 Illustrations. 

WILEY—Principles and Practice of Agricultural Analysis. Vol. 

I— Soils. Pages XII -f- 636. 92 Illustrations. 

WILEY—Principles and Practice of Agricultural Analysis. Vol. 

II — Fertilizers and Insecticides. Pages 684. 40 Illustrations 

7 Plates. 

WILEY—Principles and Practice of Agricultural Analysis Vol. 

III— Agricultural Products. Pages XVI + 846. 127 Illustrations. 

WINSTON—Laboratory Leaflets for Qualitative Analysis. 8 x 10. 
10 pages Reactions with 21 sets of 4 pages each of Analysis 
Sheets. 

WYSOR—Analysis of Metallurgical and Engineering Materials—a 
Systematic Arrangement of Laboratory Methods. Size 8 j 4 x 
10J 4 . Pages 82. Illustrated. Blank Pages for Notes. 

WYSOR—Metallurgy—a Condensed Treatise for the Use of College 
Students and Any Desiring a General Knowledge of the Sub¬ 
ject. 2d Edition, revised and enlarged. 8vo. Pages XIV + 
391. 104 Illustrations. 

ZIEGEL— Brief Course in Metallurgical Analysis. Pages VI -f 72. 


BARDORF—The Story of Sugar. i2mo. Pages VII -(- 191. Illus¬ 
trated. 

BOWEN —The Story of the Oak Tree. i2mo. Pages 127. Illustrated. 

CLYDE—A Drop of Water. i2mo. Pages 172. Illustrated. 

DAVIS—Roger Bacon’s Letter—Concerning the Marvelous Power of 
Art and of Nature and Concerning the Nullity of Magic. i2tno. 
Pages 76. 

HART—Our Farm in Cedar Valley. i2mo. Pages 250. Illustrated. 

HART—The Silica Gel Pseudomorph—and Other Stories. Pages VI 
+ 176. 

RUSSELL—The Romance of the Holes in Bread. Pages 156. Illus¬ 
trated. 







































